»pfB "
■■*-'■■■
.-'..;■■■ *-;
ARMSTRONG
5TATE COLLEGE
Undergraduate Bulletin
1979-1980
Savannah, Georgia
The statements set forth in this Catalogue are for informational purposes
only and should not be construed as the basis of a contract between a
student and this institution.
While the provisions of this Catalogue will ordinarily be applied as stated,
Armstrong State College reserves the right to change any provision listed in
this Catalogue, including but not limited to academic requirements for
graduation, without actual notice to individual students. Every effort will
be made to keep students advised of any such changes. Information on
changes will be available in the Offices of the Registrar, the Dean for
Student Affairs, and the Vice President. It is especially important that
each student note that it is his/her responsibility to keep himself/herself
apprised of current graduation requirements for his/her particular degree
program.
ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE IS AN AFFIRMATIVE ACTION/
EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTION AND
DOES NOT DISCRIMINATE ON THE BASIS OF SEX, RACE,
AGE, CREED, OR NATIONAL ORIGIN IN EMPLOYMENT,
ADMISSIONS, OR ACTIVITIES. THE COLLEGE DOES NOT
DISCRIMINATE ON THE BASIS OF PHYSICAL HANDICAP.
A Four-Year College in the
University System of Georgia
ARMSTRONG STATE
COLLEGE
SUMMER FALL WINTER SPRING
1979-80
Accredited by
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools
Contents
Page
CALENDAR 7
I. HISTORY, PURPOSE AND PROGRAMS 11
History of the College
Purpose
Pre-Professional Programs
Two- Year Degrees
Four- Year Degrees
Graduate Programs
Internship Programs
Evening Classes
Senior Citizens
Community Services/Continuing Education
Office of Development
Office of Computer Services
Student Exchange Program with
Savannah State College
NROTC Program
Library
II. STUDENT SERVICES, ACTIVITIES 18
Counseling
Veterans Services
Testing Services
Orientation
Placement
Conduct
Student Activities and Organizations
Student Government
Student Publications
Health
Dental Hygiene Services
Alumni Office
Housing
Athletics
Intramurals
Cultural Opportunities
III. FEES 23
Application Fee
Matriculation Fee
Out-of-State Tuition
Student Activity Fee
Health/Service Fee
Athletic Fee
Applied Music Fee
Late Registration Fee
Graduation Fee
Transcript Fee
Summary of Fees
Privilege Fees
Refunds
Short Courses
IV. STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 26
Student Financial Aid
Application Information
Categories of Aid
Federal Assistance
State Assistance
Local Assistance
Government Benefits
General Information
V. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE 34
General Information
Freshman Applicants
Requirements and Categories of Admission
Advanced Placement and Credit by Examination
Requirements for Transfer Applicants
Readmission of Former Students
Transient Students
Armstrong State College/High School
Accelerated Program
Early Admission and Joint Enrollment Programs
Foreign Students
Admission of Veterans
Applicants Sponsored by Vocational Rehabilitation
Admission to:
Associate in Science Degree Program in Nursing
Bachelor of Science Degree Program in Nursing
Associate in Science Degree Program in Dental Hygiene
Registration
Residency Requirements of the Board of Regents
VI. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 50
Academic Advisement
Relating to Degree Requirements
Course and Study Load
Classification of Students
Permission for Overload or Courses
at Another College
Reports and Grades
Honors
Attendance
Satisfactory Progress
Academic Probation and Dismissal
Repeating Courses
Dropping Courses
Withdrawing from College
Auditing
Honor Code
VII. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR .
DEGREE PROGRAMS 62
University System Core Curriculum
Armstrong Core Curriculum
Regents' Examination
Exit Examination
Physical Education Program
Placement Tests in English and Mathematics
State Requirements in History and Government
Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts and
the Bachelor of Science Degrees
Requirements for Associate Degrees
Additional Requirements
Course Offerings
VIII. DEPARTMENT OF SPECIAL STUDIES ,69
IX. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 71
Associate in Arts Degree Program
Department of Biology
Department of Chemistry and Physics
Department of Fine Arts
Department of History and Political Science
Department of Languages and Literature
Department of Mathematics and Computer Science
Department of Psychology
X. SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 146
General Information
Degree Programs Offered
Transfer Students — Savannah State College
Program Transfer — Transition Period
General Requirements — Teacher Education Programs
Early Elementary, Middle School Education
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and Athletics
XL SCHOOL OF HUMAN SERVICES. . 164
Department of Nursing — Associate Degree
Department of Nursing — Baccalaureate Degree
Department of Criminal Justice
Department of Dental Hygiene
Medical Record Technology
Respiratory Therapy
Social Work and Sociology
4
XII. GOVERNING BOARD, ADMINISTRATION,
FACULTY AND STAFF 196
Board of Regents
Staff of the Board of Regents
Officers of Administration
Armstrong College Commission
Faculty
Administrative Staff
APPENDIX: POLICY, REGENTS' TESTING PROGRAM 207
INDEX 209
1979
1980
S M T WT F S
JANUARY
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 91011 1213
14151617181920
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 1314 151617
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28
MARCH
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 1314 151617
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
APRIL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 91011 12 1314
15161718192021
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
MAY
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 91011 12
13141516171819
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
JUNE
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13141516
17181920 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
S M T WT F S
JULY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 91011 121314
15 16 17 1819 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
AUGUST
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12131415161718
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
SEPTEMBER 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
91011 12131415
1617181920 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
OCTOBER
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 91011 1213
14151617181920
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 121314151617
1819 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30
DECEMBER 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
91011 12131415
1617181920 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
S M T W T F S
JANUARY
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 910 11 12
13 141516171819
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1011 1213 141516
17181920 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29
MARCH 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
910 11 12 131415
16 17 1819 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
APRIL
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 91011 12
13141516171819
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
MAY
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 121314151617
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
JUNE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 91011 12 1314
15161718192021
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
S M T W T F S
JULY
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 91011 12
13141516171819
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
AUGUST 1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 1213141516
1718192021 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
SEPTEMBER
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 1011 1213
141516171819 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
OCTOBER
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 131415161718
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
91011 12131415
1617 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
DECEMBER
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 91011 1213
141516171819 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
Academic Calendar
SEPTEMBER
OCTOBER
OCTOBER
NOVEMBER
DECEMBER
1979-1980
Fall Quarter, 1979
5 Freshman and transfer students should file all
papers in the application for admission by this date.
8 Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test (limited to
Armstrong applicants).
14 Mathematics Diagnostic Test and English Placement
Test for placement in beginning English and
Mathematics classes; Basic Skills Examination.
17 First Faculty Meeting.
18 Basic Skills Examination.
20, 21 Registration.
24 Classes begin.
26 Last day to enroll in any class; last day to pay fees.
20 Graduate Record Examination (refer to GRE
information booklet for application deadline); History
and Government Examinations of the College Level
Examination Program (application deadline —
September 27).
22 English Placement Test; Mathematics Diagnostic
Test.
26 Mid-term; last day to withdraw from a class without
penalty.
30 Regents' Examination (application deadline —
October 11).
29-
2 Advisement for the Winter Quarter.
5-9 Pre-registration for the Winter Quarter.
10 National Teacher Examinations (refer to NTE
information booklet for application deadline).
13 Undergraduate Assessment Program exit examina-
tions of selected departments (application deadline
— October 9).
22-23 Thanksgiving Holidays (begin at 12:30 p.m. on
November 21).
26-30 Student Appraisal of Instruction.
4 Last day of classes.
5-7 Examinations.
7 Christmas Vacation begins.
8 Graduate Record Examinations (refer to GRE
information booklet for application deadline).
Winter Quarter, 1980
DECEMBER 11 Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test (limited to
Armstrong applicants).
14 Freshman and transfer students should file all
papers in the application for admission by this date.
JANUARY
19
2
3
7
12
19
FEBRUARY
11
12
16
18-22
26
25-29
Basic Skills Examination; Mathematics Diagnostic
Test.
Registration.
Classes begin.
Last day to enroll in any class; last day to pay fees.
Dental Hygiene Aptitude Test (refer to DHAT
information booket for application deadline).
History and Government Examinations of the
College Level Examination Program (application
deadline — December 20).
Mid-term; last day to withdraw from class without
penalty.
English Placement Test; Mathematics Diagnostic
Test.
Regents' Examination (application deadline —
January 24).
National Teacher Examinations (refer to NTE
information booklet for application deadline).
Advisement for the Spring Quarter.
Undergraduate Assessment Program exit examina-
tions of selected departments (application deadline
— January 22).
Pre-registration for the Spring Quarter.
MARCH
MARCH
3-7 Student Appraisal of Instruction.
12 Last day of classes.
13-14, 17 Examinations.
18-24 Spring Vacation.
Spring Quarter, 1980
8 Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test (limited to
Armstrong applicants).
Freshman and transfer applicants should file all
papers in the application for admission by this date,
Basic Skills Examination; Mathematics Diagnostic
Test.
Registration.
Classes begin.
Last day to enroll in any class; last day to pay fees.
APRIL
14
18
25
26
28
19
History and Government Examinations of the
College Level Examination Program (application
deadline — March 27).
22 Regents' Examination (application deadline — April
3).
25 English Placement Test; Mathematics Diagnostic
Test.
26 Graduate Record Examinations (refer to GRE
information booklet for application deadline).
29 Mid-term; last day to withdraw from class without
penalty.
MAY
JUNE
5-9
13
12-16
26-30
3
4-6
6
Advisement for the Summer Quarter.
Undergraduate Assessment Program exit examina-
tions of selected departments (application deadline
- April 8).
Pre-registration for the Summer Quarter.
Student Appraisal of Instruction.
Last day of classes.
Examinations.
Graduation.
MAY
JUNE
JULY
Summer Quarter, 1980
24 Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test (limited to
Armstrong applicants).
5 Freshman and transfer applicants should fill all
papers in the application for admission by this date;
transient students (for Summer Quarter only) should
file all application papers by this date.
10 Basic Skills Examination; English Placement Test;
Mathematics Diagnostic Test.
14 Graduate Record Examinations (refer to GRE
information booklet for application deadline).
16 Registration.
17 Classes begin.
19 Last day to enroll in any class; last day to pay !•
21 History and Government Examinations of the
College Level Examination Program (application
deadline — May 28).
30 Basic Skills Examination; English Placement Test;
Mathematics Diagnostic Test.
4 Holiday.
7-11 Advisement for the Fall Quarter.
11 CHAOS Session for Fall Quarter applicants;
Mathematics Diagnostic Test.
12 Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test (limited to
Armstrong applicants).
15 Regents' Examination (application deadline — Jul)
2).
16 Mid-term; last day to withdraw from class without
penalty.
17 Basic Skills P^xamination.
14-18 Pre-registration for the Fall Quarter.
18 CHAOS Session for Fall Quarter applicants;
Mathematics Diagnostic Test.
19 National Teacher Examinations (refer to XTK
information booklet for application deadline).
22 Undergraduate Assessment Program exit examina-
tions of selected departments (application deadline
- June 18).
25 CHAOS Session for Fall Quarter applicants;
Mathematics Diagnostic Test.
AUGUST 1 CHAOS Session for Fall Quarter applicants.
4-8 Student Appraisal of Instruction.
14 Last day of classes.
15, 18-19 Examinations.
19 Graduation.
10
I. History, Purpose and
Programs
History of the College
Armstrong State College was founded on May 27. 1935, as Armstrong
Junior College, by the Mayor and Aldermen of the City of Savannah to
meet a pressing need for a college in the community. The college was
housed in the Armstrong Building, a gift to the city from the family of
George F. Armstrong, and over the years built or acquired five additional
buildings in the Forsyth Park and Monterey Square areas. The college, as
Armstrong College of Savannah, became a two-year unit in the University
System of Georgia on January 1, 1959, under the control of the Regents of
the University System. In 19()2, the Mills B. Lane Foundation purchased a
new campus site of over 200 acres located on Abercorn Extension. The new
campus, with eight new buildings, was occupied in December, 1965.
In 1964, the regents conferred upon Armstrong the status of a four-year
college, with the right to offer the degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of
Science, and Bachelor of Business Administration. President Henry L.
Ashmore, who succeeded President Foreman M. Hawes on July 1. 1964,
was charged with the responsibility of developing the institution from
junior to senior status. A junior year was added to the college curriculum in
1966-67, with the senior year added in 1967-68 and the first four-year
degrees awarded at the spring, 1968 commencement. The college now
offers more than twenty major programs leading to baccalaureate de-
grees, and, in addition, the two-year associate degree in a number of
academic areas. Effective in the 1971-72 academic year, the Board of
Regents of the University System of Georgia authorized Armstrong State
College and Savannah State College to offer joint programs leading to the
M.B. A. and M.S. in Elementary Education degrees. Additional programs
in Teacher Education at the secondary level were initiated Summer Quar-
ter, 1972.
As the result of approval in early 1979 by the Department of Health.
Education, and Welfare of the Georgia Plan for Further Desegregation of
Higher Education, all Business Administration programs were trans-
ferred from Armstrong State College to Savannah State College in Sep-
tember, 1979, and all Teacher Education programs were transferred from
Savannah State to Armstrong State on that date. With this exchange <>\
programs, Armstrong offers the only degree programs in Teacher Educa-
tion at the baccalaureate and graduate levels in the immediate geographi-
cal area.
The academic community includes approximately 3,000 students and 140
full-time faculty members. Armstrong State College was fully accredited
as a senior institution by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools
in December, 1968, with accreditation retroactive to. January 1. 1968, and
was re-accredited in December, 1972.
Purpose
Armstrong State College is a multi-purpose institution offering degree
programs in the liberal arts, sciences, and a number of specialized fields.
As a service to the community, it also provides a continuing education
program for those who have non-degree objectives. The College strives to
maintain the flexibility and adaptability which activated its growth and
change of status in less than thirty-five years from a small city-supported
junior college to a senior college in the University System of Georgia.
Therefore, the College defines its present purpose in the following terms:
to provide modern facilities and a professional staff in an environment
that promotes the free exchange of ideas;
to bring each student to a better realization of his own intellectual,
emotional, and spiritual potential by providing academic programs in the
humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences;
to develop the student's technical and analytical skills through programs
leading to professional degrees in a number of areas, including Health
Professions, Criminal Justice, and Teacher Education;
to offer opportunities for continuing education through symposia, con-
ferences, institutes, and courses unrelated to degree programs;
to make available the full resources of the College through involvement
in research projects, public service activities, and other programs spon-
sored by the community.
Pre-Professional Programs
Armstrong State College offers courses appropriate for the first two
years of baccalaureate programs such as engineering, forestry, industrial
management, pharmacy, physical therapy, physics, etc., not offered
among its degree programs; the pre-professional study appropriate for
dentistry, law, medicine, veterinary medicine, and other professional
fields. v
Armstrong State College-Georgia Institute of
Technology Dual-Degree Program
Upon completion of the first three years of academic work at Arm-
strong, the student may enroll for two subsequent years at Georgia Insti-
tute of Technology. After completing the requirements of the two
cooperating institutions, the student will be awarded a baccalaureate
degree from Armstrong State College and a baccalaureate degree in one of
a number of academic areas from Georgia Institute of Technology. For
further information on this dual-degree program, the student should con-
tact the Office of the Vice President.
Two- Year Degrees
The following two-year degrees arc offered as preparation for higher
degrees in the liberal arts and professions or as terminal professional
degrees.
Associate in Arts.
Associate in Science in Nursing.
Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene.
Associate in Science in Criminal Justice.
Associate in Science in Medical Record Technology.
Associate in Science in Respiratory Therapy.
Four- Year Degrees
Bachelor of Arts in the fields of history, English, music, political science.
psychology, and social work.
Bachelor of Science in the fields of biology, chemistry, mathematical
sciences, and criminal justice.
Bachelor of Science in Education with majors in Early Elementary
Education, Middle School Education, and Health, Physical Education and
Recreation.
Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology.
Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education.
Bachelor of Science in Nursing.
Bachelor of Music Education.
The College is authorized to offer Teacher Education programs, pre-
paring students for certification by the Georgia State Department of
Education, in the following areas: Art, Behavioral Science, Biology,
Chemistry, Early Elementary, English, French, General Science. His-
tory, Industrial Arts, Mathematics, Middle School, Music, Physics, Politi-
cal Science, Social Studies, Spanish, Trade and Industrial Education.
Information concerning the status of these programs is available in the
Office of the Dean for the School of Education or the Office of the Director
of Admissions.
Graduate Programs
Master of Education degree programs are offered in Early Elementary
Education, Middle School Education, Special Education (Behavior Disor-
ders) as well as in the secondary teaching fields of Biology, Chemistry,
English, History, and Political Science. (English. History, and Political
Science are available as options without teacher certification require-
ments.) The Masters programs are designed to provide opportunities for
further professional growth, for expanding professional and cultural back-
grounds, and for extending knowledge and understanding in an area of
specialty.
For complete information about these programs, contact the Office of
the Dean for Graduate and Extended Studies.
Internship Programs
Students at Armstrong State College may participate in two state-wide
internship programs: the Georgia Intern Program and the State Legisla-
tive Intern Program. These programs provide the student with opportuni-
ties to observe first-hand and to participate in agency and legislative
processes as he works under the direction of and is responsible to an
agency or legislative supervisor. In addition to state-wide internship pro-
grams, students may participate in local internship experiences. They may
receive academic credit for these experiences. They must be enrolled full-
time at the College and must be in good academic standing. For further
details concerning the requirements for internship programs at the Col-
lege, please consult the Head of the Department of History and Political
Science.
Evening Classes
In addition to the full daytime schedule, Armstrong offers a schedule of
classes in the evening. Students employed during the day should limit their
enrollment to one or two courses each quarter.
Senior Citizens
Residents of Georgia, sixty-two years of age or older at the time of
registration, may enroll in courses for credit or as auditors on a space
available basis, with waiver of matriculation fees. They will be required,
however, to pay for supplies, etc., that might be necessary for a given
course. The individual must present a birth certificate or other comparable
documentation of age to qualify for the waiver of fees and must meet all
requirements for admission to the college. Further information on this
program is available from the Office of Admissions.
Community Services-Continuing Education
Armstrong State College is committed to the concept that an academic
institution should attempt to reach out and serve the community of which it
is a part. This service includes the extension of the resources of the campus
to individuals and groups that are not a part of the regular academic
community and the use of the college's special competence to assist in the
solution of community problems.
The Community Services division, under the direction of the Dean for
College and Community Services, is responsible for the coordination of all
community services/continuing education activities. Since these activities
are viewed as a college- wide function, responsibility for program develop-
ment is shared with the various academic departments. The major commu-
nity services/continuing education components of the college are: (1) the
short course/conference program; (2) the off-campus credit class program;
(3) the Neighborhood Continuing Education Program.
Short Courses /Conference Progr (i m . This unit administers non-degree
courses, conferences, and seminars designed to provide for the educational
needs of area residents who do not wish to participate in the regular credit
classes offered by the college. Many of these activities are related to
professional development experiences. The Office of the Registrar main-
tains permanent records of the individual's participation in those activities
that meet certain criteria. The Coordinator of Short ( lourses/t Jonferences
is pleased to arrange an activity of special interest and value to community
groups and organizations.
Off-Campus Credit Class Program. In order to provide education op-
portunities for specific groups of area residents, the college makes availa-
ble credit classes at off-campus locations convenient to the students in-
volved. These classes are conducted in strict conformity with college
standards and with policies of the Board of Regents of the University
System of Georgia. The Dean for Graduate and Extended Studies wel-
comes requests for the organization of these classes.
Neighborhood Cont inning Education Program. This program is a coop-
erative endeavor of Armstrong State College, Savannah State College,
Georgia Southern College, and the University of Georgia. Located in the
central city, this program provides continuing education activities for low
income residents. Its major objective is to utilize the combined resour
of the cooperating institutions to provide educational experiences suited to
the needs of the citizens within the inner city area.
Use of Facilities by Community Groups. As a tax supported unit of the
University System of Georgia, the college makes available its facilities to
certain community groups when such usage does not interfere with col-
lege-sponsored activities and when such usage is for an activity of cultural.
educational, or civic significance. College facilities will not be made availa-
ble to (1) profit-seeking organizations; (2) community groups that are
sponsoring events for the purpose of making a profit; (3) religious groups;
(4) groups sponsoring activities that compete or conflict with college pro-
grams. A schedule of usage fees is available in the Office of the Dean for
College and Community Services.
Proctoriyig Examinations. The Community Services division cooper-
ates with the Georgia Center for Continuing Education (University of
Georgia) through service as a center at which examinations are proctored
for students enrolled in independent study (correspondence) courses. A
booklet describing these courses is available upon request. Examinations
from other colleges and examinations by professional societies can also be
proctored. Examination proctoring is by prior arrangement only. Stu-
dents using this service are encouraged to check with the diviion office
prior to the date for the examination to make certain that the examination
materials are on hand.
Office of Development
The purpose of the Office of Development is to promote funding for college
programs from sources supplemental to state appropriations and student
fees. To accomplish this purpose, the college participates in federal and
other grant supported activities and seeks assistance from alumni and
friends. From private sources, the College accepts memorial and other
gifts for the athletic program, instructional equipment, library books,
matching funds for grants, scholarships, and other restricted purposes.
Unrestricted contributions are accepted to be used at the discretion of the
President to meet special and unforeseen needs. Gifts of any size can be
used to add to the library collection in the name of .an individual or an
agency, although all gifts are acknowledged and published, where appro-
priate and when requested, by the donor's name. Gifts for scholarships are
generally received by the College in one of two ways: the donor specifies
support or choice of specific students, with the College serving only as a
distribution agent; or the donor specifies support of student scholarships
generally or scholarships within a broad academic field, with the College
identifying the gift by name, if appropriate, and distributing the funds
according to standard policies and procedures. Gifts of this latter type are
tax deductible. The Director of Development is pleased to provide further
information to any prospective donor.
Office of Computer Services
This office coordinates the campus- wide system of computer services.
The Director also provides technical assistance to the faculty and staff of
the college in the development of computer programs and systems.
Through participation in the University System Computer Network, in-
formation processing devices located on campus are connected via a direct
telephone line to the large computers located at Georgia State University
and the University of Georgia.
Student Exchange Program with
Savannah State College
A student enrolled at Savannah State College or at Armstrong State
College as a full-time student has the privilege of taking one course with his
Dean's approval at the other college without paying an additional fee. No
restrictions are placed on the number of courses taken at the other college
if the student is enrolled in the joint program in Social Work. In this
program, however, the student must enroll in major area courses only to
receive unrestricted enrollment privileges. The colleges operate a shuttle-
bus service between the two campuses to facilitate movement of students
who are taking courses on both campuses. A student may obtain in the
Office of the Registrar the proper form for permission to register for
courses at Savannah State College.
NROTC Program
Qualified male or female students at Armstrong State College may
enroll in the Naval Reserve Officers Training program offered on the
Savannah State College campus. Full tuition paid scholarship programs
for students desiring to be either Navy or Marine Corps officers arc-
available. Most majors are acceptable with entry level at either the incom-
ing freshman or prospective junior level. For further information, consult
the Registrar at Armstrong State College; the Commanding Officer,
NROTC Unit, Savannah State College; or the Savannah State College
Bulletin and General Catalog.
Library
The Lane Library, centrally located on campus, is a multi-resource and
multi-service facility. The first floor houses a reference collection, all
periodicals and micromaterials, government documents, maps, vertical
files, folios, archieves, and a reading room. The technical services depart-
ment, in which all orders are placed, cataloged, and processed, is also
located on this floor. The department utilizes a C RT terminal and MODE M
for all monograph cataloging as a member of the Southeastern Library
Network. All audio-visuals, both software and hardware, the circulating
collection, individualized study carrels, and typing facilities are located on
the second floor. A television production studio and graphics laboratory
are also located on this floor. This sophisticated complex allows faculty to
augment their classroom lectures with in-house production of video pro-
gramming and broadcasting.
The library collection combines traditional media such as monographs,
periodicals and micromaterials with more recent types of media such as
audio and video tapes, recordings, filmstrips and motion pictures. An
array of micromaterial readers and printers, video beam projectors, and
audio hardware is available for constant use. Housed in the library are
approximately 350,000 total resources, includig 115,000 books and bound
periodicals; 10,000 documents and maps; 240,000 microforms; (>,(>00 re-
cords, motion pictures, slides, and video tapes, and 1,110 newspapers and
periodical subscriptions.
The Lane Library's card catalog, a cooperative project of several Savarr-"
nah area libraries, lists the location of most print and non-print materials in
the following libraries; Armstrong State College, Savannah State College,
Savannah Public Library, Georgia Historical Society, Memorial Medical
Center, St. Joseph's Hospital, Georgia Regional Mental Health Clinic,
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers-Savannah District, and the Chatham
County Department of Human Resources.
The Lane Library faculty and staff welcomes suggestions for the im-
provement of its collections and services.
II. Student Services,
Activities
The Office of Student Affairs, administered by the Dean for Student
Affairs, is responsible for all student services and activities. In addition to
formal classroom instruction, the College recognizes the need for provid-
ing programs and services which contribute to a well-rounded college
experience. Such programs are administered by the Office of Student
Affairs through the following individuals: Counselors, Director of Student
Activities, Director of Student Financial Aid and Veterans Affairs, Finan-
cial Aid/Veterans Advisor, and Campus Nurse.
Counseling
Counselors are available in the Counseling and Placement Office to
assist students in making successful and realistic decisions and in choosing
appropriate routes for attaining selected goals. The counseling process
focuses on increasing the student's self-understanding and respect for his
own ability to make decisions that will affect his life. All discussions are
confidential.
Counselors can assist students in clarifying educational and vocational
objectives, in developing effective study skills and habits, and in dealing
with problems of social and emotional significance.
Veterans Services
Armstrong State College maintains an Office of Veterans Affairs located
in the Administration Building. The veterans' director is available to
advise veterans concerning admissions procedures and services available
to them as students. The office also employs a number of student veterans
to assist in meeting the needs of veteran student body at Armstrong.
Testing Services
A variety of individual tests and inventories are available through, and
often included in, counseling services. Such tests provide information to
help students evaluate personal, educational, or vocational needs. Test
results are confidential.
The following testing programs are administered regularly by members
of the counseling staff: ACT Proficiency Examination Program (PEP),
College Level Examination Program (CLEP), Dental Admission Test
(DAT), Dental Hygiene Aptitude Test, Graduate Record Examination
(GRE), Medical College Admission Test (MCAT), National Teacher Ex-
amination (NTE), Regents' Examination, and the Undergraduate Assess-
ment Program (Exit Examinations). Information about the Allied Health
18
Professions Admission Test, the Graduate Management Admission Test,
the Graduate School Foreign Language Test, the Miller Analogic- T<
the Optometry College Admission Test, the Professional and Administra-
tive Career Examination, the State Merit Examination, and the Veteri-
nary Aptitude Test may be obtained from the Counseling and Placement
Office.
Orientation
The decision to enter college for further education and knowledge Is an
important point in an individual's process of self-development. The Sum-
mer Orientation Program (CHAOS) at Armstrong State College is
planned to aid the student in his transition to college by exposing him to t he
dynamics of successful decision-making. Using techniques that encourage
the realization of possible outcomes and consequences, the student will
learn to explore his possibilities with more understanding and confidence.
Freshmen participating in this program will be given information con-
cerning student activities programs, visit campus facilities, and plan their
class schedules with academic advisors.
An abbreviated orientation program is scheduled for students new to
the college prior to registration Winter, Spring, and Summer Quarters.
Placement
The Placement Counselor, located in the Counseling and Placement
Office in the Administration Building, offers general assistance in the
planning of career directions. The office operates a personal resume ser-
vice for all regularly enrolled students of the college, receives listings of
full-time career opportunities, and arranges on-campus recruiting with
business, governmental and educational agencies. Students who wish to
make use of the Placement Service are advised to contact the Placement
Counselor three quarters prior to completion of studies.
The Placement Office also provides a job listing and referral system for
currently enrolled students who are seeking part-time, temporary, or
vacation employment.
Conduct
Every student who enrolls in a course at Armstrong State College
commits himself, by the act of enrolling, to full compliance with the rules
and regulations of the Honor System and Code of Conduct. The Honor
System is outlined under "Academic Regulations" in this Bulletin and the
Code of Conduct is published in the Armstrong Student Handbook, Stu-
dents Illustrated.
Compliance with the regulations and policies of the faculty of Armstrong
State College and the Regents of the University System of Georgia is
assumed. To enroll is to agree to assume responsibility for adhering to
policies and using established channels to promote change. Not to do so is
sufficient basis for the college to terminate a student's enrollment.
1Q
Student Activities and Organizations
In addition to an outstanding academic program, Armstrong State Col-
lege offers a complete program of co-curricular student activities assigned
to contribute to the development of the student and to assist him in
becoming an active and productive member of the community in which he
lives.
Student organizations at Armstrong State College reflect the natural
variety of interests found in a diversified student body. Individuals who
seek a well-rounded education will avail themselves of the varied oppor-
tunities afforded through the college program of student activities.
A variety of clubs and organizations representing varied interests and
activities are available to students at Armstrong State College. These
include the following:
Religious:
Baptist Student Union
Greeks:
Panhellenic Council
Alpha Gamma Delta Sorority
Sigma Kappa Sorority
Phi Mu Sorority
Phi Kappa Theta Fraternity
Pi Kappa Phi Fraternity
Pi Kappa Alpha Fraternity
Sigma Nu Fraternity
Professional:
Student Nurses Association of Georgia
Future Secretaries Association
Student Association of Educators
Junior American Dental Hygienists Association
American Chemical Society
Alpha Sigma Chi (Physical Education)
Armstrong State College Student Data Processing
Management Association
Association for Computing Machinery
Social Work Club
Interest:
Glee Club
Band
Chess Club
Cheerleaders
Masquers
Buccaneers
Black American Movement
Senior Classical League
Honorary:
Phi Eta Sigma (Scholastic honorary for freshmen)
Phi Alpha Theta (History)
Pi Mu Epsilon (Mathematics)
Kappa Delta Pi (Education)
Student Government
The Student Government Association is the official governing body of
the students at Armstrong State College. It assists in formulating a
program of student services and activities, and it strives to express the will
of the majority of students and to provide experience in democratic living.
All students are automatically members of the Student Government
Association and are entitled to vote in SGA elections. Qualified students
may seek positions of leadership in the Student Government Association
by running for office during the winter quarter.
Student Publications
The two official student publications on campus are the Inkwell (the
College newspaper) and the Geechee (the College yearbook). These publi-
cations are produced by students under the supervision of approved col-
lege advisors. Financed in part by the Student Activity Fund, the Inkwell
and the Geechee provide opportunities for students in creative writing,
reporting, photography, and design.
Health
Armstrong State College maintains a campus infirmary where a regis-
tered nurse is on duty from 8:15 a.m. until 5 p.m. Students who become ill
or who are involved in accidents while on campus should not hesitate to
avail themselves of this service.
Dental Hygiene Services
The Dental Hygiene Clinic is available to Armstrong State College and
Savannah State College students who wish to receive an oral prophylaxis
and a flouride treatment. School identification cards will be requested by
the Clinic receptionist.
Alumni Office
The primary purposes of the Alumni Office are to keep former students
informed about the college and to help them keep in touch with each other.
Any person who at any time was matriculated as a regular student is
eligible for membership in the Alumni Association and, upon payment of
his dues, will receive association periodicals, and may vote and hold office
in the Association. The Alumni Office assists in arranging class reunions,
board meetings, and other functions. For further information contact the
Alumni Secretary.
Housing
There is no student housing on campus. Private apartments for male,
female, and married students are located within walking distance of Arm-
strong State College. For further information regarding housing, please
contact the Office of Student Affairs.
Athletics
Armstrong State College is affiliated with the National Association of
Intercollegiate Athletics, National Collegiate Athletic Association, South
Atlantic Conference, Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women
and Georgia Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women. The col-
lege teams participate in intercollegiate competition in baseball, basket-
ball, cross country track events, golf, Softball and tennis.
Intramurals
The Student Intramural Council and Intramural Department provide a
diversified program available to all students and faculty, including or-
ganized competitive sports, recreational activities, and clubs. Any student
interested in participating in these activities should contact the Director of
Intramurals.
Cultural Opportunities
Armstrong State College provides a variety of cultural opportunities for
its students. Lectures by eminent scholars in the various academic fields
and musical concerts by outstanding artists are an integral part of the
program in general education. Student dramatic productions under profes-
sional direction and the student choral and instrumental groups have
created distinguished traditions.
III. Fees
Application Fee
The Application Fee of $10.00 is paid by each student at the time of initial
application for admission to Armstrong State College. The acceptance of
the Application Fee does not constitute acceptance of the student. This fee
is not refundable.
In addition to the application fee mentioned above, a deposit of $50.00 is
required of all dental hygiene applicants who are accepted for admission.
This deposit is applied against registration fees during the first quarter of
attendance. If the student does not enroll, the deposit is not refundable.
Matriculation Fee
The Matriculation Fee for students registering on campus for the normal
course load of fifteen hours is $153.00. Students carrying less than 12 credit
hours on campus in a quarter will pay at the rate of $13.00 per quarter hour
in Matriculation Fees. Students who register for off-campus credit hours
will pay at the rate of $16.00 per credit hour. Matriculation fees are waived
for residents of Georgia upon presentation of written documentation that
they are 62 years of age or older.
Out-of-State Tuition
Non-residents of Georgia must pay a fee of $262.00 per quarter in
addition to all regular fees. Students carrying less than 12 credit hours in a
quarter who are not legal residents of the State of Georgia will pay at the
rate of $22.00 per quarter hour Out-of-State Fee in addition to all regular
fees. Students who register for off-campus credit courses will pay at the
rate of $22.00 per quarter hour Out-of-State Fee in addition to all regular
fees. Out-of-State tuition fees are waived for active duty military person-
nel and their dependents stationed in Georgia and on active duty, except
military personnel assigned to this institution for educational purposes.
Student Activity and HealtlVService Fees
There will be a Student Activity Fee ($15.00) and a Health/Service Fee
($2.50) for all student enrolled for six or more hours in the undergraduate
program. Students who are enrolled for five hours or less may choose
whether or not to pay the Student Activity Fee. Students who choose not
to do so will be accorded limited student activity privileges.
Athletic Fee
There will be an Athletic Fee of $10.00 per quarter for all students
enrolled in the undergraduate program.
Applied Music Fees
Applied music courses consist of one or two twenty-five minute private
lessons per week. A special fee of $31.00 for one twenty-five minute lesson
or $62.00 for two lessons is charged quarterly to students not admitted to a
music degree program and to music majors not enrolled for ten or more
quarter hours of credit. This fee is refundable only when the student has
not met his first lesson.
Late Registration Fee
A late registration fee of $4.00 will be charged to students registering on
the date listed in the catalog as the date on which classes begin. A fee of
$5.00 will be charged for registrations completed on the date listed in the
catalog as the "last day to enroll in any class; last day to pay fees." This fee
is not refundable.
Graduation Fee
A Graduation Fee of $20.00 will be collected from each candidate for
graduation. If the candidate is receiving a second degree at the same
graduation ceremonies, an additional fee of $5.00 will be collected. The fee
will be $20.00 for a second degree awarded at a subsequent graduation
ceremony.
Transcript Fee
Each student is entitled to one official transcript of his college work. The
charge for additional copies is $1.00 each,
Summary of Fees
Matriculation, per quarter $153.00
Student Activity, per quarter 15.00
Health/Service, per quarter 2.50
Athletic, per quarter 10.00
TOTAL FOR GEORGIA RESIDENTS $180.50
Out-of-State Tuition, per quarter $262.00
TOTAL FOR NON-RESIDENTS $442.50
Matriculation Part-Time Students, per quarter hour .$13.00
Non-Resident Tuition, Part-Time Students, per
quarter hour (in addition to Matriculation Fee) $22.00
Privilege Fees
Application Fee $10.00
Late Registration-Maximum 5.00
Graduation Fee 20.00
Transcript, first one free, each additional LOO
Applied Music Fee 31.00/62.00
Dental Hygiene Deposit 50.00
Refunds
Refunds of fees will be made only upon written application for with-
drawal from school. No refunds will ho made to students dropping a
course. Privilege fees are not refundable. Students who formally withdraw
on the date of scheduled registration or during one week following Un-
scheduled registration date are entitled to a refund of mi'; of the i\-c> paid
for that quarter. Students who formally withdraw during the period be-
tween one and two weeks after the scheduled registration date are entitled
to a refund of 60% of the fees paid for that quarter. Students who formally
withdraw between two and three weeks after the scheduled registration
date are entitled to a refund of 4()7 f of the fees paid for that quarter.
Students who formally withdraw during the period between three and four
weeks after the scheduled registration date are entitled to a refund of 203
of the fees paid for that quarter. Students who withdraw after a period of
four w r eeks has elapsed from the scheduled registration date will be en-
titled to no refund of any part of the fees paid that quarter.
Any student delinquent in the payment of any financial obligation to the
college will have grade reports and transcripts of records encumbered.
Grade reports and transcripts will not be released, nor will the student be
allowed to re-register at the college until all financial obligations are met.
Fees for each quarter are to be paid in full at the time of registration.
If a check is not paid on presentation to the bank on which it is drawn, t he
student's registration will be cancelled and the student may re register
only on payment of $5.00 service charge.
Short Courses
Fees are announced for each quarter when the course is scheduled by the
College.
Students who formally withdraw from a short course or conference
before its first meeting will receive a full refund of fees paid provided the
withdrawal is in writing and is received by the office of Community
Services prior to the first class meeting of the course or conference. No
refund wil be made for withdrawals received after the first class meeting.
Fees paid for courses or conferences cancelled by the College will be
refunded at 100%.
FEES AND CHARGES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT THE END
OF ANY QUARTER.
IV. Student Financial
Aid
Armstrong State College subscribes to the principle that the primary
purpose of a student financial aid program is to provide financial assistance
to students who, without such assistance, would be unable to attend
college. The primary responsibility for financing a college education is the
inherent obligation of the student and/or family. Financial assistance from
Armstrong State College should be viewed as supplementary to the efforts
of the student and/or family. An assessment of parental ability to contrib-
ute toward the student's educational expenses is made by the College
Scholarship Service so that neither the parent, the student, nor Arm-
strong State College be required to bear an undue share of the financial
responsibility.
Application Information
An applicant for student financial aid at Armstrong must:
1. be enrolled or accepted for enrollment at the College;
2. obtain and complete and submit a Financial Aid Form (FAF) to the
College Scholarship Service prior to June 30 for the coming academic
year.
3. submit a Basic Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG) Eligibility
Report (SER) to the Office of Student Financial Aid by June 30
preceding the next academic year.
4. complete and submit the Request for Student Financial Aid Form.
It may be necessary to complete additional forms depending on a
student's year in school, major course of study, and/or eligibility for a
particular program. Applications for financial assistance must be repeated
annually. Most student financial aid awards are for the entire academic
year, with payments made to the student in equal quarterly installments.
A student may, however, apply and be considered for financial assistance
during the academic year, if funds are available.
All student financial aid awards are contingent upon the availablity of
funds and the recipient's maintaining satisfactory progress toward a de-
gree as defined in this Bulletin.
The minimum number of quarter hours for which a student financial aid
recipient may enroll per quarter varies from program to program. Most
require at least 12 hours per quarter (full-time status); some require only
10 hours per quarter. All programs require that the student be enrolled at
least half-time taking 6 or more quarter hours.
Students applying for financial aid, whether eligible or not, who do not
meet or adhere to the above requirements will not be considered for
financial aid. It is the responsibility of the parents and/or student to
determine that all pertinent information and data have been obtained and
are located in the Office of Student Financial Aid to assure a complete and
accurate awarding of financial assistance.
When the student has received acknowledgement from the College
Scholarship Service that the Financial Aid Form (FAR) has been sent to
the College and the student has delivered the Basic Grant Eligibility
Report (SER) and the request for Financial Aid Form to the office of
Student Financial Aid, the student and/or parents should telephone the
office for an appointment with a financial aid advisor. The advisor will
discuss the student's eligibility and, if applicable, the tenative award
package. When the student has been determined eligible for financial aid,
an award letter will be sent to the student indicating the type of award(s)
and the amount to be received.
NO AWARD WILL BE MADE UNLESS THE OFFICE OF STU-
DENT FINANCIAL AID HAS BOTH THE BASIC GRANT ELIGIBIL-
ITY REPORT, THE REQUEST FOR FINANCIAL All > FORM. AM)
THE FINANCIAL AID FORM (FAF).
Categories of Aid
The College provides necessary financial assistance through
grants/scholarships, work, and/or loans. Grants and scholarships art-
awards that require neither service nor cash repayments, opportunities
for part-time employment are provided for eligible students, usually on-
campus, who are paid federal minimum wages on an hourly basis. Loans
require cash repayment, service repayment, or a combination of both.
These funds are made available through the federal government, state
government, and local sources.
Federal Assistance
The Basic Educational Opportunity Grant Program is designed to
provide financial assistance to those who need it to attend post-high school
educational institutions. The BEOG is a grant and, unlike a loan, does not
have to be repaid. Award amounts vary, depending upon the student's
eligibility.
The Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant Program is availa-
ble to eligible students who establish exceptional financial need as deter-
mined by the College Scholarship Service. The minimum award Is $200.00
per academic year. The maximum may not exceed one-half of the student's
established need, nor can it be more than one-half of the financial assis-
tance supplied through the College.
Currently, the College Work-Study Program allows an eligible student
to work each class day during the quarter. Satisfactory work performance
is mandatory. The student must also maintain satisfactory academic
progress. A student on academic suspension, even though readmitted on
appeal, will not be allowed to participate in the Work-Study Program.
A National Direct Student Loan maybe awarded to an eligible student
who has established a need through the College Scholarship Service.
on
Interest will be computed at the rate of three percent per annum simple
interest on the unpaid principal balance. Interest is not charged and
repayment is not required until nine months after the borrower ceases to
be a student. All students using NDSL funds are required to complete an
exit interview before leaving the college.
A sample repayment schedule of a $1,000 NDSL loan at 3% would be:
Payment Principal Principal Total
Number Balance Interest Payment Payment
1 $1,000.00 $ 2.50 :
2 970.00 2.43
3 940.00 2.35
4 910.00 2.28
5 880.00 2.20
6 850.00 2.13
34 10.00 .03 10.00 10.03
30.00
$ 32.50
30.00
32.43
30.00
32.35
30.00
32.28
30.00
32.20
30.00
32.13
Totals $43.10 $1,000.00 $1,043.01
Federal Nursing Student Loans and/or Scholarships are available to
students who have: (1) established a financial need through the College
Scholarship Service, (2) been accepted for enrollment by Armstrong State
College, and (3) been admitted to the Nursing Program by the Depart-
ment of Nursing.
Law Enforcement Educational Program Grants are available to in-
service personnel. Awards are made on a priority basis and require the
completion of applications applicable to the program. In-service personnel
need not complete the Basic Grant or F AF if attending college on a part-
time basis.
State Assistance
Georgia Higher Education Assistance Corporation. Under this pro-
gram, guaranteed loans are provided by private lending institutions to
residents of Georgia. The loans accrue interest at the rate of 7 percent
simple interest. Loans are made by lending institutions that have signed a
contract with and have the guarantee of GHEAC. The process involves
application for the loan by the student and parents, certification by the
educational institution, and final approval by GHEAC. Students who are
unable to secure funds locally may apply for a State Direct Loan. In this
instance, the State of Georgia provides the funds and GHEAC guarantees
the loan. Students enrolled in certain health career fields may elect to
cancel all or a portion of their state direct loans by practicing in their fields.
Applications and additional information may be obtained from the Office of
Student Financial Aid. Students who receive GHEAC loans are usually
required to be enrolled as full-time students (12 hours). Exceptions are
made only to health career loans, in which case the student must notify the
Office of Student Financial Aid in advance for approval of hours to be
taken.
Georgia Incentive Scholarships are awarded to residents who fcx
post-high school education after 1 April. L974, and whose eligibility has
been determined by the College Scholarship Service financial analysis. All
veterans who were resident.- of Georgia at the time of their entry into
military service may apply. Students must also request submission of a
copy of the FAFto the State Scholarship Commission. All students apply-
ing for Georgia Incentive Scholarships are required to apply for Basic
Grant (BEOG).
The Board of Regents* Fund sponsors a program under which Georgia
residents may qualify for financial assistance at units of the University
System. Applicants must be in the uper 259? of their class and have
established a financial ncvd through the College Scholarship Service.
Recipients must agree to work in the state, at an occupation forwhich they
are qualified educationally, one year for each $1,000 received. If unable to
meet this obligation, the student is expected to repay the full amount with
interest at the rate of 3 percent simple interest.
Students may be recommended for employment on the Institutional
Student Assistants Program. Some department.- and offices of the col..
have funds available to hire student workers. Initial contact.- should be
made by the student with the appropriate department head.
Local Assistance
Institutional Short-Term Loans are available to student.- for a max-
imum of sixty days. Interest shall accrue at the rate of 3$ per annum.
There are four short-term loans accounts: General, Nursing, Exchangette,
and Kiwanis. Because of limited availability, short-term loans are usually
made available to students for payment of tuition and fees at the College.
Other requirements concerning short-term loans are available in the( office
of Student Financial Aid. Funds for the General Short-Term Loan Fund
have been provided by:
John Bravo Memorial Sigma Kappa Sorority
Rensing Loan Special Loans
Rho Beta Chapter of Stephen Davis Memorial
Alpha Phi Omega Union Camp Corporation
Dental Hygiene students may apply for scholarship and/or loan funds
from the Paderewski Memorial Fund. Interested students should contact
eitherthe Head of the Dental Hygiene Department or the Office of Student
Financial Aid.
Armstrong State College accepts Scholarship applications throughout
the year. Most awards are made annually during the summer. Scholar-
ships are awarded when:
1. an agency notifies the College of its intention to award a scholarship
to a specified student, or
-. an agency informs the College that it will award scholarships
specific number of student.- selected by the Student Scholarship
Committee.
Applicants for scholarships awarded by the college must:
1. complete the initial application process for financial aid;
2. complete a separate scholarship application which may be obtained
from the Office of Student Financial Aid;
3. have, as an entering freshman, a minimum combined verbal and
mathematical SAT score of 1,000;
4. have, as a returning or transfer student, a minimum overall grade-
point average of 3.0.
Individuals who are applicants for scholarships to be awarded by the
Student Scholarship Committee will be interviewed by that Committee at
a designated time. Award notification will be given to those students
selected at the end of the selection process.
Government Benefits
Social Security Administration. Social Security provides monthly
benefits to children when a parent (a) dies, (b) starts receiving Social
Security retirement, or (c) starts receiving disability benefits. Payments
can be made until age 22, provided the child is a full-time student in an
educational institution. Benefits can continue until the end of the quarter
of attainment of age 22, if requirements for a bachelor's degree are not
complete. Once Social Security benefits begin, it is the individual's respon-
sibility to notify the Social Security office if he transfers to another school,
if he withdraws from school, or if he reduces his hours below full-time
attendance. The individual must also notify the Social Security Adminis-
tration if he marries, if he is adopted, or if he earns more than $2,520 a
year. Students who want to file applications, report changes, or receive
more information should contact their Social Security Office.
Vocational Rehabilitation. The Georgia Vocational Rehabilitation Pro-
gram provides financial assistance for the applicant who possesses an
impairment which would prove to be a vocational handicap. The Office of
Vocational Rehabilitation may pay the cost of tuition, books, and fees.
Students who think that they may qualify under this program should
contact one of the area Vocational Rehabilitation Centers located through-
out the state. The Savannah Center is located at 420 Mall Boulevard.
Applicants sponsored by Vocational Rehabilitation or other community
agencies must apply at least six (6) weeks before the beginning of any
quarter to insure proper processing of applications.
Veterans, Disability, and War Orphans Assistance. Veterans who
served on active duty for other than training purposes for more than 180
days, any part of which occurred after June 1, 1966, are eligible for
financial assistance to attend college through the G. I. Bill. Generally, sons
and daughters of veterans whose death or total disablement was a result of
service in the armed forces are eligible for financial benefits under the
veterans program for educational assistance.
How to Apply. A prospective student must first make application to the
College and gain approval for admission from the Office of the
Registrar/Director of Admissions. A veteran cannot receive benefits
QA
while matriculating under a Continuing Education admission status. Once
accepted, the veteran should go to the local office of the Georgia Depart-
ment of Veterans Service located at 410 .Mall Boulevard, Savannah, I reor-
gia, and have an application for VA educational benefits completed. The
veteran must carry a copy of his Record of Discharge, DI) Form 214, and
supporting documentation of dependency status (marriage certificate; di-
vorce decree, if previously married; and birth certificates of all dependent
children). The veteran will then be given the forms to present to the < Office
of Veterans Affairs at Armstrong State College. Student.- transferring
from other educational institutions, OJT programs, or correspondence
schools must complete a "Request for Change of Place of Training/* lhange
of Program" VA Form 1995 with the Armstrong office of Veterans Af
fairs. At the time of initial matriculation each student/veteran must de-
clare a specific program of study (major) and must follow the curriculum
for this major without exception or benefits may be interrupted. Any
student receiving government benefits from the Veterans Administration
must check with the Armstrong State College Office of Veterans Affairs at
the beginning of each quarter and file a form declaring the specific com
and number of credit hours which he is attempting. Each student/veteran
IS reminded that he must report any changes in his attendance. :.
dropping, adding or withdrawal from school to the Armstrong offi< .
Veterans Affairs immediately following such action. Veterans entering
school under the G.I. Bill should have sufficient funds to finance them-
selves until payments from the VA begin (approximately six weeks after
application).
General Information Relating to Student Financial
Aid
Distribution of Financial Aid. Financial assistance is distributed both
directly and indirectly to eligible students from the federal, state, and local
government and from private donors through the Office of Student Finan-
cial Aid. Assistance is provided directly when the name of the recipient and
the amount of assistance to be given are determined prior to the receipt of
the funds by the college. Assistance is provided indirectly when fund.- are
given to the college for general distribution to students who are deter-
mined to be eligible for receipt of these funds. In both cases, it is the
responsibility of the Office of Student Financial Aid to assure that the
recipient has met all requirements and regulation.- concerning the receipt
of such funds. Students who are found to be in violation of requirements
and regulations concerning the receipt of financial assistance may jeopar-
dize their continued eligibility for participation in the financial aid pro-
gram. It is the student's responsibility to be knowledgeable about all
requirements governing the receipt of funds from each program from
which the student receives financial assistant
Student Cost. Student financial aid is awarded to eligible students on the
basis of need in nearly all cases except scholarships which have fcx
provided by donors for the purpose of recognizing academic promise or
ai
achievement. The determination of need is provided for Armstrong State
College students through the use of the Financial Aid Form (FAF) and the
College Scholarship Service which processes tfyis form. The process in-
volves an analysis of the data provided by the student's family or, if
independent, by the student. This analysis is sent to the Office of Student
Financial Aid where it is compared with the cost of education for the
appropriate classification of student. If the analysis shows that the family
contribution or self contribution is less than the cost of education, financial
need has been established. The Office of Student Financial Aid has the
legal right to challenge information provided on the Financial Aid Form if,
in the opinion of the financial aid officer, that information appears to be
inaccurate, incorrect, or misleading. Information relating to a student's
eligibility is available to that student when he/she has completed all the
necessary requirements for processing his/her financial aid application at
the college.
Student Classification. There are two basic student classifications:
(1) dependent student who is a commuter (living with parents or guardian)
or resident (not living with parents or guardian but either receiving
financial support from them or claimed by them as a tax deduction);
(2) independent student who is single (and total self-supporting) or mar-
ried (or who is a single parent with one or more children). Each classifica-
tion constitutes a cost of education group from which eligibility for financial
aid is derived. An example of the cost of education for a dependent
commuter student for one year would be:
Tuition and fees $535
Books and supplies 215
Room and board 725
Transportation 360
Personal expenses 610
TOTAL '. $2,445
The cost of tuition and all pertinent fees and the refund policy of the
College are outlined in the "Fees" section of this Bulletin.
Availaility of Funds. In general, students who enter the College at the
beginning of the fall quarter have a greater opportunity to receive financial
assistance than those who enter later in the academic year. The awards
processing time usually runs from June 1 to August 31. It is during this
period that the Office of Student Financial Aid distributes its yearly
allocation of funds to students who have completed the process cycle. In
the event that there is a shortage of funds, students who are eligible for
financial aid but whose applications were late will be placed on a waiting
list until such time as funds becomes available.
Rights and Responsibilities. Every eligible student has a right to re-
ceive financial assistance provided that (1) funds are available at the
college for award to the student; (2) the student meets the requirements
pertinent to the program(s) from which assistance is sought; (3) the stu-
dent has been admitted to the college or, in the case of an enrolled student,
meets the standards of satisfactory academic progress as outlined in the
"Academic Regulations" section of this Bulletin. In addition, it is the
29
student's responsibility to adhere to all regulations and requirements
heretofore mentioned and to notify the Office of Student Financial Aid of
any change in status which would have any effect on the legitimacy of
financial assistance being received.
Student Retention. Information regarding student retention (i.e., en-
rollment patterns at the college) may be obtained upon request from the
Office of the Registrar. Copies of this information are available to the
student at a cost of $1.00 per copy. Information regarding specific dec
programs is available in this Bulletin and from the Head of the Depart-
ment in which a specific academic program is offered.
Satisfactory Progress. See statement of definition in "Academic Regula-
tions" section of this Bulletin.
V. Admission to the
College
General Information
Application forms for admission to Armstrong State College are at-
tached to this Bulletin and provided by the Admissions Office upon re-
quest. An application cannot be considered until all required forms are
properly executed and returned to the Admissions Office.
The applicant must be at least sixteen years old on or before registration
date and must give evidence of good moral character, promise of growth
and development, seriousness of purpose, and a sense of social responsibil-
ity. Armstrong State College reserves the right to examine and appraise
the character, the personality, and the physical fitness of the applicant by
the use of achievement and aptitude tests and to require additional bio-
graphical data and an interview before the applicant is accepted or re-
jected. If an interview is required, the applicant will be notified.
Armstrong State College reserves the right to refuse to accept any or all
of the credits from any high school or other institution, notwithstanding its
accredited status, when the College determines through investigation or
otherwise that the quality of instruction at such high school or other
institution is for any reason deficient or unsatisfactory. The judgment of
the College on this question shall be final.
On the basis of achievement as reflected by high school or college grades
and academic potential as shown by scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test,
an evaluation of each applicant's readiness to undertake college work will
be made. The Admissions Officer may refer any application to the Admis-
sions Committee of the College for study and advice.
The decision as to whether an applicant shall be accepted or rejected
shall be made by the Admissions Officer in accordance with admission
policies and subject to the applicant's right of appeal as provided in the
policies of the Board of Regents of the University System. The Admissions
Officer shall, as promptly as practicable, inform the applicant of the action
taken upon his application.
The College reserves the right to terminate acceptance of applications
when enrollment capacity is reached. The College further reserves the
right to reject an applicant who is not a resident of the State of Georgia.
All students enrolled at Armstrong State College are required to affirm
that they will abide by the provisions of the Honor Code. For a detailed
explanation of the Honor System see the "Regulations" section of this
Bulletin.
Information Required for Freshman Applicants
All freshman applicants must submit the following:
1. a. Certificate of graduation from an accredited high school. A tran-
script of the applicant's high school record must be submitted by the
high school directly to the College.
OR
b. Evidence of successful completion of the General Education De-
velopment Test (GED), with no scores less than 45. A BCOre report
form must be submitted directly to the college from the GED testing
center where the student took the test or by DANTKS, 2'MX South
Park Street, Madison, Wisconsin 53713 (if the student took the test
through the United States Armed Forces Institute while in military
service).
2. Satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College
Entrance Examination Board. Specific scores required are listed
under the categories of admission below. Official results of the SAT
must be filed with the Admissions Office by the final date for the
submission of an application for the quarter in which a student wishes
to enroll. The Scholastic Aptitude Test is given in all states and many
foreign countries at least six times annually. Students wishing to
make application to take the test may secure application forms from
their secondary school principal or counselor or from the College
Entrance Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey
08540, or Box 1025, Berkeley, California 94701.
Admission Requirements and Categories of
Admission
The applicant who has fulfilled the general admission requirements
listed above w T ill be granted admission to the College if he/she meets at
least one of the following specific requirements:
a high school grade-point average of 1.8
or
a score of not less than 250 on the verbal section of the Scholastic
Aptitude Test
or
a score of not less than 280 on the mathematics section of the Scholastic
Aptitude Test.
Regular Admission
The applicant who meetsa// three of the following requirements will be
granted regular admission to the College:
a total score on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of at least 760 (combined
verbal and mathematics section)
and
a score of not less than 330 on the verbal section of the Scholastic
Aptitude Test
and
a score of not less than 330 on the mathematics section of the Scholastic-
Aptitude Test.
Conditional Admission
The applicant who qualifies for admission to the College but who does
not qualify for regular admission will be granted conditional admission.
All conditionally admitted students must take the Basic Skills Examina-
tion. This examination should be taken before the student's first registra-
tion at the College. Test dates for the Basic Skills Examination appear in
the Academic Calendar in this Bulletin. If a conditionally admitted student
registers before taking the Basic Skills Examination, his/her choice of
courses will be limited to English 98 and Reading 98 (if the student's SAT
verbal score is below 330), Mathematics 98 (if the student's SAT mathe-
matics score is below 330), Study Techniques 99, and Core physical educa-
tion course. /
The student who presents an SAT verbal score of 330 or higher and an
SAT mathematics score of 330 or higher but whose combined SAT score is
less than 750 must take the Basic Skills Examination for advisement
purposes. When the examination has been taken, the student will be
granted regular admission.
The student who presents an SAT verbal score of less than 330 and/or an
SAT mathematics score of less than 330 will be granted regular admission
if he/she passes all parts of the Basic Skills Examination. If he/she does
not pass all parts of the examination, the student will remain conditionally
admitted and will be required to enroll in appropriate courses in the
Department of Special Studies until such time as his/her identified aca-
demic deficiencies are removed. Upon successful completion of the Special
Studies courses required, the student will be granted regular admission.
A student in the Special Studies Program must have his/her schedule of
classes approved by the Head of the Department of Special Studies each
time the student registers or preregisters. The Head of the Department
may refuse to allow a student in the Special Studies Program to enroll in
any course for which the student lacks a prerequisite or for which the
student's academic preparation appears inadequate.
A student in the Special Studies Program will not be allowed to continue
as a student at the College if the student receives three grades other than P
for a course required of him in the Special studies Program. Grades other
than P include U, I, W, WU, and WF.
A student will exit the Special Studies Program and be granted regular
admission status upon satisfying the requirements stated in the policies of
the Special Studies Program. Copies of these policies may be obtained
from the Special Studies departmental office.
Advanced Placement and Credit by Examination
Armstrong State College gives advanced placement, or in some cases
college credit, for college level high school courses, on the basis of the
student's grade on the College Board Advanced Placement Examination
or the Admissions Testing Program achievement tests and approval by the
appropriate department head at Armstrong State College.
QC
College credit may be granted for satisfactory scores on selected tests of
the College-Level Examination Program (CLEP), for satisfactory comple-
tion of appropriate courses and tests offered through the United States
Armed Forces Institute (USAFI), and for military service schools and
experience as recommended by the Commission on Accreditation of Ser-
vice Experiences of the American Council oil Education. Such credits may
not exceed more than one-fourth of the work counted toward a degree.
Specifically, the student with a strong academic background may,
through certain examinations, demonstrate competence in: Art ^<><»:
Biology 101, 102; English 111; Foreign Language 101, 102, 108; History
114, 115, 251,252; Mathematics 101, 103, 104, 201, 220; Music 200; Natural
Science without Laboratory; Nursing 101; Political Science 113; Sociology
201. For information concerning the examinations which apply to the
specific areas, please make inquiry to the Office of Admissions, the Office
of the Registrar, the Office of Counseling and Placement, or the Head of
the appropriate Academic Department.
It is possible for a student, through a combination of the advanced
placement and credit by examination programs, to begin his formal in-
structional program at Armstrong State College as a sophomore.
Requirements for Transfer Applicants
1. Transfer applicants will follow the same procedures as freshman appli-
cants, except that transfer applicants who will have achieved sopho-
more standing at the time of their entrance will not be required to
submit their high school records. Such records may be required by the
Admissions Office, but normally the transcripts of previous college
records will suffice in place of the high school record. A transfer appli-
cant must ask the Registrar of each college he has previously attended
to mail an official transcript of his record to the Admissions Office at
Armstrong State College, regardless of the transferability of the
credits.
2. Transfer applicants who will enter with less than 36 quarter hours
completed must meet entrance requirements of both freshman and
transfer applicants and will be required to submit their high school
records as well as transcripts of college records.
3. A transfer applicant will not be eligible for admission to Armstrong
State College unless he is eligible to return to the last college attended
on the date he expects to enter Armstrong. A student who is on
suspension from another college because of poor scholarship or for
disciplinary reasons will not be eligible for admission.
4. A transfer applicant will be considered for admission to Armstrong
State College, if, on all work attempted at other institutions, his
academic performance as shown by his grade-point average is equiva-
lent to the minimum standard required by Armstrong State College
students of comparable standing. (See chart under Academic Probation
and Dismissal Policy in the "Academic Regulations" section of this
Bulletin.)
5. Credit will be given for transfer work in which the student received a
grade of "C" or above. Credit will also be given for transfer work in
which the student received grades of "D", with the limitation that such
credit will not exceed twenty-five (25) percent of the total amount of
credit accepted with grades of "C" or above. College credit will not be
allowed for such courses as remedial English or remedial mathematics
or courses basically of secondary school level.
6. Credits earned at an institution which is not a member of the appropri-
ate regional accrediting agency can be accepted on a provisional basis
only. A student transferring from an institution which is not a member
of a regional accrediting agency must achieve a "C" average on his first
fifteen quarter hours of work at Armstrong in order to be eligible to
continue. In certain areas he may be required to validate credits by
examination. In computing cumulative grade averages, only the work
attempted at Armstrong will be considered.
7. The amount of credit that Armstrong will allow for work done in
another institution within a given period of time may not exceed the
normal amount of credit that could have been earned at Armstrong
during that time. A maximum of 100 quarter hours may be transferred
from a junior college. At least half of the courses in the major field must
be taken at Armstrong.
8. Not more than one-fourth of the work counted toward a degree may be
taken through correspondence or extension courses. No correspon-
dence courses may be used to meet requirements in the major field or
the related field for the bachelor's degree. No correspondence course
may be taken while a student is enrolled at Armstrong State College
without prior approval of the Vice President and the head of the
department in which the student is majoring. Correspondence credit
will not be accepted for courses in English composition or foreign
language.
Readmission of Former Students
A student who has not been enrolled at Armstrong for one or more
quarters must apply for readmission on a form provided by the Admissions
Office. This requirement does not apply to students who do not register for
courses during the summer quarter. A former student who has not at-
tended another college since leaving Armstrong may be readmitted pro-
vided he is not on suspension at the time he wishes to reenter. A former
student who has attended another college since leaving Armstrong must
meet requirements as listed in the bulletin in effect at the time of his
return.
Transient Students
Transient student status means that a student is admitted to Armstrong
State College only for a specified period of time, normally for one quarter.
An applicant for transient status must file a regular application form and
submit a statement from his Dean or registrar that he is in good standing
and has permission to take specific courses at Armstrong to be transferred
to his own institution when satisfactorily completed. Since transient stu-
dents are not admitted as regular Armstrong students, transcripts of
college work completed elsewhere are not usually required of such appli-
cants. A transient student who wishes to remain at Armstrong longer than
one quarter must submit an additional statement from his Dean or Regis-
trar, or he must meet all requirements for regular admission as a t ransfer
student.
Armstrong State College Accelerated Program for
High School Students
High school students who have completed the eleventh grade, who have
met the criteria for admission to the program and who maintain its stan-
dards will be permitted to enroll for college credit in at least one course but
not more than two courses each quarter at Armstrong State College while
they complete the senior year of high school. Upon graduation from high
school, these students will be admitted as regular students of the College.
Through this program, a student may complete over two-thirds of the
freshman year of college before he begins his regular college career.
Students accepted in the program may choose any freshman course for
which they meet all prerequisites, with permission of their high school
principal or counselor and college advisor.
A student forfeits the privilege of this program if in any quarter his
grade in the course is below C or his high school average in academic
courses is below T B.
The College will consider a student for this program only upon written
recommendation of his high school principal or counselor. In the view of the
College, it is only these individuals w r ho can judge the circumstances that
may make the program valuable and practicable for any student.
To be admitted to the program a student must satisfy all of these
criteria:
1. written recommendation by the Principal or counselor of the high
school;
2. completion of the eleventh grade in an accredited high school;
3. a combined verbal and mathematics SAT score of 1,000;
4. a minimum grade-point-average of 3.0 in high school work completed.
Early Admission and Joint Enrollment Programs
Armstrong State College offers an early admission program for those
students who have completed the eleventh grade in high school and who
have demonstrated outstanding academic potential. The criteria for ad-
mission to this program are the same as those listed for the Accelerated
Program.
Additionally, the college cooperates with the Chatham County School
System in the offering of a joint enrollment program which is an early
2Q
admission program allowing the student to enroll full-time at the college
while remaining on the rolls of his local high school. After successfully
meeting all established criteria for the early admission program, the
student will be awarded a high school diploma at the end of his freshman
year in college. For further information on this program to the prospective
applicant should consult his high school counselor and/or request informa-
tion from the Admissions Office at Armstrong State College.
Foreign Students
It is recommended that, whenever possible, foreign students begin their
attendance at the college in the fall quarter. The college also recommends
that a foreign student attend an ELS language center prior to enrollment.
(Applications for ELS are available from the Admissions Coordinator,
ELS Language Center, 3331 Ocean Park Blvd. Suite 201, Santa Monica,
California 90405.
A student from a country other than the United States who is interested
in attending Armstrong must meet the following requirements before
application is made:
1. He must have met the requirements of freshman applicants.
2. He must have an official transcript of his academic record mailed to
the Admissions Office at Armstrong with an official translation.
3. He must take the SAT of the College Entrance Examination Board in
the testing center nearest his home and ask that the results be sent to
Armstrong.
4. He must take the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL)
and score a minimum of 500 for consideration for admission to the
college.
5. He must submit a statement of financial resources prior to atten-
dance.
6. He must show proof of adequate health and life insurance.
If the applicant meets the academic requirements for admission, he will
be sent an application form. After it has been returned and approved, the
applicant will be sent an 1-20 Form (I-20A and I-20B), which he can take to
the American consul to ask for a student visa. When he arrives on campus,
he will be tested in English composition for class placement.
No scholarships are available for students who are not legal residents of
Georgia. All foreign students must pay non-resident fees.
Admission of Veterans
After having been accepted at Armstrong State College and upon re-
ceipt of Certification of Eligibility and Entitlement from the Veterans
Administration, veterans may attend under Public Law 358 (Veterans
Readjustment Benefit Act of 1966), Public Law 815 (disabled), Public Law
894 (disabled), Public Law 634 (war orphans), or Public Law 361 (children
of permanently disabled veterans). Students under Public Laws 358, 361,
or 634 should be prepared to pay tuition and fees at the time of registration.
40
Applicants Sponsored by Vocational Rehabilitation
Those applicants sponsored by Vocational Rehabilitation or other com-
munity agencies must apply at least six (6) weeks before the beginning of
any quarter to insure proper processing of applications.
Admission to the Associate in Science Degree
Program in Nursing
Nursing requires a variety of skills and aptitudes and ol'\\'V> opportuni-
ties for service at differing levels of expertise. The associate degree nurse
utilizes theories and principles from bio-psycho-social sciences and nursing
as a basis for the nursing process. He/she uses the nursing process to
support, promote or alter the client's adaptive state in response to identi-
fied, commonly occurring, health stressors. The associate degree nurse is
prepared to work co-operatively with colleagues on the nursing team in
those health agencies where the setting is structured and supervision is
available. The candidate for the associate degree nursing program should
have good physical and mental health as well as those personal qualifica-
tions appropriate for nursing.
The Associate in Science degree program in Nursing is approved by the
Georgia Board of Nursing and is fully accredited by the National L< agtu
for Nursing (NLN).
General Information
Admission to Armstrong State College does not in any way guarantee
formal admission to the Associate Degree Program in Nursing. It is
important that the applicant for admission to this program file all papers
required for admission consideration as early as possible in the academic
year preceding the Fall Quarter in which the applicant wishes to enroll. It
is recommended that interested people who have been away from school
for a considerable period of time enroll in at least one academic course in an
accredited college of their choice during the year prior to application to the
Associate Degree Nursing Program.
The Admissions Committee in the Department of Nursing will act only
on completed applications. Admission decisions will normally be made in
April each year. When the class has been filled, admissions will be closed.
Students who qualify for admission but who are not admitted because of
lack of space may re-apply for the following year's class, repeating all
application procedures. Students admitted for a given academic year must
enter the Nursing Program during that academic- year or re-apply for
admission for any subsequent year. Determination of admission to the
Nursing Program is a function of the Nursing Faculty.
Transfer students must meet the minimum criteria for admission to The
Department of Associate Degree Nursing as stated. Credit for nursing
courses and science courses taken prior to application to the Nursing
Program must be approved by The Department of Associate Deg
Nursing.
The major part of the applicant's high school work should be in the
college preparatory area. Because of the heavy emphasis on science in the
nursing curriculum, it is important that the applicant have a strong founda-
tion in biology, chemistry, and mathematics. The quality of the applicant's
high school work in English and Social Studies is important in the total
evaluation of the qualifications for admission to the program.
In addition to the usual college tuition and fees, the student in the
Associate degree Nursing Program must purchase uniforms and some
supplies and equipment. Each student is required to wear the official
insignia of the Nursing Program on an approved uniform. Approximately
two weeks before the opening of school, each student admitted to the
program will receive information, along with approximate charges, con-
cerning supplies, equipment, and uniforms needed for the Fall Quarter.
Students in the program are responsible for providing their own transpor-
tation to and from the community hospitals and other health agencies
which furnish their facilities for use in clinical instruction within the
program.
Before registering for the first nursing courses, each student must have
(1) proof of nursing liability insurance; (2) a satisfactory health record;
(3) successfully completed all English and Mathematics diagnostic re-
quirements, if applicable.
How to Apply
1. Complete all papers required in the application for admission to Arm-
strong State College. The procedures for admission to the College are
outlind in this section of the Bulletin. Mark the application For Nursing
Only.
2. An applicant for admission to the Associate Degree program in Nursing
will not be considered until the student has received regular admission
to the College.
3. The applicant must send SAT scores and the appropriate transcripts to
the Department of Nursing (in addition to those submitted as part of the
procedures required for admission to the College).
4. When the applicant has been admitted to the College as a regular
student and when the Department of Nursing has received the
applicant's transcripts and SAT scores, he/she will be given an applica-
tion form for admission to the Associate Degree program in Nursing.
5. Applicants who are on academic probation or suspension from another
college will not be considered for admission to the program.
Criteria for Admission
Applicants who meet the following minimum criteria will be considered
for admission to the program at the time of application. The actual deter-
mination of admission of applicants to the Nursing program is a function of
the Nursing faculty.
1 . a combined score of 750 on the verbal and mathematics sections of the
Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board,
withascore of not less than 350 on the verbal section and a score ofnot loss
than 350 on the mathematics section;
2. a minimum grade-point average of2.5 (based on a L0 scale) in a high
school curriculum which includes natural and social sciences;
3. a minimum overall adjusted college grade-point average of 2.0 (based
on a 4.0 scale), if applicable. Within this overall 2.0 grade-point average, a
2.0 grade-point average for any courses taken from within the General
Requirements listed in the Associate degree curriculum in this Bulletin,
with no more than one repeat grade among these course
Applicants who do not meet the criteria for admission outlined above
may apply for admission after having met the following criteria.
1. completion of the following specific General Requirements as listed in
the Associate degree curriculum in this Bulletin:
two courses selected from Chemistry 201, Zoology 208, Zoology 209 with
grades of "C" or better;
three courses selected from English 111, 112; History 251 or 252; Political
Science 113; Psychology 101 with a 2.0 average or better.
These five courses must be completed no later than the end of the Winter
Quarter prior to the Fall Quarter for which admission Is sought.
2. maintenance of an overall adjusted college grade-point average of 2.
(based on a 4.0 scale), with a grade-point average of 2.0 for any com
taken within the General Requirements of the Associate degree curricu-
lum in addition to those listed above.
3. No more than one repeat grade in any of the General Requirements of
the Associate Degree curriculum.
Time Limit for Program Completion
Students must complete the Associate degree program within thn
consecutive academic years from the date of their initial admission to the
program. Students who do not complete the program within this time limit
must reapply for admission, meet current criteria for admission, and have
their previous credits evaluated at the time of their subsequent admission.
Students who are readmitted must met course requirements in effect at
the time of their readmission.
Readmission to the Program
Students who have been admitted to and enrolled in The Associate
Degree Program in Nursing but have been involuntarily suspended from
the program for academic reasons or have withdrawn from the program,
may apply for readmission only if they have maintained an overall adjusted
college grade-point average of 2.0, have earned a 2.0 average in all coin
taken from within The General Requirements of Tin- Associate Degree
curriculum with not more than one repeat from among these courses and
have passed each science course attempted with a "('" or better in at l<
two of these courses. Students must reenter no later than one year from
the time of suspension or withdrawal. If they do not reenter within one
year, they will be required to apply as a new student, meeting the admis-
sion criteria and progression criteria in effect at that time.
Admission to the Bachelor of Science Degree
Program in Nursing
The Baccalaureate Nursing Department at Armstrong State College
offers a curriculum which provides entering freshmen, transfer students,
and Registered Nurses the opportunity to earn the degree of Bachelor of
Science in Nursing. The major portion of the applicant's high school work
should be in the college preparatory area since nursing builds upon the
sciences, languages, mathematics and social studies.
Applicants to the Baccalaureate Degree Nursing Program must be
admitted to Armstrong State College prior to making application to the
Nursing Major. Students admitted to Armstrong State College must meet
the admission requirements of the Baccalaureate Nursing Department to
be eligible for admission to the Pre-nursing classification or the Nursing
Major. Admission to the Nursing Major is the function of the Nursing
Admissions Committee. The Admissions Committee acts only on comple-
ted applications.
When the class is filled, the Admissions Committee will close admis-
sions. Students who qualify but who are not admitted because of lack of
space may reapply for the next quarter that students are admitted. Stu-
dents will be admitted to the Nursing major Fall and Winter Quarters.
Because clinical learning experiences are provided in a variety of set-
tings, students will be responsible for providing their own transportation
to and from clinical areas. Armstrong State College does not provide
student housing. Students should contact the Office of Student Affairs for
information regarding housing available in the area.
Students will be required to purchase an official uniform, health and
liability insurance, and supplies and equipment as determined by the
Baccalaureate Nursing Faculty. Each student will be required to wear the
official insignia of the Nursing Program on each uniform. Information
regarding medical histories, liability insurance, uniforms, supplies and
equipment will be provided after admission to the Nursing major.
Criteria for Admission — Pre-Nursing
Freshman applicants may be admitted to the Baccalaureate degree
program with a pre-Nursing classification at the beginning of any academic
quarter. Such admission does not guarantee admission to the Nursing
major. These applicants must:
1. have regular admission status at the College;
2. have a minimum SAT verbal score of 350;
3. have a minimum SAT mathematics score of 350;
4. have a verbal/mathematics combined SAT of at least 750;
5. qualify prior to or during the first quarter of their attendance for
admission to English 111 and Mathematics 101 (this qualification may
be achieved by presentation of a SAT verbal score of 500 and a SAT
mathematics score of 420 or by taking and passing the placement
examinations for each of the courses or by successfully completing
the appropriate remedial English and Mathematics courses).
Transfer students must have a2.0 cumulative grade-point-average in all
appropriate college course work to be admitted with the pre-Nursing
classification.
Criteria for Admission to the Nursing Major
Admission to the Nursing major is on a space-available basis and is
limited to the best qualified students as determined by the Admission-
Committee for the Baccalaureate Program. Admission criteria include:
1. Completion of 49 hours of prerequisite course work as indicated in I he
pre-Nursing curriculum;
2. A grade of"C" or better in each pre-professional course; no more than
one repeat grade will be acceptable;
3. An adjusted GPA of 2.5 in all appropriate course work attempted.
See curriculum requirements.
Transfer applicants with credit beyond the sophomore level must fulfill
the requirements for both pre-Nursing and pre-professional courses as
indicated in the curriculum for the Nursing major. Their levelof entry will
be determined by the Admissions Committee for the Baccalaureate pro-
gram. No more than 100 credit hours will be accepted in transfer from a
junior college. A transfer student must take the Regents' Examination
during his/her first quarter of attendance, if he/she has earned 15 quarter
hours or more of credit. Registered Nurse applicants must meet the
criteria established for transfer students and must also submit proof of
licensure. After admission to the Nursing major, registered nurses may
challenge a maximum of 30 credit hours of Nursing course- through oral
and/or written examinations. Students will be awarded senior-level status
upon completion of 135 credit hours of appropriate course work (including
successful performance on challenge examinations and successful comple-
tion of BSN 300 and 306). CLEP examinations for general education
courses may be taken, with the total credit for these examinations not to
exceed 25 percent ofthe required quarter hours acceptable for the Nursing
major.
Time Limit for Program Completion
Students must complete the Baccalaureate Nursing Program within
four (4) consecutive years from the date of their initial admission to tin-
Nursing major. Students who do not complete the program within this
time limit must apply for readmission, meet current criteria for admission,
and have their previous credits evaluated. Students who are granted
readmission must meet course requirements in effect at the time.
Readmission Prqcedun %
1. The student must complete the readmission application for Armstr
State College and the Nursing major.
2. The student will be required to meet curriculum requirements in ei ':■
at the time of readmission.
3. The student's readmission will be based upon space available and rec-
ommendation by the Admissions Committee of the Baccalaureate Pro-
gram.
Admission to the Associate in Science Degree
Program in Dental Hygiene
The profession of Dental Hygiene is an ideal career for individuals
interested in science and health services. The growing and constant de-
mand for graduate dental hygienists assures regular hours and good com-
pensation.
A dental hygienist works under the general supervision of a dentist and
performs a number of dental functions. The hygienist's duties usually
include performing oral prophylaxis (cleaning of teeth), instructing pa-
tients in dental health, taking, developing and mounting dental x-rays,
applying fluorides and sometimes assisting the dentist in chairside and
laboratory duties.
There are certain personal qualifications which are essential for a suc-
cessful dental hygienist. These are good health, neat appearance, high
moral character, a desire to be of service to others, and the ability to get
along well with people.
There are no definite age requirements or restrictions for the basic
Dental Hygiene program. However, all applicants must be graduates of an
accredited high school or its equivalent. Students may be either married or
single and must be citizens of the United States, either natural born or
naturalized.
General Information
Admission to Armstrong State College does not in any way guarantee
admission to the Associate Degree Program in Dental Hygiene. Appli-
cants must first be accepted for admission to the college with Regular
Admission status; they then must meet the requirements for admission to
the Associate Degree program in Dental Hygiene before being accepted as
students in that program.
The purpose of the program is to meet the need for individuals educated
in this rapidly growing and important health profession. Dental Hygienists
are in demand to provide dental health services in private dental offices,
civil service positions, school programs, and various public health fields.
They practice under the supervision of a dentist and must pass a written
national board examination and a state board examination for licensure.
Admission to the program is limited to thirty students in each class.
Students enroll in the Fall Quarter of each year. Applications for admission
should be completed by April 15 for the Fall Quarter. These applications
must include a transcript of academic work to that date. A complete
transcript must be submitted as soon as possible thereafter.
The major part of the applicant's high school work should be in the
college preparatory area. Because of the heavy emphasis on science in the
dental hygiene curriculum, it is important that the applicant have a strong
foundation in biology, chemistry, and mathematics. The quality of the
applicant's high school work in English and Social Studio Is important in
the total evaluation of the qualifications for admission to the program.
Applicants who are on academic probation or suspension from another
college will not be considered for admission to the program. 1 fnless specifi-
cally approved by the Head of the Department, credit will not be accepted
for courses taken in another school of Dental Hygiene.
In addition to the normal college tuition and fees, the student in the
Dental Hygiene program must purchase some supplies and equipment.
Only new, complete, and approved instrument kits are acceptable. Bach
student is required to wear the official uniform of the program. Thi
uniforms are ordered during the Fall Quarter. Approximately two weeks
before the opening of school, each student admitted to the program will
receive information, with approximate costs, concerning supplies and
equipment needed for the Fall Quarter.
Armstrong State College does not provide student housing. For infor-
mation regarding housing available in the area, contact the Office of
Student Affairs. Students are responsible for providing their own trans-
portation to and from community agencies when they are assigned to these
agencies for field experiences.
Desired Admission Criteria
Factors influencing the decisions of the Dental Hygiene Admissions
Committee are:
1. A 2.5 or better high school grade-point average.
2. A SAT score (composite verbal and mathematics) of 850 or above.
3. An average score on the Dental Hygiene Aptitude test of 1.0. This
test is recommended but is not required.
4. Dental office experience.
5. A 2.0 grade-point average on all previous college work, if applicable.
Students transferring from another program within the college or
from another college must have this average to be considered (<>v
admission. The 2.0 average must be maintained to date of actual
matriculation in the program.
The Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee will give special consider-
ation to applicants who have completed one year of college work and who
havecompleted Chemistry 201 or Zoology 208 (or their equivalents) with a
grade of "C" or better.
After all credentials have been received, the applicant may request a
personal interview with the Admissions Committee to discuss matter-
relative to their applications.
Readmission to the Program
Students who have been admitted to and have enrolled in the Dental
Hygiene program but who have either withdrawn or have been dropped
from the program may apply for readmission to the program only if they
have a cumulative college grade-point average of 2.0 (C) at the time they
wish to reenter.
How to Apply
1. Complete all papers required in the application for admission to Arm-
strong State College. The procedures for admission to the College are
outlined in this section of iheBulletin. Mark the application For Dental
Hygiene Only. These forms are to be returned to the Admissions office.
2. Complete and return to the Department of Dental Hygiene the personal
data form, the dental form, and a recent photograph.
3. It is recommended, but not required, that all applicants take the Dental
Hygiene Aptitude Test. In order for the test scores to reach the Depart-
ment of Dental Hygiene before April 15, the test should be taken during
the Fall or Winter testing period.
Applicants may address the Director of Admissions or the Head of the
Department of Dental Hygiene at Armstrong State College if they require
additional information concerning admission to the Associate in Science
degree program in Dental Hygiene.
Registration
Complete instructions concerning registration are made available to all
students at the beginning of the registration period. Registration includes
academic advisement, selection of courses, enrollment in classes, and
payment of fees. Students who are employed may complete and renew
annually a request for priority in registration before or early in the prere-
gistration week in the Registrar's Office. Full details regarding registra-
tion are provided to all incoming students after they have been approved
for admission to the College.
Residency Requirements of the Board of Regents
To be considered a legal resident of Georgia, the applicant must estab-
lish the following facts to the satisfaction of the Registrar.
1. (a) If a person is 18 years of age or older, he or she may register as a
resident student only upon a showing that he or she has been a legal
resident of Georgia for a period of at least twelve months immedi-
ately preceding the date of registration.
(b) No emancipated minor or person 18 years of age or older shall be
deemed to have gained or acquired in-state residence status for fee
purposes while attending any educational institution in this State, in
the absence of a clear demonstration that he or she has in fact
established legal residence in this State.
2. If a person is under 18 years of age, he or she may register as a
resident student only upon a showing that his or her supporting
parent or guardian has been a legal resident of Georgia for a period
of at least twelve months immediately preceding the date of regis-
tration.
3. A person stationed in Georgia who is on full-time, active military
duty with the armed forces and his or her spouse and dependent
children may register upon payment of resident \\'i-> even though
they have not been legal residents of Georgia for the preceding
twelve months.
4. A full-time employee of the University System and his or her spouse
and dependent children may register on the payment of resident
fees even though he or she has not been a legal resident of < Seorgia
for the twelve months.
5. Non-resident graduate students who hold teaching or research
sistantships requiring at least one-third time service may register
as students in the institution in which they are employed on pay-
ment of resident fees.
6. Full-time teachers in the public schools of ( Georgia and their depen-
dent children may enroll as students in the University System
institutions on the payment of resident fees, when such teachers
have been legal residents of Georgia for the immediately preceding
nine months, were engaged in teaching during such nine month
period, and have been employed to teach full-time in the public
schools of Georgia during the ensuing school year.
7. All aliens shall be classified as non-resident students; provided,
however, that an alien who is living in this country under a visa
permitting permanent residence shall have the same privilege of
qualifying for resident status for fee purposes as a citizen of the
United States.
8. Foreign students who attend institutions of the University System
under financial sponsorship of civic or religious groups located in
this State, may be enrolled upon the payment of resident
provided the number of such foreign students in any one institution
does not exceed the quota approved by the Board of Regents for that
institution.
9. If the parents or legal guardian of a minor change his or her
residence to another state following a period of legal residence in
Georgia, the minor may continue to take courses for a period of
twelve months on the payment of resident fees. After the expiration
of the twelve month period the student may continue his registra-
tion only upon the payment of fees at the non-resident rate.
10. In the event that a legal resident of Georgia is appointed as guardian
of anon-resident minor, such minor will not be permitted 1 1
as a resident student until the expiration of one year from the date of
court appointment, and then only upon proper showing that such
appointment was not made to avoid payment of the non-resident
fees.
-10
VI. ACADEMIC
REGULATIONS
Academic Advisement
Academic advisement is made available to each student at Armstrong
State College. The Vice President gives overall direction to the advise-
ment program, with the appropriate Department Head coordinating ad-
visement activities within the various departments. The student is ex-
pected to seek advisement from the department in which he is taking a
major. The advisor maintains a record of his advisees' academic progress
from quarter to quarter. The student who does not take advantage of the
academic advisement program at the College should be reminded that he is
responsible for fulfilling the requirements of his degree program and must
be extremely careful to observe all regulations for admission to courses,
such as the requirement of prerequisite courses, sometimes with a speci-
fied grade. Credit for a course is invalid unless all prerequisite require-
ments are observed.
During summer orientation, or on registration day, ail new students,
both freshman and transfer students, will meet in groups with advisors. At
this time, students make a selection of appropriate classes for their quarter
of entry. The proper time for meeting with faculty advisors from that point
on is during the advisement periods each quarter listed in the college
calendar. All faculty advisors, however, will be happy to give academic
counseling at any time during a given quarter, if students need to talk with
them.
During the six quarters of his junior and senior years, the student must
have his course selection approved in writing each quarter before registra-
tion by an advisor from the department in which he is majoring. During
these last two years, the advisor will keep a record of the courses the
student takes and the grades he makes, and, at least two quarters prior to
graduation, when the student obtains the Application for Graduation, the
advisor will signify to the registrar that the student has completed all
requirements for graduation in his major program up to that time, and is,
therefore, recommended for graduation upon his completion of the remain-
ing requirements in his degree program.
Relating to Degree Requirements
1. Each student is responsible for fulfilling the requirements of the
degree program which he has chosen, in accordance with the regula-
tions of the college catalogue.
2. Exceptions to course requirements for a degree are permitted only
with the written approval of the appropriate Dean, upon the recom-
mendation of the department head.
KA
3. A student will normally graduate under the catalogue in effect at the
time of his admission to the College. Armstrong State College, how-
ever, reserves the right to change any provision listed in this cata-
logue, including but not limited to academic requirements for gradua-
tion, without actual notice to individual students. If a student has been
absent from the College for two or more consecutive years, he should
expect to meet all requirements in effect at the time of his return.
4. Not more than one-fourth of the work counted toward a degree may
consist of courses taken by correspondence, extension, or examina-
tion. No correspondence courses may be used to meet the require-
ments in the major field or related fields for the Bachelor's degree or in
English composition or foreign language. No correspondence com
may be taken while a student is enrolled, without prior approval of the
appropriate Dean and the head of the department in which the student
is majoring.
5. By State law, one of the requirements for a diploma or certificate from
schools supported by the state of Georgia is a demonstration of profi-
ciency in United States history and government and in Georgia history
and government. A student at Armstrong State College may demon-
strate such proficiency by:
a. Examinations — Students may take either the relevant CLE P.
College Board Admissions Testing Program Achievement Test, or
Advanced Placement test (making their own arrangements).
b. Credit in the following— for U.S. and Georgia Constitution: Politi-
cal Science 113; for U.S. and Georgia History 251 or 252 or any upper
division course in U.S. History.
6. To qualify for the baccalaureate degree, a student must earn at Arm-
strong at least 45 quarter hours of credit applicable toward the degree.
Additionally, the student must complete successfully at Armstrong a
majority of the upper division credits required in his major field of
study. For the Associate Degree, the student must complete at least
45 quarter hours of course work at Armstrong State College.
7. For graduation the student must earn an overall-average of 2.0 or
better considering work taken at all colleges, computed in such man-
ner that a course will be counted only once, regardless of the number of
times that it has been repeated. The grade earned in the last attempt
will determine the number of honor points assigned for graduation.
Additionally, the student must earn a grade-point average of 2.0 or
better on each of the following:
a. all work at Armstrong
b. all courses in the major field.
8. To qualify for a second baccalaureate degree, a candidate must earn at
Armstrong at least 45 additional hours of credit and, of course, meet all
qualitative requirements for the degree.
9. Before a degree will be conferred upon a student by Armstrong State
College he must pay all fees and must submit to the Registrar his
completed Application for Graduation two quarters before gradua-
tion. A candidate for a degree, unless excused in writing by the
President, Vice President, or Dean of Student Affairs, must attend
the graduation exercises at which a degree is to be conferred upon him.
10. Each student must successfully complete the Regents' Examination
and must take an Exit Examination in his major field as requirements
for graduation. Candidates for a second baccalaureate degree are
exempted from the Regents' Examination requirement.
Course and Study Load
The normal course load for a full-time student is 15-18 quarter hours (and
a course in physical education during the freshman and sophomore years).
An average student should devote at least thirty hours each week, in
addition, to course preparation.
A full-time student is defined as one who is registered for 12 or more
quarter hours. A part-time student is one registered for less than 12
quarter hours. A student should plan about ten hours preparation per
week for each 5 quarter hour course.
Classification of Students
A student who has earned 45 quarter hours of credit will be classified as a
sophomore; 90 quarter hours of credit, as a junior; 135 quarter hours of
credit, as a senior.
Permission for Overload or Courses at Another
College
Permission to enroll for more than 18 quarter hours will be granted by
the Registrar to a student:
1. with an average grade of "B" for full-time enrollment in the preceding
quarter, or
2. with an overall grade-point average of 3.0, or
3. requiring an extra course in one of the two quarters prior to gradua-
tion.
No student will be allowed to register for more than 21 quarter hours in
any one quarter.
A student who is on academic probation will not be permitted to register
for more than 18 quarter hours in any one quarter.
Exceptions to these limitations may be made only by the appropriate
Dean.
A student enrolled at Armstrong who at the same time takes course for
credit at another college may not transfer such credit to Armstrong, unless
he has obtained in advance the written permission of the appropriate Dean
at Armstrong State College to register for those courses.
Reports and Grades
The faculty feels that students in college should be held accountable for
their scholarship. Accordingly, grade reports, warnings of deficient schol-
arship and all such notices are not sent to parents or guardians by the
Registrar. Instead, the students themselves receive these reports and art-
expected to contact their advisors whenever their work is unsatisfactory.
Grade reports are issued at the end of each quarter. Each student has
access to an advisor; in addition, the Registrar and all instructors are
available to help any student seeking assistance.
Armstrong State College awards the following grades which are used in
the determination of a student's grade-point average:
Grade
Honor Points
A
(excellent)
4.0
B
(good)
3.0
C
(satisfactory)
2.0
D
(passing)
1.0
F
(failing)
0.0
WI
(withdrew, failing)
0.0
The student's cumulative grade-point average recorded on his perma-
nent record card is determined by dividing the total honor points earned by
the total hours attempted. The student's adjusted grade-point average is
determined by dividing the total honor points earned by the total hours
attempted, with hours and honor points for repeated courses not duplica-
ted in the calculation.
Armstrong State College also uses the following symbols for grade
reports. These symbols carry no honor points and are not included in the
determination of either the cumulative grade-point average or the ad-
justed grade-point average.
Symbol Explanation
W withdrew, no penalty
I incomplete
S satisfactory
U unsatisfactory
V audit
K credit by examination
P passing, special studies
A student who receives a report of "I" for a course should consult his
instructor at once and arrange to complete the requirements of the course.
An "I" which has not been removed by the middle of the succeeding
quarter is automatically changed to an 44 F" unless the instructor recom-
mends an extension in writing addressed to the appropriate Dean. The
and "U" symbols may be utilized for completion of degree requirements
other than academic course work (such as student teaching, clinical prac-
tica, etc.). Withdrawal without penalty (W) is not permitted after the
quaterly dates listed in the "Academic Calendar" in this Bulletin as the
dates for mid-term. Exceptions to this policy must be approved by the Vice
President and will be approved only on the basis of hardship.
Honors
Dean's List: Students enrolled for at least ten quarter hours of course
work who earn an honor point average of at least 3.5 will be placed on the
Dean's List, published quarterly. Only course work taken at Armstrong
will be used in the computation of Dean's List honors.
Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an honor point average of
3.2 through 3.499 will be graduated cum laude.
Magna Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an honor point
average of 3.5 through 3.799 will be graduated magna cum laude.
Summa Cum Laude: Those students graduated with an honor point
average of 3.8 through 4.0 will be graduated sum.ma cum laude.
All work attempted at Armstrong and other accredited institutions will
be considered in computing honors for graduation.
Attendance
The control of student attendance at class meetings and the effect of a
student's attendance on his grades in a course are left entirely to the
discretion of the instructor.
A student is responsible for knowing everything that is announced,
discussed, or lectured upon in class as well as for mastering all assigned
reading; he is also responsible for turning in on time all assignments and
tests, including recitation and unannounced quizzes. The best way to meet
these responsibilities is to attend classes regularly. An instructor may
drop a student from any class with a grade of "F" if he thinks that the
excessive absence prevents that student from satisfactorily fulfilling his
responsibilities. If such excessive absence is the result of prolonged illness,
death in the family, college business, or religious holidays, the withdrawal
grade will be either "W" or "F" depending on the student's status at the
time he was dropped. The instructor will be responsible for informing each
of his classes at its first meeting what constitutes excessive absence in that
particular class. Each student is responsible for knowing the attendance
regulation in his class and for complying with it.
Satisfactory Progress
For purpose of financial aid, a student is deemed to be making satisfac-
tory progress toward a degree until such time as he/she is placed on
academic suspension from the College. The student, upon his readmission
to the College, must, in the first quarter after readmission, earn a 2.0
grade-point-average before he/she is again considered to be making satis-
factory progress toward a degree. The award of financial aid will be
suspended during this quarter.
Academic Probation and Dismissal
A student who maintains or exceeds the grade-point average indicated
below for quarter hours attempted will be considered in good standing.
When a student first falls below the GPA required for the appropriate
accumulation of hours, he will be placed on academic warning. If he does
not raise his GPA to a satisfactory level the next quarter, he will be place* 1
on academic probation.
Quarter Hours Attempted at
Required Adjusted
Armstrong and Elsewhere
GPA
0-15
1.3
16-30
1.4
31-45
1.5
46-60
1.6
61-75
1.7
76-90
1.8
91-120
1.9
121-135 and over
2.0
A student on academic probation who raises his adjusted grade-point
average during the probationary quarter to equal or to exceed the appro-
priate figure in the foregoing table will be removed from academic proba-
tion. One who fails to achieve the required adjusted average, but who does
earn an average of at least 2.0 during the probationary quarter, will be
continued on probation for the next quarter of attendance. The College
places no restrictions on the extracurricular activities of students who are
placed on academic probation. Any student on academic probation should
plan both his curricular and extracurricular activities with care, consulting
with his advisor in so doing.
The student on academic probation who does not achieve the required
adjusted average or who does not earn an average of at least 2.0 for the
quarter in which he is on probation will be suspended from the college for
one quarter. A student who is on academic suspension for the first time.
however, has the option of attending summer school without having to
appeal the suspension. A third academic suspension is final.
A student reentering the college after academic suspension is placed on
probation and must meet the requirements listed above.
A student suspended for academic reasons may appeal by letter to the
Committee on Academic Standing to be delivered to the Office of Student
Affairs. Such a letter of appeal should state the nature of any extenuating
circumstances relating to the academic deficiency; the letter should he
received no later than 9 a.m. on registration day. No action will be taken < m
appeals received later than 12:00 noon on the day following registration
day. The action of the Committee on Academic Standing is final.
Repeating Courses
Any course for which a grade of "D" or "F" has been recorded may be
repeated with the last grade to be counted in the adjusted grade-point
average. A student who repeats any such courses should complete a
"Notice of Course Repetition" form available in the Office of the Registrar.
Dropping Courses
A student desiring to drop a course after the quarter has begun must
obtain a Drop- Add Notice in the Office of the Registrar. The notice must be
signed by the instructor of the course being dropped and returned by the
student to the Registrar's Office.
A student who drops a course not more than seven class days after the
course begins will receive no grade for the course. A student who drops a
course after the first seven class days and on or before the quarterly dates
listed in the "Academic Calendar" in this Bulletin for mid-term will receive
a "W" or a "WF" depending on his status in the course. A student may not
drop a course without penalty following the quarterly dates listed in the
"Academic Calendar" for mid-term.
Withdrawing from College
Any student who finds it necessary to withdraw from college must begin
the process in the Office of Student Affairs. A formal withdrawal is
required to insure that the student is eligible to return to Armstrong State
College at a future date. Any refund to which a student is entitled will be
considered on the basis of the date which appears on the withdrawal form.
Auditing
A regular student wishing to "audit" a course without receiving credit
must obtain permission of the instructor before he registers for the course.
During the registration process the student should request a special
"audit" course card. (Policy for some courses forbids "auditing.") A stu-
dent may not change from audit to credit status or from credit to audit
status after he has completed the process of registration for a course. A
student who audits a course will have a "V" recorded for that course on his
transcript. The regular schedule of fees applied to auditors.
Honor Code
The Honor Code at Armstrong State College is dedicated to the proposi-
tion that the protection of the grading system is in the interest of the
student community. The Student Court is an institutional means to assure
that the student community shall have primary disposition of infractions of
the Honor Code and that students accused of such infractions shall enjoy
those procedural guarantees traditionally considered essential to fair and
impartial hearing, the foremost of which is the presumption of innocence
until guilt be established beyond a reasonable doubt.
I. Responsibilities of Students:
All students must agree to abide by the rules of the Honor- ( 'ode.
A student shall not be accepted at Armstrong State ( lollege unless
he signs the following statement at the time of his first registration:
"I have read the Honor Code of Armstrong State ( lollege. 1 under-
stand the Code and agree that, as a student at Armstrong, I must
comply with these requirements." This statement shall be printed
on the application for admission to the college and must Designed by
the student. The Honor Code shall be printed in the official bulletin
and the Student Handbook.
It will be the responsibility of the Student ( Jourt or its designated
representative to conduct an orientation program at the beginning
of each quarter for all newly entering students to explain fully the
Honor Code and to allow full discussion of its requirements.
Any student desiring assistance with any matter related to the
Honor Code is invited to seek assistance in the Office of Student
Affairs.
II. Violations of the Honor Code:
Violations of the Honor Code may be of two kinds: i a ) general and
(b) those related to the peculiarities of specific course-relate* 1 prob-
lems and to the understanding of individual instructors. Any in-
structor whose conception of cheating would tend to enlarge or
contract the general regulations defining cheating must explicitly
notify the affected students of the qualifications to the general
regulations which he wishes to stipulate. The following will be
considered general violations of the Honor ('ode.
1. Giving or receiving any unauthorizd help on any assignment, test
or paper. The meaning of "unauthorized help" shall be made clear
by the instructor of each class.
2. Stealing when related to cheating.
3. Plagiarizing.
4. Giving perjured testimony before the Student Court.
5. Suborning, attempting to suborn, or intimidating witness*
6. Failing to report a suspected violation of the Honor Code.
III. Reporting Violations of the Honor Code:
Anyone wishing to report a violation may come to the < >\T\^ ■
Student Affairs for assistance in contacting members of the Student
Court.
A. Self-reporting: A student who has broken the Honor Code
should report himself to a member of the Student Court.
B. Anyone (faculty member or student) who is aware of a violation
of the Honor Code must report the matter. This may be done in
one of two ways:
1. He may tell the person thought to be guilty to report nil
toamember of the Student Court no later than the end of the
next school day. After this designated time the person who is
aware of the violation must inform a member of the Student
Court so that the Student Court may contact the accused
person if he has not already reported himself.
2. He may report the suspected violation directly to a member
of the Student Court without informing the accused.
IV. The procedural rights of the students accused of violations of the
Honor Code:
The essence of the procedural rights of an accused is the right to a
fair and impartial hearing and the right to be presumed innocent
until proven guilty. Specific rights are as follows:
1 . The accused will be notified in writing by the Student Court or its
designated representative of the nature and details of the offense
with which he is charged along with the name's of his accusers and
the principal witnesses to be brought against him. This notifica-
tion shall occur no less than three days prior to the date of the
hearing.
2. The accused has the right to counsel of his own choosing. Such
counsel will not participate directly in the proceedings except to
advise his client. It is expected that such counsel will be drawn
from the college community.
3. The accused and the person bringing the charges shall be af-
forded an opportunity to present witnesses and documentary or
other evidence. The accused and any individual bringing the
charges shall have the right to cross examine all witnesses and
may, where the witnesses cannot appear because of illness or
other cause acceptable to the Court, present the sworn state-
ment of the witnesses. The Court shall not be bound by formal
rules governing the presentation of evidence, and it may con-
sider any evidence presented which is of probative value in the
case.
4. The accused may not be made to bear witness against himself.
The Court may not take the refusal of the accused to testify as
evidence of guilt, but this proviso does not give the accused
immunity from a hearing or from recommendations reached in a
hearing simply because the accused does not testify.
5. The accused shall have access to a complete audiotape of the
hearing and to the record prepared by the secretary.
6. The substantive facts of a case may be re-opened for consider-
ation upon initiation of the accused acting through normal appeal
channels. The accused shall not be put in double jeopardy.
7. All witnesses will be sequestered from the hearing room during
the course of a hearing. Witnesses may not discuss a pending
case.
8. By prior agreement, the accused will be allowed such observers
of the hearing as may be commensurate with the space available.
Otherwise, in the interests of the right of privacy of the accused,
hearings will be private, except that the College may also have
observers additional to the advisors to the Student Court.
V. The Honor Code Commission, The Student Court Selection Com-
mittee, The Student Court, and Advisers to the Court:
A. Honor Code Commission
It shall be the purpose of the Honor Code Commission to ad-
minister the student academic honor code. The Commission will
have the responsibility for revising and updating tin- student
academic honor code as needs arise The Honor Code Commis-
sion shall consist of the President, Vice-President, and Secre-
tary of the Student Government Association and the current
President and Secretary of Student Court together with three
faculty members appointed by the President of the College.
B. Student Court Selection Committee
The Student Court Selection committee will select member- for
the Student Court. The Student Court Selection Committee will
consist of two faculty members from the Honor Code Commis-
sion, one of whom is the chairperson of that commission, two
students from the Honor Code Commission, one of whom is a
member of the Student Court, two faculty members from the
Conduct Committee, one of whom is the chairperson of that
committee, two students from the Conduct Committee, one of
whom is a member of the Student Court, and the Dean of
Students.
C. Student Court
1. The Student Court will be selected by the Student Court
Selection Committee and will be composed of twelve stu-
dents. Due consideration will be given to equitable appor-
tionment of court members on the basis of academic cl;
race, and sex. Students on academic probation may not
serve. All appointments w r ill be issued and accepted in writ-
ing. Appointments will be made during Spring Quarter in
time for newly elected members of the Court to assume their
duties by May 1. Appointments will be made as needed to
keep the Student Court staffed to do business on a reasona-
bly prompt basis. These appointments may constitute per-
manent or temporary replacements as the Student Court
Selection Committee deems necessary.
2. The Student Court will elect a President. Vice-President,
and a Secretary from its membership. The President will
preside at all meetings. The Vice-President will assume the
duties of the President if the President is absent. The Secre-
tary will maintain written notes of all proceedings and
audiotape records of all testimony, and will maintain exhibits
of evidence which by their nature may reasonably be main-
tained in the Court files. A quorum of the Court shall consist
of eight members. A two-thirds majority secret ballot vote is
required to reach a finding of guilty. All other questions may
be decided by a simple majority vote.
3. Constituency of the Student ( Jourt during t he Summer Quar-
ter shall include all appointed members in attendance, and
other shall be appointed to membership by the Student ( Jourt
Selection Committee.
4. Student Court Members shall examine their consciences
carefully to determine whether they can in good conscience
serve on a panel hearing a particular case, and in the event
that there is any doubt, whatsoever, such members shall
excuse themselves from duty on the specific panel in ques-
tion.
B. Advisers to the Court
1. An adviser and an associate adviser to the Student Court
shall be appointed by the President of the College.
2. Ordinarily the adviser will serve in that office for one year
only and usually will be succeeded in that position by the
associate adviser. Therefore, after the initial appointments,
only an associate adviser will ordinarily be appointed each
year. The succession of an associate to the adviser position is
deemed to occur on the last day of Spring Quarter. If, for any
reason, the adviser is unable to complete his term, the associ-
ate adviser shall succeed to the office of adviser and another
associate adviser shall be appointed by the above proce-
dures. If, during the Summer Quarter, neither adviser is on
campus, a temporary adviser will be appointed.
3. Duties of the adviser and the associate adviser: It shall be the
duty of the adviser to consult with the Court and to offer
advice to the President and members of the Court on sub-
stantive and procedural questions. The adviser, or the asso-
ciate adviser in the event the adviser is unable to attend,
shall be present at all meetings and hearings of the Court.
The Adviser may not vote nor may he participate directly in
the conduct of hearings before the Court except through the
chairman, or acting chairman, of the Court. The adviser
should be governed at all times by the principle that a hearing
before the student court is primarily a matter of student
responsibility.
VI. Procedures and Penalties adopted by the Student Court:
The Student Court shall formulate its own bylaws governing
internal organization and procedure. Such bylaws must be consis-
tent with the Honor Code.
A. Hearings shall be called by the Court President to be held on a
date not less than three (3) nor more than ten (10) class days
after notice to the accused as provided in Section IV-2. Excep-
tions to these time requirements may be granted.
B. Upon reaching a finding of guilty, the Court shall make a recom-
mendation to the Vice President of the College as to the adminis-
trative action it deems appropriate within the following limita-
tions:
1. A minimum penalty shall be loss of assignment or test credit
for the assignment or test for violations involving cheating as
specified in Section II, subsections 1, 2, and 3. Additional
penalties such as reprimands, suspension, or others may be
recommended for any aspects of Section II.
2. Maximum penalty for a first offense of any type shall be
suspension for a full calendar year-.
3. Maximum penalty for a second offense may besuspension for
three years.
C. Immediately following a hearing, the accused will he informed of
the Court's finding, and its recommendation to the Vice Presi
dent of the college. If the finding is guilty, the accused will he
informed that the Court may re-open the case with the consent
of the accused for good cause, within a three week period.
D. The Vice President of the College will inform all involved per-
sons in writing of the action he has taken in view of Court
recommendations. The Court Secretary will post public notice
of the Vice President's action by case number without identify-
ing the accused.
VII. Appeals of Findings and Penalties:
Should a student have cause to question the findings of the Court
or the action of the Vice President of the College or both, he has the
right to appeal. The channels of appeal are as follows:
A. Court findings and/or the administrative action of the Vice
President of the College may be appealed within five days by
writing the President of the College. Further appeal procedures
will conform to the appeal procedures of the College and of the
Policies of the Board of Regents, University System of ( Georgia
(a copy of these policies is available in the Library; see chapter
on Students, section on appeals, page 165, 1969 edition).
VIII. Supervision of the Student Court:
As an institutional means of responding to reported infractions of
the Honor Code, the Student Court is ultimately responsible to the
President of the College.
Supervision of the Student Court will be accomplished ordinarily
through the Dean of Student Affairs and the Advisor.-.
A. Dean of Student Affairs
In accordance with Article VI, Section F, of the College
Statutes, the Dean of Student Affairs will provide general su-
pervision of the Student Court and will provide other guidance
or services as directed by the President of the College.
IX. Revision of the Honor code will require confirmation by the major-
ity vote of those faculty and student body members voting.
VII. General
Requirements for
Degree Programs
University System Core Curriculum
Each unit in the University System of Georgia requires as a Core
Curriculum for all baccalaureate degree programs the following minimum
number of quarter hours in the major areas of study:
Minimum Quarter
Areas of Study Hours Required
I. Humanities, including, but not limited to grammar
and composition and literature 20
II. Mathematics and the natural sciences, including, but
not limited to, mathematics and a 10-hour sequence
of laboratory courses in the biological or
physical sciences 20
III. Social Sciences, including, but not limited to,
history and American government 20
IV. Courses appropriate to the major field of the
individual student ^30
. TOTAL . . .90
In addition to the University System Core Curriculum requirements as
outlined above, Armstrong State College requires six quarter hours in
physical education as part of all baccalaureate degree programs.
Armstrong State College Core Curriculum
The student in any baccalaureate degree program at Armstrong State
College must complete the following specific Core Curriculum require-
ments. Consult the relevant departmental section for a complete state-
ment of degree requirements for a specific program. Certain courses in the
Core Curriculum may be exempt with credit awarded. See "Admission"
section of this Bulletin.
Quarter Hours
Area I. Humanities 20
English 111, 112, 211
One of the following courses:
Art 200, Art 271, Art 272, Art 273, Music 200,
Philosophy 200, Philosophy 201, English 222
Area II. Mathematics and the Natural Sciences 20
Quarter Hours
One of the following course sequences:
Mathematics 101, 103
Mathematics 101, 195
Mathematics 101, 220
Mathematics 101, 290
One of the following course sequences:
Biology 101, 102
Chemistry 121, 122
Chemistry 128, 129
Physics 211, 212
Physics 217, 218
Physical Science 121, 122
Area III. Social Sciences 20
History 114, 115
Political Science 113
One course selected from:
Psychology 101, Sociology 201
Anthropology 201, Economics 201
Area IV. Courses Appropriate to the Major Field 30
Biology
*Science and/or Mathematics electives (100-200 level) or
Foreign Language 101, 102 10
Chemistry 128, 129 K)
Botany 203 5
Zoology 204 5
*Chemistry:
Physics 213 5
Chemistry 128, 129, 281 15
Mathematics 104, 201 10
Criminal Justice:
History 251 or 252 5
C.J. 100, 103, 201, 210 20
Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 5
Dental Hygiene Education:
Associate degree required for admission to upper
two-year curriculum.
Early Elementary Education:
Psychology 101 5
Education 203 5
Education 205 5
Drama/Speech 228 5
Five quarters hours to be selected from:
Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200;
Philosophy 200, 201; English 222 5
Five quarter hours to be selected from:
Sociology 201 or Anthropology 201 5
*Students seeking secondary certification will substitute Education 209 and Special Educa-
tion 205.
*In addition, a foreign language sequence is recommended.
.•• >
Quarter Hours
English:
Foreign Language 101, 102, 103, 201 20
Electives from Art 200, 271, 272, 273;
Music 200; Philosophy 200, 201; English 222 10
History:
Foreign Language 101, 102 10
History 251, 252 10
Electives to be chosen from:
Anthropology 201, Economics 201,
Geography 111, Mathematics 220,
Psychology 101, Sociology 201,
Social Work 250 , ..." 10
Mathematical Sciences:
Mathematics 104, 201, 202, 203 20
Computer Science 110 5
History 251 or 252 , 5
Medical Technology:
Physics 211, 212, 213 15
Chemistry 128, 129, 281 15
Middle School Education:
Psychology 101 5
Education 203 5
Education 205 5
Sociology 201 or Anthropology 201 5
Five quarter hours to be selected from:
Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200;
Philosophy 200, 201; English 222 5
Five quarter hours to be selected from
teaching content field 5
* Music:
Music Theory 111, 112, 113, 221, 212, 213 18
Applied Music 140, 240 8
Music 250 or Music 254 4
Music Education:
Psychology 101 5
Education 203 5
Elective from: Art 200, 271, 272; Music 200 5
Fifteen quarter hours to be selected from:
Music Theory 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, 213;
Applied Music 140, 240 15
Nursing:
Biology 210 5
Sociology 201 5
BSN 200, 201, 404 15
History 251 or 252 5
*In addition, a foreign language sequence is recommended.
Quartet Hours
Physical Education:
Drama/Speech 228 5
Education 203 6
P.E. 117, 207, 211, 228, 229 15
Psychology 101 5
Political Science:
Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 or
Computer Science 110, 231, 241 15
History 251 or 252 5
Electives to be chosen from:
Anthropology 201, Criminal Justice 100,
Economics 201, Geography 111,
History 251 or 252, Psychology 101,
Sociology 201, Social Work 250 10
^Psychology:
Mathematics 220 5
Biology 101-102 10
Anthropology 201 or
Sociology 201 5
Psychology 102 6
History 251 or 252
Social Work:
Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 or
Philosophy 201, Anthropology 201 and
Social Science elective (100-200 level) 15
Sociology 201 5
History 252 5
Social Work 250 5
Area V. Physical Education Requirements (All Programs) f>
P.E. 103 or 108 and P.E. 117
Three of the following courses:
P.E. 100, 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 109,
200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209
TOTAL . . .96
The student should complete all Core Curriculum requirements during
his/her freshman and sophomore years.
Regents' Examination
The University System of Georgia requires that all students sue
fully complete tests of writing skills and reading comprehension
requirement for graduation. An individual holding a baccalaureate or
higher degree from a regionally accredited institution of higher edlli
will not be required to complete the Regents' Examination for a Becond
degree. An individual who successfully completed the Regents' Kxamina-
*In addition, a foreign language sequence is recommended.
tion as part of an associate degree program will not be required to repeat
the Examination as part of a subsequent baccalaureate degree program.
Students may take the Examination upon completion of the required
composition sequence in their degree programs (English 111, 112 for
associate degrees; English 111, 112, 211 for baccalaureate degrees). Stu-
dents must take the Examination in the quarter after their completion of
U5 hours (exclusive of Physical Education activity courses) in their degree
program. They will be notified to do so on their grade reports for the
quarter in which the 45th hour has been completed. A student who ne-
glects to take the Examination when first notified to do so will be prohibi-
ted from pre-registering at the College for a subsequent quarter. They
may, however, register at the regularly scheduled registration. Students
who have not passed the Examination upon their completion of 75 hours
(exclusive of Physical Education activity courses) in their degree program
will be required to enroll in Regents' Examination remediation in each
subsequent quarter until they have successfully completed the Examina-
tion. Students who have not passed the Examination upon their comple-
tion of 105 hours (exclusive of Physical Education activity courses) in
their degree program will, in each subsequent quarter, be denied enroll-
ment in credit courses and will be allowed to take only Regents' Examina-
tion remediation until such time as they pass the Examination. Successful
completion of the Regents' Examination is prerequisite to classification as
a junior-year student.
Transfer Students will be subject to the above requirements. Transfer
students who are classified as juniors or seniors must take the Regents'
Examination during their first quarter of attendance. If they do not pass
the Examination, their subsequent enrollment in credit courses will be
denied and they will be limited to Regents' Examination remediation until
such time as they pass the Examination.
The complete text of the policy for the Regents' Testing Program is
printed as an appendix to this Bulletin.
Exit Examinations
Each student who receives a degree from Armstrong State College at
the Associate or Baccalaureate degree level is required to take an Exit
Examination in his/her major area. Each Exit Examination is designed to
assess the mastery of concepts, principles, and knowledge expected of the
student at the conclusion of major study. Please see the appropriate
department head for further information concerning these examinations.
Physical Education Program
All students who are enrolled in baccalaureate degree programs for ten
quarter hours or more on the day schedule are required to complete six
hours of physical education which must include P.E. 117 (Basic Health) and
P.E. 103 (Elementary Swimming) or P.E. 108 (Intermediate Swimming).
Three additional courses are to be elected from any physical education
activity courses with the last two numbers being 01 to 09. Any student who
holds a valid senior life saving certificate and/or a valid water safety
instructor certificate and/or passes the Armstrong swimming test may be
exempted from P.E. 103 or P.E. 108. Physical education is not required of
anyone who is beyond the age of 25 at the time of initial matriculation or of
anyone enrolled primarily in evening classes. A student who has completed
at least six months of military service is required to take only four hours of
physical education, which may be chosen from all scheduled offerings.
A student graduating with an Associate degree must complete three
credit hours of Physical Education.
The Department requires all students to make up excused absences;
unexcused absences lower the final grade.
Placement Tests in English and Mathematics
The College reserves the right to place entering students in appropriate
English and Mathematics courses. Diagnostic tests are administered for
this purpose. Each student who has not otherwise met the prerequisite
reuirement for Mathematics 101 (see departmental course listing) must
the Mathematics Diagnostic Test before he may register for Mathematics
101. Each student who has not otherwise met the prerequisite for English
111, 110 or 191 must take the English Placement Test before he may
register for these English courses. Scheduled dates for the administration
of these tests are listed in the "Academic Calendar" section of this Bul-
letin.
State Requirements in History and Government
By state law, each student who receives a diploma or certificate from a
school supported by the State of Georgia must demonstrate proficiency in
United States History and Government and in Georgia History and Gov-
ernment. A student at Armstrong State College may demonstrate such
proficiency by successfully completing examinations for which credit will
be awarded. See "Academic Regulations" section of the Bulletin, or re-
quest further information from the Head of the Department of History and
Political Science.
Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts and the
Bachelor of Science Degrees
Requirements for each major program leading to the degree of Bachelor
of Arts with a major in English, History, Music, Political Science. Psychol-
ogy, Social Work, or Economics, or to the degree of Bachelor of Science
with a major in Biology, Chemistry, Criminal Justice, or Mathematical
Sciences are described in the appropriate departmental listing. For the
B. A. and B.S. degrees, a minimum of 185 quarter hours, exclusive of the
required physical education courses, is required for graduation.
Each student in one of these major programs must complete the 96-hour
core curriculum requirement as listed above.
The student will not be allowed to take senior division courses in his
major field unless he has a minimum grade of "C" in all prerequisite courses
in that field. No major program in a department will require more than 60
quarter hours at all levels in the major field; however, the department may
recommend up to 70 quarter hours.
For its major program, a department will require from 15 to 30 quarter
hours of specific courses or approved elective courses in related fields and
may require language courses reaching the degree of proficiency specified
by the department. Total requirements in the major and related fields,
may not exceed 85 quarter hours.
Each B. A. or B.S. degree program will include a minimum of 15 quarter
hours of free elective s.
Requirements for Associate Degrees
Each associate degree program at Armstrong State College will include
as part of its curriculum the following requirements: (1) English 111, 112;
(2) History 251 or 252; (3) Political Science 113; (4) one course to be chosen
from Areas I, II, or III of the Baccalaureate Core; (5) three credit hours of
Physical Education. The student in an associate degree program is re-
quired to complete successfully the Regents' Examination and to take an
Exit Examination in his/her area of concentration.
Additional Requirements for Degree Programs
For specific course requirements and for curriculum outlines of specific
degree programs, see departmental listings of course offerings and degree
programs.
VIII. Department of
Special Studies
Armstrong State College recognizes the need for a program of compen-
satory education for students whose academic deficiencies might prevent
their completing collegiate work successfully. The Department of Special
Studies has been organized to provide that program. Institutional credit
only is awarded for all courses numbered below 100 which are offered by
the department. Institutional credit does not apply to the requirements for
any degree program or graduation from the college.
Courses in the Department of Special Studies receive students from the
following four sources:
1. A conditionally admitted student must enroll in those courses appro-
priate to the removal of his specific areas of weakness as indicated by
the results of the testing programs through which the student re-
ceived conditional admittance status. To insure realistic class sche-
duling, the conditionally admitted student can enroll only in cour
approved by the head of the department until such time as the
student achieves regular admission status.
2. The Department of Languages and Literature and the Department of
Mathematics and Computer Science may place any student, on the
basis of the student's performance on the English Placement Test or
the Mathematics Diagnostic Test, in appropriate Special Studies
courses.
3. Any student may be placed in any Special Studies courses on the
basis of an unsatisfactory performance on the Regents Examination.
4. Any student may voluntarily enroll in any Special Studies
course.
NOTICE: Veterans and others entitled to Veterans Administration Edu-
cational Benefits may be certified only for a total of 45 credit hours in
Special Studies courses. Only 15 hours may be attempted in each of the
basic skills of English, Mathematics, and Reading.
Faculty of the Department of Special Studies
Professor John R. Hansen, Head; Associate Professor Brown; Assistant
Professors Cottrell, Dandy, Harris, Padgett, and Summerville; Counselor
Jarriel.
Course Offerings
ENGLISH 98— Basic Composition. (5-0-5). offered each quarter.
This is the study and practice of sentence and paragraph writing. Stu-
dents learn to write clear, correct sentences and to connect those sen-
tences in order to produce developed, unified, and coherent paragraphs.
ENGLISH 99— Intermediate Composition. (5-0-5). < offered each quar-
ter.
This is the study and practice of writing the short theme. Students learn
organizational patterns and standard American usage.
MATHEMATICS 98-Arithmetic and Elementary Algebra. (5-0-5).
Offered each quarter.
Review of arithmetic. Introduction to negative integers and elementary
algebra, including simple polynomials and equations.
MATHEMATICS 99 -Intermediate Algebra. (5-0-5). Offered each
quarter. Prerequisite: A student must have attained one of the following
prior to enrolling — (1) a score of at least 10 on the Mathematics Diagnostic
Test (dates for this test appear in the Academic Calendar in this Bulletin)
or (2) a grade of P in Mathematics 98.
Rational expressions; factoring of polynomials; linear and quadratic
equations; graphs of linear functions; rational exponents; radicals.
READING 98— Reading Skills. (5-0-5). Offered each quarter. Not open
to students having credit for Reading 99.
This course is appropriate for conditionally admitted students and other
students experiencing serious difficulty in reading. Word attack skills,
comprehensive skills, and vocabulary building are stressed.
READING 99— Developing Reading Maturity. (5-0-5). Offered on de-
mand.
This course is appropriate for students preparing for the Regents Exam-
ination and for students experiencing moderate difficulty in reading. Com-
prehension skills, vocabulary enrichment, test-taking strategies, and
reading fluency are stressed.
STUDY TECHNIQUES 99-Effective Study Techniques. (1-2-2). Of-
fered on demand.
This course is designed to develop systematic and efficient study habits
for academic success. Special emphasis will be placed on time manage-
ment, listening skills, memory techniques, reading flexibility, note-taking
systems, textbook mastery, and test-taking strategies.
IX. School of Arts and
Sciences
Robert A. Burnett, Dean
The School of Arts and Sciences provides, by virtue of its professional
staff, scholarly resources and physical facilities, the opportunity for quali-
fied students to obtain the best possible education attainable within the
structure of a liberal baccalaureate program or through curricula leading
to a specialized degree. The goals of the school are:
To acquaint all students, by means of a core curriculum in the liberal arts
and sciences, with the diversity of the intellectual and cultural achieve-
ments of man;
To assist them in developing the skills necessary to think and to express
themselves clearly and creatively;
To enable them to understand and assume their responsibilities as free
men and women in a democratic society;
To provide a liberal baccalaureate education, supported by sound in-
struction, scholarly resources, and a commitment of free inquiry.
The School of Arts and Sciences includes the Departments of Biology,
Chemistry and Physics, Fine Arts, History and Political Science, Lan-
guages and Literature, Mathematics and Computer Science, and Psychol-
ogy. The following degree programs are offered by those departments:
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in English
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in History
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Music
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Political Science
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Psychology
Bachelor of Science with a Major in Biology
Bachelor of Science with a Major in Chemistry
Bachelor of Science with a Major in the Mathematical Sciences (choice of
concentrations in Mathematics, Applied Mathematics, Computer Sci-
ence, Mathematics Education)
Associate in Arts (General)
The departments in the School of Arts and Sciences cooperate with
departments in the Schools of Education and Human Services in the
offering of professionally oriented programs leading to baccalaureate or
specialized degrees:
Bachelor of Music Education
Bachelor of Science in Art Education
Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology
Teacher Certification programs in English, History, Music. Political
Science, Psychology (Behavioral Science), Biology. Chemistry. Math-
ematics. NOTE: ADDITIONAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
SUPPLEMENTARY TO THOSE LISTED IN THIS SECTION
ARE OUTLINED IN THE SCHOOL OK EDUCATION SECTION
OF THIS BULLETIN.
A student may combine with a major field of study one of the following
minor concentrations offered by departments within the School of Arts and
Sciences:
American Civilization Mental Health
Art Museum/Preservation Studies
Botany Music
Chemistry Philosophy
Computer Science Physical Science
Drama/Speech Physics
English Political Science
Foreign Language Psychology
History Russian Studies
Journalism Zoology
Linguistics
Program for the Degree
Associate in Arts*
(General)
For the two-year degree of Associate in Arts, a student must complete at least 45
quarter hours of course-work in this program at Armstrong State College. The
program is designed to provide a substantial liberal education as a base for upper-
division specialization.
Quarter Hours
1. English 111, 112, 211, and one course selected from: 20
Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200;
Philosophy 200, 201; English 222
2. History 114 or 115 and History 251 or 252 10
3. One of the following two-course sequences: 10
Biology 101, 102
Chemistry 128, 129
Chemistry 121, 122
Physics 211, 212
Physics 217, 218
Physical Science 121, 122
4. Mathematics 101 and 103 or 195 or 220 or 290 10
5. Political Science 113 and one of the following courses: 10
Anthropology 201, Economics 201,
Psychology 101, Sociology 201
6. Physical Education 3
P.E. 103 or 108 and two activity courses
7. Concentration and/or Electives 30
The concentration may be specified by a department
from appropriate courses. If not, the student may
select courses which are open to him.**
8. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL 93
'Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission"
section of this Bulletin.
'If a student plans to continue work at a later date in a baccalaureate degree curriculum, he
should select courses that will meet the listed requirements for that degree program.
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
Professor Leslie B. Davenport, Jr., Head: Professor Thorne; Associate
Professors Guillou and Pingel; Assistant Professors Beumerand Brower;
Instructor Restivo; Teaching Associate Dixon.
The Major in Biology
The major in biology consists of Biology 101, 102, Botany 203, Zoology
204, and at least 40 quarter hours credit in biology courses (botany,
zoology, etc.) numbered 300 or above. The majority of the courses in the
major numbered 300 or above must betaken in the Biology Department at
Armstrong State College.
In addition, biology majors must complete elementary Statistics and the
course sequence in organic chemistry (15 quarter hours). The course in
general college physics (15 quarter hours) is strongly recommended and
should be considered essential for those who expect to continue the study
of biology beyond the B.S. degree.
Each student acquiring a major in biology must include in his program
the following courses: Biology 370; Biology 480; Botany 410 or Zoology 410;
one course in botany numbered 300 or above, other than Botany 410; and
one course in zoology numbered 300 or above, other than Zoology 410. If
credit for any of the first three required units is transferred to Armstrong
from another college, the department may require that it be validated by
examination.
To be admitted to courses in biology above the freshman level (those
numbered 200 or above), the student must have completed the prerequi-
sites for each with at least a grade of "C" for each prerequisite. To be
eligible for a B.S. degree in biology, the student must have a grade of at
least "C" for all upper division courses (those numbered 300 or above) in
biology.
Beginning students who have successfully completed strong courses in
biology in high school are advised to take examinations for advanced
placement or for credit for Biology 101 and/or Biology 102. Arrangements
to take these examinations may be made with the head of the department.
In order to receive Core Curriculum credits for the biology laboratory
science sequence by taking biology in the Savannah State-Armstrong
exchange program, a student must take the ENTIRE sequence often
quarter hours either at Armstrong State College or at Savannah St
College.
Students majoring in biology may concurrently complete all pre-medical
and/or pre-dental requirements and all requirements for secondary teach-
ing certification in science (biology). The Biology Department co-ordinal
the program in Medical Technology.
Students majoring in biology and/or pursuing a pre-professional pro-
gram should work closely with an assigned departmental advisor in plan-
ning their undergraduate programs.
Program for the Degree
Bachelor of Science with a Major in Biology
Quarter Hours
A. General Requirements* 75
1. English 111, 112, 211 and one course selected from: 20
English 222; Art 200, 271, 272, 273;
Music 200; Philosophy 200, 201
2. History 114, 115 10
3. History 251 or 252 5
4. Political Science 113 5
5. One of the following: 5
Economics 201; Psychology 101;
Sociology 201
6. Mathematics 101 (or 103 or 104 if placement
examination allows) and 220 10
7. Biology 101, 102; Botany 203**, Zoology 204** 20
B. Courses in Major Field 40
Biology 370, 480 10
Botany 410 or Zoology 410 ■ . . 5
Additional Courses (junior-senior level) 25
C. Related Fields 25
Chemistry 128, 129 10
Chemistry 341, 342, 343 15
D. Electives 45
(Selected from Humanities, Social Sciences, Natural
Sciences, Education. Physics 211, 212, 213 and a
foreign language sequence are strongly recommended.)
E. Physical Education 6
Physical Education 117 and 103 or 108 3
Physical Education Activities Courses 3
F. Regents and Exit Examinations .
TOTAL 191
The student completing the major in Biology may concurrently complete
secondary teaching certification requirements by completing the following
program of studies.
Program for Secondary School Teachers of Science
with a Major in Biology
Quarter Hours
A. General Requirments* 75
1. English 111, 112, 211 and one course selected from: 20
Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200;
Philosophy 200, 201; English 222
2. History 114, 115 10
3. History 251 or 252 5
4. Psychology 101 and one of the following courses: 10
Economics 101
Political Science 113
Sociology 201
5. Mathematics 101 (or 103 or 104, if placement
examination allows); 220 10
*Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admissions"
section of this Bulletin.
**Should be completed before beginning upper division courses.
Quarter Hours
6. The following courses: 20
Biology 101, 102
Botany 203 and Zoology 204
B. Courses in Major Field in
Students must complete the requirements for a major
including Biology 370, 480; Botany 410 or Zoology 410
C. Courses in Other Sciences in
Chemistry 128, 129, 341, 342, 343 25
Physics 211 (Mathematics 103 is prerequisite); 212, 213 L5
D. Physical Education 6
Physical Education 103, 117 3
Three courses selected from: :-;
P.E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 200,
201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209
E. Professional Sequence 10
Education 203, 330, 444, 446, 447, 448 30
Psychology 301; Special Education 205 L0
F. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL 201
The Department also supervises the degree program in Medical Tech-
nology, requirements of which follow.
Program for Degree
Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology*
QuarU r Hours
1. English 111, 112, 211, and one course selected from: 20
Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200;
Philosophy 200, 201; English 222
2. History 251 or 252 5
3. Political Science 113 5
4. History 114, 115 10
5. Mathematics 101 (or 103 or 104, if placement
examination allows); 220 1 < »
6. Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 5
7. Physics 211 (Mathematis 103 is prerequisite); 212; 213 15
8. Chemistry 128-129, 281, 341, 342, 343, and 380
9. Biology 101-102, Zoology 204, 356,
Biology 351, 370, and Zoology 372
10. Physical Education 6
11. Internship in Clinical Medical Technology MS
12 Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL 191
Minor Concentrations
The following minor concentrations are available in the Department of
Biology. For completion of each of the minors, the student must earn
grades of "C" or better in each course offered for the minor.
The minor in Botany requires a total of 25 hours: Biology 101, 102;
Botany 203 and two courses selected from Botany 305, 323, 125.
*Certain courses may be exempted with credit awarded. See "Admission" Bection of this
Bulletin.
The minor in Zoology requires a total of 25 hours: Biology 101, 102;
Zoology 204 and two courses selected from Zoology 325, 355, 356, 372, 425,
and Entomology 301.
Course Offerings
Biology
BIOLOGY 101-PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY. (4-3-5)
Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: none.
Structure and function of cells; biological chemistry; structure, function,
and development of flowering plants.
BIOLOGY 102-PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY. (4-3-5)
Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Biology 101.
Structure, function, and development of vertebrate animals; genetics;
ecology; evolution.
BIOLOGY/PHYSICS 205-RADIATION BIOLOGY. (4-3-5)
Prerequisite: Physics 213 or 218 or 202, and a two-quarter sequence in
anatomy and physiology or general biology.
Sources, propagation, and interactions of ionizing radiation and its bio-
logical effect. (Credit may not be applied toward a major in biology or in
chemistry.)
BIOLOGY 210-MICRO-ORGANISMS AND DISEASE. (4-3-5)
Winter. Prerequisites: Chemistry 201 or 122 and Zoology 209.
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with primary emphasis
on bacteria. The morphology, life history, and importance to public health
of representative bacteria, fungi, viruses, and protozoa are considered.
Credit for this course may not be applied toward a major in biology.
BIOLOGY 310-MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Completion of 75 quarter hours credit in college courses.
Consideration of the interactions between humans and the support
systems of the earth which are essential to their existence. Credit for this
course may not be applied toward a major in biology.
BIOLOGY 351 -BACTERIOLOGY. (3-4-5)
Fall. Prerequisites: 10 hours of biological science, Chemistry 128-129.
A survey of micro-organisms with special emphasis on bacteria and their
relationships to man.
BIOLOGY 352-MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY. (3-4-5)
Prerequisite: Biology 351 and permission of the instructor.
A comprehensive study of the disease-causing microbes in terms of their
diagnosis, pathology, and epidemiology.
BIOLOGY 354-MORPHOLOGIC HAEMATOLOGY. (3-4-5)
Prerequisites: Biology 102 and Chemistry 129.
Cytology of normal and pathologic human blood and bone marrow with
emphasis upon antigenic determination in blood banking.
BIOLOGY 358-HISTOLOGICALTKCHNiyrK. (0-1!
Winter. Prerequisites: Biology 101, 102.
Principles and methods of killing, fixing, embedding, sectioning, stain-
ing, and mounting plant and animal materials for study.
BIOLOGY 370-GENETICS.
Winter. Prerequisites: Biology 101, 102; Chemistry 128, 129; Biology
351 and junior status recommended.
An introduction to the principles of biological inheritance.
BIOLOGY 410-CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY.
Offered on demand. Prerequisites: At least third quarter junior status;
two courses in biology numbered 300 or above; and organic chemistry.
A consideration of the functional relationships between microscopic
anatomy and cell chemistry, emphasizing permeability, metabolism, and
growth.
BIOLOGY 440-CYTOLOGY. (2-6-5)
Summer. Prerequisite: Two courses in biology numbered 800 or abovi .
The study of cells, their cytoplasm and nuclei, growth, differentiation,
and reproduction.
BIOLOGY 450-EVOLUTION. (5-0-5)
Winter. Prerequisite: Major in biology (at trust 15 qtr. hrs. credit in
biology courses numbered 300 or above).
Modern concepts in organic evolution.
BIOLOGY 480-GENERAL ECOLOGY. 1-5)
Spring. Prerequisites: Tiro courses in biology numberedSOO orabovi .
A survey of the principles of ecology and their application to the welfare
of humans, co-ordinated with a study of populations and communities in
the field.
BIOLOGY 490-PROBLEMS IN BIOLOGY. (1-5 hours credit I
Offered on demand. Prerequisites: At least 20 hours credit in biology
courses numbered 300 or above; a B average in biology courses and
overall work: consent of department head: agreement oj a staff rm mber to
supervise work.
Problems to be assigned and work directed by a member oft he depart-
ment. Supervised research including literature search, field and/or labora-
tory investigation, and presentation of an acceptable, written report of
results. Credit will depend upon the work to be done. Both credit and
proposed work must be approved in advance, in writing, by the faculty
member to supervise the work and by the department head.
Botany
BOTANY 203-SURVEY OF THE PLANT KINGDOM.
Spring, Fall. Prerequisites: Biology 101 and 102.
Morphology and phylogeny of the division- of the plant kingdom, with
emphasis upon the evolution of the land flora.
BOTANY 305-IDENTIFICATION OF
FLOWERING PLANTS. (0-10-5).
Spring. Prerequisite or corequisite: Botany 203.
Studies in the identification of plants with emphasis on local flora.
BOTANY 323-PLANT ANATOMY. (3-4-5)
Fall. Prerequisite: Botany 203.
The origin and development of the organs and tissue systems of vascular
plants, and a comparative study of the structure of roots, stems, leaves,
flowers, and fruits.
BOTANY 410-PLANT PHYSIOLOGY. (3-4-5)
Spring. Prerequisites: Botany 203 and Organic Chemistry.
A survey of physiologic processes occurring in plants and the conditions
which affect these processes.
BOTANY 425-PLANT MORPHOLOGY. (3-4-5)
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Botany 323.
Comparative studies of vascular plants with emphasis on form, struc-
ture, reproduction, and evolutionary relationships.
Entomology
ENTOMOLOGY 301 -INTRODUCTORY ENTOMOLOGY. (3-4-5)
Spring. Prerequsite: Zoology 20Jf.
An introduction to the study of insects — their structure, identification,
and biology.
Zoology
ZOOLOGY 204-SURVEY OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. (3-4-5)
Winter, Summer. Prerequisites: Biology 101 and 102.
An evolutionary survey of the major animal phyla.
ZOOLOGY 208-HUMAN ANATOMY AND
PHYSIOLOGY I. (3-4-5)
A basic course considering the gross anatomy, histology, and physiology
of the human organ systems. Intended primarily for majors in nursing and
dental hygiene; credit for this course may not be applied toward a major in
biology.
ZOOLOGY 209-HUMAN ANATOMY AND
PHYSIOLOGY II. (3-4-5)
Prerequisites: Zoology 208 and Chemistry 201 or 122.
A continuation of the basic course considering the anatomy and physiol-
ogy of the human. Credit may not be applied toward a major in biology.
ZOOLOGY 210-FUNCTIONAL HUMAN ANATOMY
FOR MEDICAL RADIOGRAPHER. (2-2-3)
Prerequisite: Zoology 208.
Detailed skeletal anatomy; gross systemic anatomy and histology, with
functional highlights of circulatory, respiratory, digestive, excretory, and
reproductive systems.
ZOOLOGY 211-CARDIOPULMONARY
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. (2-2-3)
Prerequisite: Zoology 209.
The cardiopulmonary system is studied with special emphasis on func-
tional anatomy. The physiology of the heartbeat, the control of circulation,
respiration, and blood pressure, and partial movement across membranes
will also be studied.
ZOOLOGY 325-ADVANCED INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. (3 I 5)
Spring. Prerequisite: Zoology 204.
A study of the structure, body functions, interrelations, and natural
history of the major invertebrate groups.
ZOOLOGY 355— EMBRYOLOGY.
Fall. Prerequisites: Zoology 204 or equivalent in am, the- biological
science.
An elementary course in embryology in which the chick is used to
illustrate the basic principles of developmental anatomy.
ZOOLOGY 356-COMPARATIVE ANATOMY
OF THE VERTEBRATES.
Winter. Prerequisite: Zoology 204.
A study of the anatomy and evolution of the organ systems of the
vertebrates.
ZOOLOGY 357-ANIMAL HISTOLOGY.
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Zoology 204.
A study of the tissues and their organization into organs and organ
systems in animals.
ZOOLOGY 372-PARASITOLOGY. (3-
Fall. Prerequisite: Zoology 204.
A comparative study of the internal and external parasites of man and
other animals.
ZOOLOGY 410-GENERAL VERTEBRATE PHYSIOLOGY. (3
Fall. Prerequisites: Zoology 204 and Organic Chemistry.
An introduction to the general physiologic processes of the vertebrates.
ZOOLOGY 425-MARINE INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. (2 I
Summer. Prerequisite: Zoology 325, or permission of instructor and
depaiiment head.
Studies in the identification and ecologic distribution of marine inverte-
brates as exemplified by collection from the southeastern coastal region.
ZOOLOGY 429-ENDOCRINOLOGY.
Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Zoology \10 and one otiu rcow
biology numbered 800 or a hue, .
Physiology of the endocrine glands, their control of metabolism and
reproductive cycles.
ZOOLOGY 435-COMPARATIVE PHYSIOLOGY. (3-4-5)
Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Zoology 204 and Organic Chemis-
try.
Studies in various groups of animals of the functions of organ systems
involved in the maintenance of homeostasis under varying conditions
within normal habitats and of in vitro reactions of tissues and systems
under laboratory conditions.
Marine Science Center
The following courses are offered at the Marine Science Center on
Skidaway Island. Five quarter hours of credit from these courses may be
applied within the major in biology. All credits from these courses may be
applied as electives toward the B.S. degree in biology. These courses at
the Marine Science Center are co-operatively sponsored by Armstrong
State College, Georgia Institute of Technology, Georgia State University,
Georgia Southern College, and the University of Georgia.
BIOLOGY 430-ESTUARINE ECOLOGY. (6-6-5)
Summer (five weeks). Prerequisites: Chemistry 128, 129; Zoology 201*;
two courses in biology numbered 300 or above; or permission of instructor.
Math 104 recommended.
The evolution and development of estuaries, substrates, physical pro-
cesses, communities, ecosystem functions, ecosystem dynamics and anal-
ysis. The study area will include the estuarine complex of the Carolinian
province as exemplified along the coast of Georgia.
ZOOLOGY 405-ICHTHYOLOGY. (6-6-5)
Summer (five weeks). Prerequisites: Zoology 204 and one course in
zoology numbered 300 or above, or permission of instructor.
The taxonomy, distribution, ecology, and evolution of fishes with special
reference to the fishes of eastern North America.
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
Professor Henry E. Harris, Head; Professors Brewer, Robbins, and
Stratton; Associate Professor Whiten; Assistant Professor Pestel; In-
structor Jaynes; Temporary Instructor Goette.
The department offers one degree program, the Bachelor of Science
with a major in chemistry, designed to give depth in the fields of chemis-
try, yet flexible enough to accommodate a range of career goals. Students
majoring in chemistry may concurrently complete all pre-medical and/or
pre-dental requirements and all requirements for secondary teaching cer-
tification in science (chemistry). The department also participates in the
Dual Degree Program of Armstrong State College and the Georgia Insti-
tute of Technology under which students may earn simultaneously the
B.S. degree in chemistry from Armstrong and the Bachelor's degree from
Georgia Tech in a related field, such as chemical engineering. Students
interested in learning more about the chemistry degree program or any
course offered by the department should contact the department head.
Any student who plans to pursue a degree in chemistry should contact the
department head as early as possible for advisement and academic plan-
ning.
Program for the Degree
Bachelor of Science with a Major in Chemistry
Quarter Hours
A. General Requirements* <;i
1. English 111, 112, 211 15
2. One of the following: 5
Art 200, 271, 272, 273; English 222;
Music 200; Philosophy 200, 201
3. Mathematics 101, 103 10
4. History 114, 115 and either History 251 or 252 15
5. Political Science 113 5
6. One of the following courses: 5
Psychology 101, Anthropology 201,
Sociology 201, Economics 201
7. Physical Education 103 or 108, 117, and
three activities courses 6
B. Major Field Requirements 60
1. Chemistry 128, 129, 281, 341, 342, 343, 380, 491, 492, 493 47
2. Approved electives from: 13
Chemistry 421, 441, 448, 461, 462, 480, 497, 498, 499
C. Related Field Requirements 30
1. Physics 211, 212, 213 or
Physics 217, 218, 219 15
2. Mathematics 104 5
3. Approved electives 10
D. Approved General Electives 40
Electives chosen to meet specific educational goals
E. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL 191
Program for Secondary School Teachers
of Science with a Major in Chemistry
Quarter Hours
A. General Requirements* 61
1. English 111, 112, 211 15
2. One of the following: 5
Art 200, 271, 272, 273; English 222;
Music 200, Philosophy 200, 201
3. Mathematics 101, 103 10
4. History 114, 115 and either 251 or 252 15
5. Political Science 113 5
6. Psychology 101 5
7. Physical Education 103 or 108, 117, and
three activities courses 6
B. Major Field Requirements 60
1. Chemistry 128, 129, 281, 380, 341. 342, 343, 491, 492, 490 47
2. Approved 300-400 level chemistry electives 13
•Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admissions*'
section of the Bulletin.
oi
Quarter Hours
C. Related Field Requirements 30
1. Biology 101, 102 10
2. Physics 211, 212, 213 or
Physics 217, 218, 219 15
3. Mathematics 104 5
D. Professional Sequence 40
1. Education 203, 330, 444, 446, 447, 448 30
2. Psychology 301; Special Education 205 10
E. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL 191
Minor Concentrations
The department offers the following minor concentrations. Students
majoring in chemistry may not seek a minor in chemistry or physical
science.
The minor in Chemistry requires twenty credit hours with grades of "C"
or better in upper division chemistry courses chosen from the following:
Chemistry 341, 342, 343, 380, 421, 431, 461, 491, 492, 493.
The minor in Physics requires twenty-three credit hours from courses
designated as physics with a grade of "C" or better in each course.
The minor in Physical Science requires ten credit hours of a laboratory
sequence in chemistry, physical science, or physics plus fifteen credit
hours chosen from: Astronomy 301, Chemistry 301, Geology 301, Oceano-
graphy 301, Meterology 301. A grade of "C" or better is required in each
course.
Course Offerings
Chemistry
CHEMISTRY 121, 122-GENERAL
CHEMISTRY. (4-3-5 for each course)
Prerequisite or corequisite: Mathematics 101. (Credit in these courses
may not be applied to a major in chemistry.)
These courses include a study of the fundamental laws and theories of
inorganic chemistry, a survey of organic chemistry, and an introduction to
biochemistry.
CHEMISTRY 128-129-GENERAL CHEMISTRY (4-3-5)
Prerequisite: College Algebra or concurrently. Offered each quarter.
These courses are the first two of the series 128, 129, 281 required to
complete an academic year of General Chemistry. A study of the funda-
mental principles and laws of chemistry with a quantitative approach to
the subject. These courses are designed for the science, pre-medical and
engineering student. The laboratory work includes an understanding of
fundamental techniques.
CHEMISTRY 201 -ESSENTIALS OF
GENERAL CHEMISTRY. 0-5)
Offered each quarti r.
An introduction to inorganic, organic, and biochemistry with emphasis
on applications in human physiology and clinical chemistry. Experimental
principles will be illustrated with classroom demonstrations.
CHEMISTRY 202-PHYSICAL PRINCIPLES.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 201.
This course 1 provides a study of the physical principles ofgas behavior,
acid-base calculations, weak acid ionization, buffer solutions, pH measure-
ments, blood gas measurements, and other subjects of special interest to
persons in allied health science.-.
CHEMISTRY 281 -QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 128. Fall and S/>rm(/.
This course is the third of the series 128, 129, 281 required to complete an
academic year of General Chemistry. Study of ionic equilibria and separa-
tion methods. Homogeneous solutions involving dissociation, hydrolysis
and buffer action, and heterogeneous systems showing the influence of pH
and complexation of solubility are illustrated. Various chemical and chro-
matographic techniques are used as a basis for qualitative analysis.
CHEMISTRY 301-THE CHEMISTRY OF LIFE. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory s<- /<■/><■< completed. Of-
fered o)i demand.
An introductory course covering selected areas of applied biochemistry.
This course is not recommended for chemistry, biology, or premedical
students.
CHEMISTRY 341-342 -ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY. (4-3-5 for each cour
Prerequisite: Chemistry 129. Fall, Winter.
These courses include the study of aliphatics. aromatic hydrocarbons
and their derivatives, polyfunctional compounds, and polynuclear hydro-
carbons. Organic reactions are emphasized in terms of modern theory.
CHEMISTRY 343-ORGANIC CHEMISTRY.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 342. Spring.
A continuation of the organic chemistry sequence •"» 11 . 342. This course
completes the fundamental study of organic chemistry with a consider-
ation of carbohydrates, amino acids, and heterocyclics with their related
compounds.
CHEMISTRY 350-CHEMICAL LITERATURE.
Prerequisite: Chemistry SU2. Offered on demand.
A study of the use of the chemical library and the important journals.
references, and information sour-
CHEMISTRY 380-QUANTITATIVE INSTRUMENTAL
ANALYSIS. , (2-9-5)
Prerequisite: Chemistry 281. Winter, Summer.
A study of the principles of gravimetric, volumetric, spectrophotome-
try, and electrometric methods of analysis. The laboratory will provide
practice in techniques and application of these principles.
CHEMISTRY 397-SCIENTIFIC GLASS-BLOWING. (0-4-2)
Prerequisite: Permission of the Instructor. Offered on demand.
Properties of glass for scientific apparatus; introduction of glass working
equipment; planning of sequential joining operations; demonstration of
major techniques for joining and working glass; supervision of individual
students in preparing test-pieces.
CHEMISTRY 421 -ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (3-3-4)
Prerequisite: Chemistry 380. Offered on demand.
Selected topics in inorganic chemistry tending to increase students'
understanding of mechanisms of chemical reactions. Emphasizes the peri-
odicity of elements.
CHEMISTRY 431-432-SEMINAR. (3-0-3 for each course)
Prerequisite: Chemistry 31*3. Offered on demand.
Selected topics for group discussion.
CHEMISTRY 441 -ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (3-0-3)
Prerequisite: Chemistry 3J>3. Fall.
A further study of important organic reactions emphasizing theories of
reaction mechanisms of organic chemistry.
CHEMISTRY 448-ORGANIC QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS. (2-9-5)
Prerequisite: Chemistry 34,3. Offered on demand.
Systematic approach to the identification of organic compounds.
CHEMISTRY 451-HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY. (5-0-5)
Spring, odd years. Prerequisites: Junior standing and Chemistry 129.
The development of science surveyed from antiquity to the present.
Emphasis is placed on the development of ideas, men who made significant
contributions, evolution of chemical theories, and the modern social impli-
cations of science.
CHEMISTRY 461-BIOCHEMISTRY. (4-3-5)
Prerequisite: Chemistry 3J+3. Offered on demand.
A study of the chemical nature of cellular constituents and cellular
metabolism. Subject topics include carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, enzy-
mes, vitamins and coenzymes, anaerobic carbohydrate metabolism, lipid
metabolism, the tricarboxylic acid cycle, oxidative phosphorylation, and
photosynthesis.
CHEMISTRY 462-BIOCHEMISTRY. (4-3-5)
Prerequisite: Chemistry J>61. Offered on demand.
A study of the metabolism of ammonia and nitrogen-containing com-
pounds, the biosynthesis of nucleic acids and proteins, metabolic regula-
tion, and selected topics.
CHEMISTRY 463-CLINICAL CHEMISTRY. (4-3-5)
Prerequisite: Chemistry 3^3. Offered on demand.
A study of the principles of chemistry applied in the clinical laboratory.
Topics subjects to include instrumentation and microtechniques.
CHEMISTRY 480-ADVANCED INSTRUMENTAL
ANALYSIS. (2-9-6)
Prerequisites: Chemistry 380, 3^2. Offered on demand.
Includes study of principles involved in the operation and the laboratory
use of special instruments for analysis.
CHEMISTRY 491-492-493-PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY. (3-3-4 for each cour
Prerequisites: Chemistry 380, Physics 213, Mathematics 104. Winter,
Spring.
Fundamental principles of physical chemistry including the study of
solids, liquids, gases, thermochemistry, thermodynamics and solutions.
These courses will also cover a study of chemical equilibria, chemical
kinetics, electrochemistry, colloids, quantum mechanics and nuclear
chemistry.
CHEMISTRY 497-498-499 -INDEPENDENT
STUDY. (1-5 hours credit each course)
Prerequisite: Consent of the Head of the Department. Offered each
quarter.
Designed to permit qualified students to pursue supervised individual
research or study. Emphasis will be placed on the literature search,
laboratory experimentation, and presentation of an acceptable written
report. Both the credit and proposed work must be approved in writing by
the faculty member who will supervise the work and by the department
head. Open to transient students only with the permission of the Dean of
the Faculty at Armstrong and of the college from which the student comes.
CHEMISTRY 496-INTERNSHIP. (Credit variable to \2 hours)
Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: Chemistry $4$, 880 and
permission of the Department Head.
The student will pursue a meaningful project in industry, government or
other institutional setting. The project will be determined, supervised,
and evaluated by the sponsor of the activity and the student's faculty
adviser. Application and arrangement must be made through the depart-
ment by mid-quarter preceding the quarter of internship. Open to tran-
sient students only with permission of the Dean of the Faculty at Ann-
strong and the appropriate official of the school from which the student
comes.
Marine Science Center
The following course is offered at the Marine Science Center on Skida-
way Island. The course is cooperatively sponsored by Armstrong State
College, Georgia Institute of Technology, Georgia State University, Geor-
gia Southern College and the University of Georgia.
OCEANOGRAPHY 430-APPLIED OCEANOGRAPHY. (6-4-5)
Prerequisites: Chemistry 128, 129; Biology 101, 102. Offered Summer
Quarter.
The aspects of physical, chemical, and biological sciences which are
marine oriented as applied to specific problems in the ocean and its envi-
rons. Collection and interpretation of field data stressed, utilizing vessels
and equipment of the Skidaway Institute of Oceanography.
Physical Science
PHYSICAL SCIENCE 121-PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT. (4-3-5)
Prerequisite: admission requirements. Offered each quarter.
An elementary study of the fundamental laws and concepts of physics
and astronomy. This course is designed for non-science majors interested
in a descriptive survey. The laboratory study is designed to supplement
the study of theory.
PHYSICAL SCIENCE 122-PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT. (4-3-5)
Prerequisite: admission requirements. Offered each quarter.
An elementary study of the fundamental laws and theories of chemistry
and geology. This is a descriptive course which includes the classifiction of
elements, basic chemical reactions, and atomic structure designed for the
non-science major. The laboratory study includes experiences which aug-
ment class discussion.
ASTRONOMY 301-INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory science completed. Of-
fered on demand.
A study of the planetary system, stars, stellar structure, and cosmol-
ogy.
GEOLOGY 301-PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory science completed.
Offered on demand.
An introduction of physical and historical geology. A study of the origin,
evolution, and structure of the earth's crust, and geologic history.
METEROLOGY 301-PRINCIPLES OF METEROLOGY. (5-0-5)
Prerequisites: Ten quarter hours of laboratory science completed. Of-
fered on demand.
An introduction to the description of the state of the atmosphere and to
the physical laws that describe atmospheric phenomena.
OCEANOGRAPHY 301-PRINCIPLES OF
OCEANOGRAPHY. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory science completed.
Offered on demand.
A study of the basic principles of oceanography. Topic subjects to
include the distribution of water over the earth, nature and relief of the
ocean floors, tides and currents, chemical properties of sea water and
constituents, and applications of oceanographic research.
Physics
PHYSICS 201, 202-RADIATION PHYSICS. (3-2-4 for each course)
Prerequisite or corequisite: Mathematics 101.
These courses deal with the basic concepts involved in production,
propagation, and detection of electromagnetic radiation. Particular em-
phasis will be given to mechanisms describing the interaction of X-Rays
with matter, radiation protection, photographic detection, dosimetry, and
circuitry.
PHYSICS/BIOLOGY 205 -RADIATION BIOLOGY. (4-3-5)
Prerequisite: Physics 213 or 218 or 202, and two quarter sequence in
anatomy and physiology or general biology.
Sources, propagation, and interactions of ionizing radiation and its bio-
logical effects. (Credit may not be applied toward a major in biology or in
chemistry.)
PHYSICS 211-MECHANICS. (4-2-5)
Prerequisite: Mathematics 103. Fall.
The first part of the sequence Physics 211-212-213 in general physics.
Basic classical physics, including mechanics, sound, and heat. Designed for
students with aptitude in mathematics below the level of calculus. Selected
experiments to demonstrate applications.
PHYSICS 212-ELECTRICITY, MAGNETISM,
BASIC LIGHT. (4-2 5
Prerequisites: Mathematics 103 and Physics 211. Winter.
The second part of the sequence Physics 211-212-213. Basic electricity,
magnetism, and geometrical optics.
PHYSICS 213-LIGHT PHENOMENA, MODERN PHYSICS. (4-2
Prerequisites: Mathematics 103 and Physics 212. Sprint/.
The last part of the sequence Physics 211-212-213. Continues the study
of light from the viewpoint of physical optics, and concludes with the study
of atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory work includes two selected
experiments of advanced scope.
PHYSICS 217-MECHANICS. (5-3-6)
Prerequisite: Mathematics 104. or concurrently. Fall.
The first part of the sequence Physics 217-218-219 in general physics.
Basic classical physics, including mechanics, sound and heat. Designed
especially for engineering students and recommended for science majors.
Selected experiments to demonstrate applications.
PHYSICS 218-ELECTRICITY, MAGNETISM,
BASIC LIGHT. (5
Prerequisites: Mathematics 104 and Physics 217. Winter.
The second part of the sequence Physics 217-218-219. Basic electricity,
magnetism, and geometrical optics.
PHYSICS 219-LIGHT PHENOMENA, MODERN PHYSICS. (5-3-6)
Prerequisites: Mathematics 10 % and Physics 218. Spring.
The last part of the sequence Physics 217-218-219. Continues the study
of light from the viewpoint of physical optics, and concludes with the study
of atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory work includes two selected
experiments of advanced scope.
PHYSICS 380-INTRODUCTORY QUANTUM
MECHANICS. (5-0-5)
Prerequisites: Physics 213 or Physics 21 9 and Mathematics 201 . Offered
on demand.
An introduction to quantum mechanical principles with applications in
atomic and molecular structure.
PHYSICS 412-ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS
FOR SCIENTISTS. (3-6-5)
Prerequisite: Physics 212 or Physics 218.
Circuit theory and digital/analog electronics dealing with measure-
ments, control concepts, and instruments that are used by experimental
scientists.
PHYSICS 417-MECHANICS. (5-0-5)
Prerequisites: Physics 217 or 211 and Mathematics 201. Physics 218 or
212 and Mathematics 3^1 are recommended. Offered on demand.
Statics, kinematics, and dynamics of particles and of systems of particles
are developed using Newtonian principles.
DEPARTMENT OF FINE ARTS
Professor Harry Persse, Head; Associate Professor Brandon; Assistant
Professors Ambrose, Nadalich, and Radebaugh.
Degree Programs in Music
The Department of Fine Arts offers the Bachelor of Arts degree with a
major in music and the Bachelor of Music Education degree.
Admission Requirements
Since the college-level study of music presupposes a considerable back-
ground in music, as well as an aptitude for it, an audition is required for
admission to the music degree program. The audition will be used to
determine the student's level of proficiency in his instrument and his
potential for success in the program.
Programs for the Degrees
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Music
Bachelor of Music Education
QudHi r Hon rs
A. General Requirements* 71
1. English 111, 112, 211 15
2. Music 210 5
3. History 114, 115, and 251 or 252 15
4. Mathematics 101, 290 in
5. Political Science 113 5
6. One of the following courses: 5
Psychology 101 (required in the B.M.Ed, program),
Economics 201, Sociology 201, Anthropology 201
7. Laboratory science sequence 10
8. Physical Education 103 or L08 and 117 and
three activity courses 6
B. Courses in the Major Held 54
Music 111, 112, 113, 140, (6 credits); 211, 212, 213, 240,
(6 credits); 251 or 254, (6 credits); 312, 340, (6 credits);
371, 372, 373
C. Additional Requirements for
Bachelor of Arts Degree only 66
1. Music 281, 412, 440 ' 12
2. Approved Music electives !»
3. Two courses selected from: 10
Art 271, 272. 273
4. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 15
5. Electives 20
6. Recital
D. Additional Requirements for the
Bachelor of Music Education Degree only 69 70
1. Music 230, 232, 233, 235, 281, 350, 351, 3(51. 400 19
2. One of the following options: KM 1
a. (Choral emphasis) Music 22s, 353, 480, and one course
from 414, 415, or 416
b. (Instrumental emphasis) Music 227, 231, .234, 352, 181,
and one course from 417, 418, or 410
c. (Kevboard emphasis) Music 227, 352, or 353, 120, 121.
480 or 4M
3. Education 203, 330, 44(5, 447, 448 25
4. Psychology 301 and Special Education 205 1<>
5. Drama/Speech 22S 5
E. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL. BACHELOR OF ALTS DEGREE 191
TOTAL, BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION DEGREE 194 195
Minor Concentrations
The department offers the following minor concentrations:
The minor in .4/7 requires a total of 25 hours: Art 111. 112; one course
selected from Art 271. 272. 273; ten hours selected from Art 201, 202, 213,
330, 331.
The minor inMui sic requires a total of 29 hours: Applied Music (6 hours
in one area): Music Theory 111, 112, 113 (9 hours); Music Ensemble 251.
"Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit award*
section of this Bulletin.
252 or 254 (6 hours); Music History and Literature (8 hours); Recital
Attendance.
Additional Requirements for Music Majors
1. Meet a recital attendance requirement as directed by the faculty.
2. Enroll for applied music each quarter until the applied music require-
ment has been met (except when student teaching).
3. Participate in a large ensemble of the college each quarter of atten-
dance (except when student teaching). Voice principals are required
to enroll for chorus and band instrument principals for concert band.
Students with a choice of ensemble must remain in the chosen ensem-
ble for the duration of the academic year. Upon recommendation of
the applied music instructor in the principal instrument, a keyboard
student may substitute accompanying for participation in a large
ensemble. However, a minimum of six quarters of large ensemble is
required.
4. Participate in student recitals as directed by the applied music in-
structor. A student must perform in a quarterly student recital at
least once a year.
5. Demonstrate minimum keyboard proficiency (the ability to play
scales, cadences, hymns and simple piano pieces). Students deficient
in keyboard skills upon entering a music degree program will enroll in
Music 226 (I, II, III), Class Piano, until the requirement is met. A
grade of C or better in three quarters of Class Piano shall constitute
completion of the piano proficiency requirement. The student must
complete this requirement by the end of the sophomore year to
continue in a music degree program.
6. Present a recital as required in the specific degree program. For the
B. A. degree with a concentration in performance, a half recital in the
junior year and a full recital in the senior year are required. With a
concentration in theory-composition the presentation of a program of
original compositions or a comparable practical exercise is required.
FortheB.M.E. degree, a half recital in the senior year is required. In
the B.M.E. program, upon recommendation of the applied music
instructor, a jury examination may be substitued for the recital.
The applied music level for entering or transfer students will be deter-
mined by audition. In the Bachelor of Arts degree program a minimum of
eighteen hours of applied music will be in the principal instrument, with at
least six credits at the 440 level. In the Bachelor of Music Education
degree program, a minimum of twelve hours of applied music will be in the
principal instrument with at least six credits at the 340 level. The quarterly
applied music grade will be determined in part by a jury examination
before a committee of the music faculty.
Applied Music Fees
Applied music courses consist of one twenty-five minute private lesson
per week (Music 130) or a combination of private and class lessons (Music
140,240, 340, 440). A special fee of $31.00 for Music L30 or $62.00 for the
Music 140 series is charged quarterly to students not admitted to a music
degree program, to music majors enrolled for less than ten hours, and to
music majors enrolled for more than one applied course. The applied music
fee is refundable only if the student does not meet his first scheduled
lesson.
Course Offerings
Applied Music
MUSIC 130-APPLIED MUSIC. (one credm
Prerequisite: Sufficient music background, determined by audition or
Music 100.
One twenty-five minute lesson per week in brass, organ, percussion.
piano, strings, voice, or woodwinds. Applicable to a music degree only for a
secondary applied credit. May be repeated for credit.
MUSIC 140-APPLIED MUSIC. (two credits)
Prerequisite: Open to music majors and a limited number of non-
majors by and it ion only.
Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, strings.
voice or woodwinds. May be repeated for credit.
MUSIC 240-APPLIED MUSIC. (two credits)
Prerequisite: Competency at the Music i [0 level as determined by jury
examination .
Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, strings,
voice or woodwinds. May be repeated for credit.
MUSIC 340-APPLIEI) MUSIC. (two credits)
Prerequisite: Competency at the Music 24-0 level as deU rmim d by jury
examination.
Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, strings,
voice or woodwinds. May be repeated for credit.
MUSIC 440-APPLIED MUSIC. (two credits)
Prerequisite: Competency at the Music 8J4.O level as deU rmim d by
examination.
Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, strings,
voice or woodwinds. May be repeated for credit.
Music
MUSIC 100-RUDIMEXTS OF MUSIC.
Offered on demand.
An introduction to the principles of music reading with applications to
the keyboard, guitar and simple wind instruments. May not be used for
credit toward a degree in music.
01
MUSIC 111-ELEMENTARY THEORY I. (3-2-3)
Fall.
An introduction to the basic theoretical principles of music including
sightsinging, eartraining and keyboard harmony.
MUSIC 112-ELEMENTARY THEORY II. (3-2-3)
Winter.
A continuation of Music III with emphasis on part- writing and diatonic
material.
MUSIC 113-ELEMENTARY THEORY III. (3-2-3)
Spring.
A continuation of Music 112 introducing seventh chords and diatonic
modulation.
MUSIC 200-INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC LITERATURE. (5-0-5)
Fall, Winter, Spring.
A course designed to help the student understand music by means of
analysis of style, forms, and media of musical expression,
MUSIC 210-HONORS INTRODUCTION TO
MUSIC LITERATURE. (5-0-5)
Winter and Summer. Prerequisite: Music major status or permission of
the instructor.
A course designed for the student with a practical musical background or
previous listening experience. Emphasis will be on the development of
perception of style and form through listening. May be used as a substitute
for Music 200 in the Core Curriculum.
MUSIC 211-INTERMEDIATE THEORY I. (3-2-3)
Fall. Prerequisite: Music 113.
A continuation of Music 113 with emphasis on chromatic harmony.
MUSIC 212-INTERMEDIATE THEORY II. (3-2-3)
Winter.
A continuation of Music 211.
MUSIC 213-INTERMEDIATE THEORY III. (3-2-3)
Spring.
A continuation of Music 212 with emphasis on twentieth century tech-
niques.
MUSIC 226-CLASS PIANO I, II, III. (0-2-1)
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music major status or permission of
instructor.
A study of keyboard techniques with emphasis on the skills needed to
fulfill the piano proficiency requirement.
MUSIC 227-CLASS VOICE. (0-2-1)
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music major status or permission of
instructor.
A study of voice production techniques with practical application to
standard song literature. Not open to students whose principal instrument
is voice.
MUSIC 228-DICTION IN SINGING. (2-0-2)
Winter.
A study of phonetics and pronunciation of Italian, German, French, and
Latin as applied to singing.
MUSIC 230-BRASS METHODS. (0-2-1 )
Prerequisite: Music 113.
An introduction to the principles of brass instrument performance and
pedagogy.
MUSIC 231-BRASS METHODS. (0-2-1)
Prerequisite: Music 230.
Continuation of Music 230.
MUSIC 232-PERCUSSION METHODS. (0-2-1)
Prerequisite: Music 113.
An introduction to the principles of percussion instrument performance
and pedagogy.
MUSIC 233-WOODWIND METHODS. (0-2-1)
Prerequisite: Music 113.
An introduction to the principles of woodwind instrument performance
and pedagogy.
MUSIC 234-WOODWIND METHODS. (0-2-1 1
Prerequisite: Music 233.
Continuation of Music 233.
MUSIC 235-STRING METHODS. (0-2-1 1
Prerequisite: Music 113.
An introduction to the principles of string instrument performance and
pedagogy.
MUSIC 251-SYMPHONIC WIND ENSEMBLE. (0-
Open to qualified students.
MUSIC 252 -JAZZ ENSEMBLE. (0-2-1 1
Open to qualified students.
MUSIC 254-CHORUS. (0-3-1 )
Open to qualified students.
MUSIC 255-CHAMBER ENSEMBLE. (0-2-1 1
On demand.
Open to all qualified students in the performance media of brass,
woodwind, string, keyboard, voice, and percussion instruments.
MUSIC 256-KEYBOARD ACCOMPANYING. (1-0 1
On demand.
MUSIC 257-OPERA WORKSHOP. (2-0-1 1
MUSIC 281-CONDUCTING.
Alternate years. Prerequisite: Music 113.
An introduction to the techniques of conducting and interpretation.
MUSIC 312-FORM AND ANALYSIS. (3-0-3)
Prerequisite: Music 213.
The study of the principles of form in music and techniques of harmonic
analysis.
MUSIC 320-MUSIC FOR THE
ELEMENTARY TEACHER. (5-0-5)
Winter, Summer.
An introduction to music skills and materials for the elementary class-
room teacher. Not open to music majors.
MUSIC 350-MUSIC IN THE LOWER SCHOOL. (3-0-3)
Fall.
A course for music majors emphasizing analysis and evaluation of tech-
niques and materials for teaching music in the lower school.
MUSIC 351-MUSIC IN THE MIDDLE
AND UPPER SCHOOL. (3-0-3)
Spring.
A course for music majors emphasizing analysis and evaluation of tech-
niques and materials for teaching music in the junior and senior high
schools.
MUSIC 352-BAND METHODS. (2-0-2)
Offered on demand.
A course dealing with the organization, maintenance and development
of school instrumental ensembles.
MUSIC 353-CHORAL METHODS. (3-0-3)
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music 227.
A course dealing with the organization and development of school choral
organizations, problems of choral singing, and fundamentals of choral
conducting.
MUSIC 361-ORCHESTRATION AND ARRANGING. (3-0-3)
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music 213.
An introduction to the techniques of arranging and scoring for vocal and
instrumental ensembles.
MUSIC 371-MUSIC HISTORY. (3-0-3)
Prerequisite: One year of music theory or permission of the instructor.
The history of music in Western Civilization from its origins through the
Renaissance.
MUSIC 372-MUSIC HISTORY. (3-0-3)
Prerequisite: One year of music theoi~y or permission of the instructor.
The history of music in Western Civilization in the Baroque and Classic
periods.
MUSIC 373-MUSIC HISTORY. (3-0-3)
Prerequisite: Music 213 or permission of the instructor.
The history of music in Western Civilization in the Romantic Period and
in the 20th century.
MUSIC 400-SEMINAR IN MUSIC EDUCATION.
Offered on den/and. Prerequisites: Musk- 350, 351.
A survey course for music- education majors of current i rends in Instruc-
tion and research techniques.
MUSIC 411— COMPOSITION, d to 5 hours)
Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Musk- ju, $12,
MUSIC 412-COUNTERPOINT.
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Mush- 213.
A study of contrapuntal practices of 18th century music.
MUSIC 414— SONG LITERATURE I.
Fall.
A survey of German song literature.
MUSIC 415-SONG LITERATURE II. (2-0-2)
Winter.
A survey of French song literature.
MUSIC 416-SONG LITERATURE III. 2-0-2
Spring.
A survey ofthe song literature of English, Italian and Russian music and
others.
MUSIC 417-REPERTOIRE AND PEDAGOGICAL
TECHNIQUES OF BRASS INSTRUMENTS. (2-0 2
Prerequisite: Junior status or permission ofthe instructor.
A survey ofthe literature and teaching techniques ofthe brass instru-
ments.
MUSIC 418-REPERTOIRE AND PEDAGOGICAL
TECHNIQUES OF WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS. (2 I
Prerequisite: Junior status or permission ofthe instructor.
A survey ofthe literature and teaching techniques ofthe woodwind
instruments.
MUSIC 419— REPERTOIRE AND PEDAGOGICAL
TECHNIQUES OF PERCUSSION [NSTRUMEN1
Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of tin instructor.
A survey ofthe literature and teaching techniques of the percu
instruments.
MUSIC 420-421— PIANO LITERATURE. 2 - 2 each coiu
A survey of literature for the piano.
MUSIC 422— OPERA LITERATURE.
offered on demand . Pren quisites: Music 200or 210 or pi n
instructor.
A study of operatic masterpieces from the origin.- ofthe form to the
present.
MUSIC 480-ADVANCED CHORAL CONDUCTING. (3-0-3)
Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Music 281, 312.
Advanced techniques for the choral conductor/
MUSIC 481-ADVANCED INSTRUMENTAL
CONDUCTING. (3-0-3)
Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Music 281, 312, 361.
Advanced techniques for the instrumental conductor.
MUSIC 490-DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL STUDY. (1 to 5 credits)
Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty
at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes.
Art
ART 111-BASIC DESIGN I. (0-10-5)
Fall.
An introduction to two-dimensional design through problems in draw-
ing, composition, and color.
ART 112-BASIC DESIGN II. (0-10-5)
Spring.
The fundamentals of three-dimensional design introduced through
sculptural projects in various media.
ART 200-INTRODUCTION TO THE VISUAL ARTS. (5-0-5)
Fall, Spring.
A study of artistic theories, styles, media and techniques and their
application in masterworks of art from all ages. Not recommended for art
majors.
ART 201 -PAINTING I. (0-6-3)
Prerequisite: Art 111 or permission of instructor.
An introduction to painting in oils from various observed subjects and
from sketches.
ART 202-PAINTING II. (0-6-3)
Winter. Prerequisite: Art 111 or permission of instructor.
A continuation of Art 201.
ART 213-FIGURE DRAWING. (0-6-3)
Spring. Prerequisite: Art 111 or permission of instructor.
An introduction to drawing the human figure. Includes basic anatomy
for the artist, the study of master drawings of the human figure, and
drawing directly from live models.
ART 271 -HISTORY OF ART. (5-0-5)
Fall.
A survey of the visual arts in Western Civilization from archaic Greece
to the Late Middle Ages.
ART 272-HISTORY OF ART. (5-0-5)
Winter.
A continuation of Art 271. Renaissance through Rococo art.
ART 273— HISTORY OF ART. (5-0-5)
Spring.
A continuation of Art 27^. Nineteenth and twentieth century art.
ART301-PAINTIN<; III. (0-10-5)
Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Art ill and 201 or 202.
Advanced techniques directed toward figurative images. Pictorial com-
position. Includes study of selected master painters regarding their tech-
nical means and aesthetic accomplishments.
ART302-PAINTING IV. LO-5)
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Art 301.
A continuation of Art 301. Includes non-figurative and abstract images.
ART320-ART FOR THE ELEMENTARY TEACHER. I 1
Fall, Summer.
A study, with studio experience, of materials and methods for teaching
art at the elementary school level.
ART 330— CERAMICS I. (0-10-5)
Fall, Winter. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
Fundamentals of hand-built stoneware pottery including pinch, coil and
slab construction, glaze-making, kiln loading and firing. Additional experi-
ences may include primitive firing or Raku.
ART 331-CERAMICS II. (0-10-5)
Wi)iter, or on demand. Prerequisite: Art 330.
Fundamentals of wheel-thrown pottery plus a more intensive explora-
tion of glazing and firing including Raku.
ART 332— SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN CERAMICS. (0-10-5)
Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Art 330 and permission oftfu
structor.
The content of this class is flexible and may include in-depth experiences
in any of the following: Raku firing, primitive firing, kiln construction,
building of pottery equipment (wheels, tools, etc.), glaze calculation, etc.
May be repeated for credit.
ART 350-SERIGRAPHY. LO-5)
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Art ill or 320.
An introduction to printmaking through the processofsilk screen print-
ing. The entire process will be covered including the construction of screen
printing equipment, preparation of special printing inks and various sten-
cils (glue, tusche, paper, photoemulsion, etc.) and matting of the finished
prints.
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Professor Roger K. Warlick, Head: Professors Beecher, Burnett,
Clark, Covle, Duncan. Gross, Lanier. McCarthy, and Newman; Associate
Professors Arens and Patterson; Assistant Professors Boney, Comaskey,
Rhee, and Stone; Instructors Banner and Robertson.
All students are reminded that any who receive degrees from the Uni-
versity System of Georgia are required to demonstrate proficiency in U.S.
and Georgia History and Constitutions. This requirement may be met by
the successful completion of Political Science 113 and History 251 or 252 or
may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic
Regulations" section.
A major in Political Science or History is most useful to those who plan to
enter teaching, library or archival work, publishing, journalism, historic
preservation, museology, historic site curation, or such professional fields
as international business, law or theology. Either major is also a desirable
foundation for opportunities in or related to government (e.g., civil and
foreign service, A.I.D., U.S. LA., ACTION, teaching abroad, etc.). Be-
yond these fields there is an enormous variety of organizations (local,
national, and international) whose philanthropic, sectarian, or economic
interests require people with the skills and sensitivity developed by a
major in History or Political Science.
Major in History
Students majoring in History should satisfy the college core require-
ments for the Bachelor of Arts degree during the Freshman and Sopho-
more years. To complete the major requires, beyond Western Civilization
(History 114-115) and U.S. History (History 251-252), forty quarter hours
from courses numbered 300 or above (with grades of "C" or better) includ-
ing History 300. Students should register for History 300 in the Sopho-
more or early in the Junior year, or in the first possible quarter after
making the decision to major in History. The major program must also
include: (a) 25 quarter hours as approved by faculty advisor in related
fields such as anthropology, history of art and music, economics, litera-
ture, political science, philosophy, psychology, sociology, or statistics; and
(b) a fifteen quarter hour foreign language sequence, or proficiency in a
language through the 103 level. Students who contemplate graduate work
in history, however, are strongly advised to continue their linguistic study
beyond this elementary level. The history faculty will consider substitu-
tions only when compelling reasons argue against fulfilling the language
requirement and only when the proposed substitute offers an additional
research skill or a study in depth of a foreign culture. In selecting course
work, a student may emphasize the history of one particular area (e.g.,
U.S., European, or Russian- Asian- African-Latin American), but must
take at least 10 quarter hours of history outside the area of concentration.
Opportunities for Independent Study work exist in all three concentration
areas, but no more than 10 such hours may be counted among the forty (40)
upper division history hours required for the major.
Students who hope to work in history-related fields upon graduation
should consider doing additional work (beyond the forty required academic
hours noted above) in the Internship Program.* Adding a minor in Mu-
*For prerequisites, see listing for HISTORY 395.
seum and Preservation studies will further qualify the student for an
internship with the agencies listed below. Through this program unique
opportunities are provided for qualified students to gain practical experi-
ence while making a realistic- assessment of the possibilities offered by
their field of interest. Cooperative arrangements with Historic Savanna!)
Foundation, Georgia Historical Society. Savannah Landmark Project,
Oatland Island Center, and with such museums and historical sites as
Telfair Academy, Ft. Pulaski, Juliette Low Center, and Ft. King George,
permit placement of students in positions relating to:
(a) archival and manuscript curation,
(b) historic site administration and interpretation,
(c) museum studies, and
(d) historic preservation.
The specific nature of the internship experience will then be recorded on
the student's transcript so as to be of value in subsequent job applications.
Graduate courses (500 level) are open to qualifed undergraduates with
advisor approval and permission of instructor.
Program for the Degree
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in History
Quarter Hours
A. General Requirements* HI
1. English 111, 112, 211 and one of the following: 20
Art 200, 271. 272, 278; Music 200;
Philosophy 200, 201; English 222
2. Mathematics 101; Mathematics 108, 19."). 220. or 290 lo
3. Laboratory Science Sequence lo
4. History 114. 115, History 251, 252 2<>
5. Political Science 113 and one of the following: 1<»
Psychology 101, Anthropology 201,
Sociology 201, Economics 201
6. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 15
7. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and throe
activity courses
B. Courses in Major Field 1"
1. History 300 5
2. History courses 300 level or above (with at least
10 quarter hours outside area of concentration)
Concentration Areas:
a) U.S. History:
HIS. 351. 352. 365, 367, 370, 371. 374, 375. 376, :
400. 454. 455. 485-486, 190. 505, 514. 515. 510
b) European History:
HIS. 333, 330,"34(), 341. 342. 313. 344, 345, 346, 347, 348,
349, 350. 41<). 483-484, 495. 536
c) Russian- Asian- African- Latin American:
HIS. 310, 312, 320, 321, 322, 329, 330, 128,431, 181-482,
C. Courses in Related Fields 2"»
To be chosen in fields such as anthropology, history of art
and music, economics, literature, foreign languages, political
science, sociology, psychology or statistics
D. Electives
E. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL 191
•Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. Sec "Admiac
section of this Bulletin.
Minor Concentrations
The minor concentration in History is both simple and practical. It is
practical because the notation of a History minor on the transcript indi-
cates to an employer that the applicant has some solid liberal arts back-
ground with its accompanying insight into the development and function-
ing of modern society and that the applicant has made an extra effort to
refine research and writing skills so essential to dealing with that society.
Whatever the major one chooses, a minor in History will strengthen the
student's academic record. The minor is simple because of its require-
ments:
Twenty (20) hours of upper division History courses (300 level or higher)
with grades of "C" or better. At least one course must be taken in each of
the special areas noted above in the major program description.
The department offers a minor concentration in Russian Studies. The
minor, available on an interdisciplinary basis, requires 20 hours at the
intermediate and advanced levels.
Hours
1. Russian 201 (assumes completion of Russian 101, 102, and
103 as prerequisites); Political Science 349 (Comparative
Government — Soviet Union) 10
2. Choice of ten hours from:
History 329, 330, 428, 431, 481 (Independent Study in Russian
History); Comparative Literature 400 (Topics in Russian Litera-
ture); Political Science 440 (Independent Study in Comparative
Government — Soviet Union); History 535 10
The department offers a minor concentration in Museum and Preserva-
tion Studies. This minor requires 25 hours of which History 300 must be a
part. The remaining 20 hours will be taken in one of the following tracks:
Museum Studies: MPS 410, 411, 412, 495
Preservation Studies: MPS 412, 420, 421, 498
The student should plan to acquire basic knowledge in the major or related
fields of Art History, Anthropology, American Studies, History, Public
Administration, or other areas appropriate for utilization in Museum and
Preservation Studies.
Major in Political Science
Students majoring in Political Science should satisfy the college core
requirements for the Bachelor of Arts during their Freshman and Sopho-
more years. To complete a Political Science major requires, beyond Ameri-
can Government (113), forty quarter hours of upper division courses in the
field (with grades of "C" or better). Further, the program must include at
least one course from each of the following groups:
I. American Political Institutions
II. International Relations
III. Political Theory
IV. Comparative Government
The major s program must also include Mathematics 220, and at least 25
hours of course-work in such fields as Economics, History. Geography,
Mathematics, Computer Science, Philosophy. Psychology, or Sociology.
The Political Science major allows the option of a foreign language
(French or German preferred) through the L03 level or a sequence of
computer science courses. Students who contemplate graduate work in
Political Science, however, are strongly advised to take the foreign lan-
guage option and to continue their linguistics study beyond the L03 level.
Program for the Degree
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Political Science
Quartet Hums
A. General Requirements*
1. English 111. 112, 211 and one of the following: 2<)
Art 200, 271, 272. 273; Music- 200;
Philosophy 200, 201; English 222
2. Mathematis 101, 22n 10
3. Laboratorv Science Sequence lo
4. History 114, 115; History 251 or 252 L5
5. Political Science 113 and one of the following: lo
Psychology 101, Anthropology 201,
Sociology 201, Economics 201
6. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 or Computer Science 110.
225, and Computer Science 136, 146, or 231 15
7. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three
activities courses »'«
B. Courses in Major Field LO
At least five quarter hours must be taken
from each of the following areas:
a) American Political Institutions:
POS. 300, 304, 306, 307. 317. 318, 403. 418, 511
b) International Affairs:
POS. 320, 325, 326, 329
c) Political Theorv:
POS. 331, 332. 333. 535
d) Comparative Government:
POS. 341. 346. 348, 349. 540, 546
C. Courses in Related Fields 25
To be chosen in field such as:
Computer Science, Economics. Geography, History.
Mathematics. Philosophy. Psychology, or Sociology
D. Electives 1"
E. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL 191
Minor Concentration
The minor in Political Science noted on a student's transcript indi
to an employer that the applicant for a position has some solid liberal arts
background with its accompanying insight into the development and func-
tioning of modern society. It also indicates that the applicant has made
extra effort to refine the research and writing skills essential in dealing
•Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission"
section of this Bulletin.
with that society. Whatever the major, a Political Science minor will
strengthen the student's academic record. The minor requires:
Twenty (20) hours of upper division Political Science courses (300 level
or higher) with grades of "C" or better. At least one course must be taken
from each of the special areas noted in the description of the major in
Political Science.
Program for Secondary School Teachers
of Social Science
(History or Political Science)
Quarter Hours
A. General Requirements* 86
1. English 111, 112, 211 and one of the following: 20
Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200;
Philosophy 200, 201; English 222
2. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 (required in history concen-
tration) or Computer Science 110, 225, and Computer Science
136 or 146 or 231 (allowed in the political science
concentration) 15
3. History 114, 115; History 251 or 252 15
4. Political Science 113 and Psychology 101 10
5. Mathematics 101, 220 10
6. Laboratory Science Sequence 10
7. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three
activities courses 6
B. Courses in History Concentration Only 70
1. History 300 5
2. U.S. History ' 10-15
History 371 (required if History 252 was taken in the
General Requirements) or History 378 (required if
History 251 was taken in the General Requirements);
five to ten hours to be selected from History 351, 352,
365, 367, 370, 374, 375, 376, 379, 400, 454, 455,
485-486, 496, 505, 515, 516
3. Russian, Asian, African, Latin- American History 10
To be selected from History 310, 312, 320, 321,
322, 329, 330, 428, 431, 481-482, 535
4. European History 10-15
To be selected from History 333, 336, 340, 341, 342, 343,
344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 349, 350, 410, 483-484, 495, 536
5. Supporting Work 30
To be selected from two of the following fields with a
minimum of ten quarter hours to be taken from each field:
a) approved upper division electives in political science;
b) Economics 201 and approved upper division electives;
c) approved electives in behavioral sciences (sociology,
anthropology, and psychology)
Courses in Political Science Concentration Only 70
1. Approved courses from each of the following areas: 40
a) Political Institutions (300, 304, 306, 307, 317,
318, 403, 418, 511);
b) International Relations (320, 325, 326, 329);
*Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission"
section of this Bulletin.
Quarter Hours
c) Political Theory (331, 332, 333, 535);
f) Comparative Government (341, 346, 348, 349, 540, 546).
2. Supporting Work :;n
To be selected from two of the following fields, with a
minimum often quarter hours to D€ taken from each field:
a) History 251 or 252 and approved upper division
history electives;
b) Economics 201 and an approved upper division elective;
c) approved electives in behavioral sciences (sociology,
anthropology, and psychology)
C. Professional Sequence in
1. Psychology 301, Special Education 205 10
2. Education 203, 330, 440, 446, 447. 44* 30
D. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL, BOTH CONCENTRATK >NS 196
Course Offerings
Economics
ECONOMICS 201-PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (5-0-5)
Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: At minimum, eligibility to •
Mathematics 101.
Micro and macro economic principles.
History
HISTORY 114-CIVILIZATION I. (5 I
Offered each quarter.
A survey of the main currents of political, social, religious, and intellec-
tual activity from the time of the ancient Middle-Eastern civilizations to
1715. Throughout the course the major civilized traditions are considered
and comparative methods used to facilitate interpretations of them.
HISTORY 115-CIVILIZATION II.
Offered each quarter.
A continuation of History 114 to the present.
HISTORY 191-HONORS CIVILIZATION I. (5-0-5)
Fall. Prerequisites: B's or better in High School History and an SA T
verbal score of at least 550.
This course replaces History 114 for selected student.-. While the sub-
ject matter will be the same as for History 114. the treatment of it will vary
greatly. Likewise, instruction will go beyond the usual lecture method,
allowing students to read widely and carry out their own research under
the direction of the professor.
HISTORY 192— HONORS CIVILIZATION II.
Winter. Prerequisite: History 191 or a gradi oj ".\" > h Hi.
A continuation of History 191, this course replaces History 115.
HISTORY 251-AMERICAN HISTORY TO 1865. (5-0-5)
Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for English 111.
A survey of the political, economic, and social- history of the United
States to the end of the Civil War.
HISTORY 252-AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865. (5-0-5)
Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for English 111.
A survey of the political, economic, and social history of the United
States from 1865 to the present.
HISTORY 300-HISTORICAL METHOD. (3-4-5)
Summer and Winter. Required of all History majors and of Museum
and Preservation Studies minors.
An introduction to the nature and method of historical research, treating
problems of investigation, organization, and writing through discussion
and actual research experience in local history.
HISTORY 395-INTERNSHIP. (Credit variable, up to 5 hours)
Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty
at Armstrong and the college from, which the student comes. Prerequisites:
Senior standing, a minimum GPA of 3.0 in upper division History
courses, and admission by approval of a departmental committee.
The student will pursue an individually designed course project involv-
ing off-campus study and research in a government or private agency.
Projects are normally designed to require the full eleven week quarter for
completion, during which time the student will be under the joint supervi-
sion of the sponsoring agency and his faculty advisor. Application and
credit arrangements must be made through the department in advance,
normally by mid-quarter preceding the quarter of the internship.
This internship will be credited among electives, not as a part of the
minimum 40 hours of traditional work required for the major.
United States History
HISTORY 351-HISTORY OF AMERICAN THOUGHT I. (5-0-5)
Fall, 1979.
An examination of the principal trends in American thought to 1865.
HISTORY 352-HISTORY OF AMERICAN THOUGHT II. (5-0-5)
Fall, 1980.
A continuation of History 351 to the present.
HISTORY 365-THE AMERICAN INDIAN. (5-0-5)
Spring, 1981.
A study of the history and cultures of the aborigines of the Americas.
HISTORY 367-AMERICAN URBAN HISTORY. (5-0-5)
Spring, 1980.
A study of the process of urbanization in America from colonial times to
the present, with attention to the causes of urban expansion, institutional
development, class structure and mobility, problems of the city, reform,
1A/1
the image of the city in popular thought, and the impact of urbanization on
national life.
HISTORY 370— HISTORY OF SAVANNAH,
1733 TO THE PRESENT. (5-0-5)
Fall, 1979.
Begins with a history of local Indians, emphasis on the founding of the
colony at Savannah and on the colonial. Revolutionary, antebellum and
Post-Civil War periods. Political, economic, social, religious and artistic
trends are discussed and placed in context of Georgia and U.S. history.
The course will involve considerable research in primary sources availa-
ble locally.
HISTORY 371-COLONIAL AND
REVOLUTIONARY AMERICA. (5
Spring, 1980.
A study of the discoveries of the New World and the settlement and
growth of the English colonies of North America, the American triumph
over France in the New World, the drastic change in British colonial policy
and the rise of American opposition to it, the achievement of independence
and the establishment of the United States under the Constitution.
HISTORY 374-WOMEN IN AMERICAN HISTORY. (5-0-5)
Spring, 1981.
Women in American History: An examination of the changing political,
social, and economic roles of the American woman from colonial times to
the present. Emphasis will be given to the pre-Civil War feminist reform
movements, woman's broader social and economic role after the war, her
awakening awareness of the need for political power, and the mid-20th
century revolution.
HISTORY 375— CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION. (5
Winter.
The causes and significance of the American Civil War, with minor
consideration of the military campaign: political, economic and social as-
pects of reconstruction.
HISTORY 376-FOUNDATIONS OF MODERN AMERICA.
Winter, 1980.
An analysis of institutions and forces which molded American life in the
late 19th and early 20th centuries, including politics, economics, society,
and thought.
HISTORY 378-RECENT AMERICAN HISTORY.
Spring, 1980.
The course covers twentieth century American History, with emphasis
on political, economic, and social issues.
HISTORY 379— CONTEMPORARY AMERICA.
Spring. 1981.
An examination of the society of the United States since World War II.
with special emphasis given to the major social and cultural trends.
m:,
HISTORY 400-SEMINAR IN AMERICAN HISTORY. (5-0-5)
Permission of instructor required for admission. Offered on demand.
Designed to permit a group of advanced students to pursue intensive
research on a special topic in the field to be defined by the instructor.
HISTORY/POLITICAL SCIENCE 416/516-UNITED
STATES: CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY. (5-0-5)
A study of the origins, content, and expansion of the Constitution of the
United States.
HISTORY 454-STUDIES IN AMERICAN DIPLOMACY. (5-0-5)
Fall, 1979. Prerequisite: History 251 or equivalent.
Considers American objectives and policies in foreign affairs from colo-
nial times to World War I.
HISTORY 455-STUDIES IN AMERICAN DIPLOMACY. (5-0-5)
Winter, 1980.
A continuation of History 454 to the present.
HISTORY 485-486-INDEPENDENT STUDY
IN UNITED STATES HISTORY. (1-5 hours credit)
Available each quarter. Prerequisites: History 300 and at least 15
additional hours in upper division History coures (with a minimum GPA
of 3.0), an overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion of 120 hours), and an
approved application. Open to transient students only with the permission
of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the
student comes.
Designed to permit superior students to pursue individual research and
reading in the chosen field under the supervision of a member of the
History faculty. An application must be filed with the department, in
advance, normally by mid-quarter preceding the independent study. A full
description of the requirements and an application may be obtained in the
departmental office.
HISTORY 496-AMERICAN HISTORIOGRAPHY. (5-0-5)
Spring, 1980.
A study of the writing of American history from colonial times to the
present with emphasis on the historical philosophies and interpretations of
the major schools of thought as well as individual historians. Recommen-
ded especially to students contemplating graduate work in History.
NOTE: 500-level courses in HISTORY are open to qualified undergrad-
uates with advisor approval and permission of the instructor.
HISTORY 505-UNITED STATES: 1914 TO PRESENT. (5-0-5)
Summer, 1979.
Covering the most recent period in U.S. History, the course emphasizes
political, economic, and social issues.
1fl£
HISTORY 514-UNITKD STATES:
DIPLOMATIC HISTORY I. (5-0-5)
Fall, 1980, evening.
Considers American objectives and policies in foreign affairs from colo-
nial times to World War I.
HISTORY 515-UNITED STATES:
DIPLOMATIC HISTORY II. (5-0-5)
Winter, 1981, evening.
A continuation of History 514 to the present.
HISTORY 516-UNITED STATES
CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY. (5 5)
Summer, 1979.
A study of the origins, content, and expansion of the ( institution of the
United States.
European History
HISTORY 333-MODERN GERMANY, 1789-1933. (5-0-5)
Spring, 1981.
A study of German from the pluralism of the Holy Roman Empire
through the German conferation to the unified Reich. Attention will l^-
given to the political, social, and cultural developments in Austria, Prus-
sia, and the "Third Germany."
HISTORY 336-MODERN EAST CENTRAL EUROPE. (5-0-5)
Fall, 1980.
A survey of the history of the nations between Germany and Russia in
the 19th and 20th centuries. Topics to be covered include the rise of
nationalism, the gaining of independence, problems in establishing democ-
racy, experience during World War II, and the establishment of commu-
nist control.
HISTORY 340— ENGLISH HISTORY, 1660-1815. (5
Spring, 1981.
An investigation of the Restoration monarchies, the constitutional revo-
lution of 1688, the rise of ministerial responsibility in the early L8th
century, the American colonial revolt, and England's relationship to the
French Revolution.
HISTORY 341-ENGLISH HISTORY. L485-1660. (5 I
Winter, 1981.
An analysis of political, consitutional, economic, and religious issues
under the Tudors and early Stuarts, including the English Civil War.
HISTORY 342— ANCIENT HISTORY.
Winter, 1981.
A study of the early civilizations of the Middle East, the Greek city
states, the Roman republic and empire, with special emphasis on the
social, political and cultural contributions of these ancient people
HISTORY 343-EARLY MIDDLE AGES, A.D. 333-C.1000. (5-0-5)
Fall, 1980.
The history of Europe from the fall of the Roman Empire through the
Carolingian period with special emphasis on the institutional develop-
ments which led to the emergence of stable kingdoms out of the chaos of the
barbarian invasions.
HISTORY 344-THE HIGH MIDDLE AGES,
C. 1000 TO C.1300. (5-0-5)
Winter, 1981.
The history of Europe from c.1000 to c.1300 with emphasis on the
struggle between church and state, the Crusade movement, and the 12th
century intellectual renaissance, all of which profoundly influenced the
development of the various medieval kingdoms.
HISTORY 345-THE LATE MIDDLE AGES
AND RENAISSANCE. (5-0-5)
Spring, 1981.
The history of Europe from c. 1300 to 1517 with emphasis on the political,
cultural, and intellectual developments which transformed, medieval and
Renaissance society.
HISTORY 346-REFORMATION ERA. (5-0-5)
Fall, 1979.
A study of the controversial era emphasizing its major issues and move-
ments, and their development through the Thirty Years War. Political,
social, and economic, as well as religious facets of the upheaval will be
considered.
HISTORY 347-THE FRENCH REVOLUTION
AND NAPOLEON. (5-0-5)
Fall.
The ideas and events of the Old Regime and the Enlightenment in
France, with emphasis on the impact of the French Revolution and the
career of Napoleon upon the major European nations.
HISTORY 348-THE HISTORY OF EUROPE
FROM 1815 to 1900. (5-0-5)
Winter, 1980.
A study of the most important social, political, and intellectual directions
of European history from the Congress of Vienna to the end of the nine-
teenth century.
HISTORY 349-ABSOLUTISM AND
THE ENLIGHTENMENT. (5-0-5)
Winter, 1981.
The primary focus of this course is the social and intellectual history of
western Europe during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries.
108
HISTORY 350-EUROPE IN THE
TWENTIETH CENTURY. (5-0-5)
Spring.
A study of the major developments in Europe since L900, with emphasis
upon the origins and impact of the First and Second World Wars.
HISTORY 410-SEMINAR IN EUROPEAN HISTORY. h0-5)
Permission of instructor required for admission. Winter, 1980.
A detailed analysis of a specific problem in European history by exami-
nation of primary materials.
HISTORY 483-484-INDEPENDENT STUDY IN-
EUROPEAN HISTORY. (1-5 hours credit)
Available each quarter.
See History 485-486 (United States History) for prerequisites and ad-
mission requirements.
HISTORY 495-EUROPEAN HISTORIOGRAPHY. (5 I
Fall, 1980.
A study of the writers of history in the Western cultural tradition, with
an emphasis on the historical philosophies, interpretations, and problems
raised by the major modern European historians. Recommended spe-
cially to students contemplating graduate work in History.
NOTE : 500-level courses i)i HISTORY are open to qualified undergrad-
uates with advisor approval and permission of the instructor.
HISTORY 536-EUROPEAN DIPLOMATIC HISTORY. 5-0-5)
Summer, 1980.
An intensive study of the origins and development of European diplo-
macy, the instruments of power, the interrelationship of diplomacy and
military forces, the limits of national power, economic objectives, and the
fundamentals of national objectives. Europe's special political and military
role will be examined, as it applies to Great Britian, France. Germany,
Russia, Austria, and Spain.
Russian, Asian, African, Latin-American History
HISTORY 310-LATIN AMERICA.
Fall, 1979.
An introductory course in Latin-American history with consideration
given to institutions of the areas as well as events and personalities.
HISTORY 312-HISTORY OF AFRICA.
Spring, 1980.
A survey of African civilizations from ancient times, with major empha-
sis on development of the continent since 1800.
HISTORY 320-TRADITIONAL CHINA.
Fall, 1980.
The history of Fast Asia civilization from ancient times through the
eighteenth century, with emphasis on characteristic political, economic,
and social developments.
i no
HISTORY 321-MODERN CHINA. (5-0-5)
Winter, 1981.
The history of China from the nineteenth century to the present, with
emphasis on political, social, economic, and intellectual developments.
HISTORY 322-HISTORY OF JAPAN. (5-0-5)
Spring, 1980.
A survey of the history of Japan, with major emphasis placed upon the
development of Japan since 1600.
HISTORY 329-MEDIEVAL RUSSIA. (5-0-5)
Fall, 1979.
A survey of the economic, social, and political development of the Rus-
sian state from its foundation in the 9th century through its modernization
by Peter the Great in the early 18th century.
HISTORY 330-MODERN RUSSIA. (5-0-5)
Winter.
A survey of Russian history from Peter the Great to the present. The
major political, cultural, economic, and social developments of Russia in
both the Imperial and Soviet periods will be covered.
HISTORY 428-RUSSIA AND THE WEST. (5-0-5)
Spring, 1980.
A detailed study of the impact of Western influence on the Muscovite
state in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries.
HISTORY 431-THE RUSSIAN REVOLUTION. (5-0-5)
Spring, 1980. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.
An examination of the Russian revolutionary tradition, the causes for
the collapse of Tsarism, the Bolshevik Revolution, and victory in the
Russian Civil War.
HISTORY 481-482-INDEPENDENT STUDY IN RUSSIAN/
ASIAN/AFRICAN/LATIN-AMERICAN HISTORY.(l-5 hours credit)
Available each quarter.
See History 485-486 (United States History) for prerequisites and ad-
mission requirements.
NOTE: 500-level HISTORY courses are open to qualifed undergradu-
ates with advisor approval and permission of instructor.
HISTORY 535-HISTORY OF RUSSIAN
FOREIGN POLIGY. (5-0-5)
Summer, 1981.
This course reviews historically the development of Soviet foreign policy
toward Western European states, notably Germany, and also with the
non-European world through 1917-1940, World War II, and Cold War
phases. Special attention will be given in this last phase to U.S. -Soviet
rivalry, Soviet relations with other communist states in Eastern Europe,
China, and the Third World, and to the recent moves toward detente.
110
.Museum and Preservation Studies
MPS 410-CURATORSHIP. (6-0-5)
Fall. Prerequisite: History 800.
Deals with the historical background and purpose of curatorship, con-
servation, restoration technology, research including authentication, cata-
loging and organizing collection.-.
MPS 411— INTERPRETATION.
Winter. Prerequisite: History 300.
A study of exhibits, educational programs and community out reach,
tour planning and guiding, publication.-, electronic media, and other inter-
pretation techniques.
MPS 412— ADMINISTRATION. (5
Spring. Prerequisite: History 800.
A study of organizational techniques and policy, public relations and
marketing, membership, budgeting, personnel relation.-, security, insur-
ance and such other topics as are pertinent.
MPS 420-AN INTRODUCTION TO
HISTORIC PRESERVATION. (5-0-6)
Winter. Prerequisite: History 800.
A survey of the field including values, principles, practices; develop-
ment of planning and organization for preservation; preservation law,
economics and politics.
MPS 421-ARCHITECTURAL HISTORY.
Summer.
A study of various styles of American architecture, Georgian, Federal,
Neoclassical, Eclecticism and modern; slides from Historic American
Building Survey; landscape architecture. Visiting speakers and field trips
will be used.
MPS495-INTERNSHIP IN MUSEUM STUDIES.
Prerequisites: MPS £10, 411 , and U2 with a "Cork iter in < ach co
The student will pursue an individually designed course project involv-
ing off-campus study and research in a government or private agency
involved in museum work. Projects are normally designed to require the
full eleven week quarter for completion, during which time the student will
be under the joint supervision of the sponsorsing agency and his faculty
sponsor.
MPS 498— INTERNSHIP IX PRESERVATION STUDIES.
Prerequisites: MPS />20, WJ. \21 with a "C" or h, fa
See MPS 495 for description, except that placement will be with an
appropriate preservation agency.
Ill
Geography
GEOGRAPHY 111-WORLD HUMAN GEOGRAPHY. (5-0-5)
Winter and Summer.
A survey of world human geography, emphasizing population character-
istics, topographic features, distribution of economic activities and geopo-
litical problems within the major geographic regions. Consideration of
adequacy of resources to support expanding world populations.
Political Science
POLITICAL SCIENCE 113-GOVERNMENT OF
THE UNITED STATES. (5-0-5)
Offered each quarter.
A study of the structure, theory, and functions of the national govern-
ment in the United States and some of the major problems of the state and
local government.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 300-RESEARCH METHODS. (5-0-5)
Winter. Prerequisite: Political Science 113.
This course deals with the methods and techniques of research in the
behavioral sciences. Emphasis will be placed on learning how to evaluate
research.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 304-POLITICS OF
BUREAUCRACY. (5-0-5)
Fall. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent.
This is a one-quarter course that is primarily concerned with organiza-
tional theory and bureaucratic behavior, whether public or private, but
with an emphasis on the behavior of the bureaucracy of the national
government. Attention will also be given to political process as it unfolds in
the administration of laws enacted by the Congress.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 306-LOCAL GOVERNMENT. (5-0-5)
Winter. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent.
A study of the environment, structure, function, political processes, and
policies of city, county, and other local governments in the United States.
Special attention will be given to the city governments of Savannah, Ga.;
Charleston, S.C.; and Gainesville, Fla. Large diverse cities, such as At-
lanta, Jacksonville, Tampa, and Miami will also be compared in a more
limited fashion and contrasted with Savannah, Charleston, and Gaines-
ville. Policies examined will include finance (raising and spending money),
•education, welfare, pollution, transportation, and law enforcement.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 307-STATE GOVERNMENT. (5-0-5)
Spring. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent.
A study of the environment, structure, function, political processes, and
policies of state governments in the United States. Special attention will
be given to the governments of Florida, Georgia, and South Carolina and
to their role in the federal system. Policies examined will include finance
(raising and spending money), pollution, transportation, and law enforce-
ment.
112
POLITICAL SCIENCE 317-CONSTITUTIOXAL LAW I. (5-0-5)
Fall. Prerequisite: Political Science 118 or equivalent.
A study of the development of the United States government through
judicial interpretation of the Constitution. The case study method of
analysis is used, but some attention Is given also to recent behavioral
writing on judicial decision-making.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 318-CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II. (5-0-5)
Winter. Prerequisite: Political Science 118 or equivalent.
A continuation of Political Science 317.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 320-INTERNATIOXAL RELATION
THE FAR EAST
Fall, 1979.
Contemporary international politics in the Far Fast are examined in
terms of such broad historical trends as the decline of imperialism, the
development of nationalism, and the rise of the U.S., U.S.S.R., People's
Republic of China, and Japan as major powers in Asia.
Some attention will be given to contemporary key issues such as the
Sino-Soviet conflict, the future of Formosa, U.S. -Japan Mutual Security
Treaty revision, and U.S. -Japan economic interaction.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 325-INTERNATIONAL
ORGANIZATION. (5-0-5)
Fall. Prerequisite: Political Science 118 or permission of instructor.
A survey of the development, principles, structures and functions of
international organizations, with emphasis upon the role of these institu-
tions in the maintenance of peace.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 326-INTERNATIONAL LAW. C^-:»
Spring. Prerequisite: Political Science 118 or permission of instructor.
An introduction to selected public international law topics including:
recognition, state succession, jurisdiction, extradition, nationality, the
law of treaties, the law of diplomacy, and the law of war.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 329-INTERNATIONAL
RELATIONS. 5 0-5)
Winter. Prerequisite: Political Science 118 or permission of instructor.
An introduction to the theories, forces, and practices dominating con-
temporary international relations.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 331-POLITICAL THEORY I. (5-0-5)
Fall.
An historical study of the development of ideas relative to the state and
government from Socrates and Plato to the Seventeenth Century. Atten-
tion is directed primarily to the political thought of a selected group of
eminent philosophers.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 332— POLITICAL THEORY [I.
Winter. Prerquisite: Political Sciena 881 or pi rn
A continuation of Political Science 331, from the 17th to the 20th cen-
tury.
i l :>
POLITICAL SCIENCE 333-CONTEMPORARY
POLITICAL IDEOLOGIES. (5-0-5)
Spring. Prerequisite: Political Science 332 or permission of instructor .
A continuation of Political Science 332, including a general survey and
analysis of the important ideological currents of our time with selected in-
depth readings from original sources.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 341-POLITICS OF
DEVELOPING NATIONS. (5-0-5)
Winter, 1980. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission of in-
structor.
An analysis of the theories, concepts, and the process of the political
development and modernization of the emerging nations.
A general introduction to the concepts and problems of political integra-
tion, transformation of political culture, elite recruitment/political social-
ization, and political processes of selected emerging nations.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 346-COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT:
EAST ASIA. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission of instructor.
A comparative examination of the contemporary political institutions,
processes, and ideas of the People's Republic of China, Japan, and Korea.
Examines the development of these political systems with particular em-
phasis on historical, social, cultural, and contemporary-issue dimensions.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 349-COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT:
SOVIET UNION. (5-0-5)
Spring, 1981. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission of in-
structor.
An analytical and comparative study of the political system of the
U.S.S.R. and the Soviet bloc of nations in Eastern Europe.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 395-INTERNSHIP. (Credit variable,
up to 5 hours)
Prerequisite: Junior (with 3.5 GPA) or Senior standing (with a 3.0 GPA
minimum) .
The student will pursue an individually designed course project involv-
ing off-campus study and research in a government or private agency.
Projects are normally designed to require the full eleven-week quarter for
completion, during which time the student will be under joint supervision
by the sponsoring agency and his faculty advisor. Application and arrange-
ments must be made through the department by mid-quarter preceding
the quarter of the internship.
Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty
at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 400-SENIOR SEMINAR. (5-0-5)
Admission will be subject to approval of the instructor. Offered on
demand. Designed to permit superior students to pursue research and
reading in some field of political science under the supervision of the staff.
114
POLITICAL SCIENCE 403-PUBLIC POLICY
DEVELOPMENT. (5-0-5)
Winter. Prerequisite: Political Science 304 orpermission ofthe instruc-
tor.
This course is primarily concerned with a study of the theoretical aspects
of decision-making theories (i.e., rational/comprehensive model vs. incre-
mental model), political aspects of policy-making process, mobilization of
political support, and the cost/benefit aspects of the public policy-making.
Some attempt will be made to apply the general theory of public policy-
making to specific settings of welfare policy, urban problems, and national
defense/foreign policy.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 410-INDEPENDKNT STUDY IX
AMERICAN GOVERNMENT. (credit variable)
Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: A minimum of 120 credit hours,
including at least 20 hours in Political Science at the 300-levi I or about .
Admission is by approval of a departmental committee.
Designed to permit superior students to pursue individual research and
reading in some field of political science under the supervision of a member
of the staff. Emphasis will be on wide reading, conferences with the
advisor and written reports and essays. Normally open only to students
with a B average (3.0) in Political Science and at least a 2.5 GPA overall.
Applications must be filed with the Department by mid-quarter preceding
the quarter independent study is contemplated.
Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty
at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 418-ADMINISTRATIVE LAW. (5-0-6)
Spring. Prereuisite: Political Science 113.
This course explores the framework of law governing administrative
agencies including: administrative power and its control by the courts, the
determination and enforcement of administrative programs, discretion of
administrative officials and their powers of summary actions, hearings
before administrative boards, and the respective spheres of administra-
tive and judicial responsibility.
Some attention will be given to the problem of the maintenance of
traditional procedural safeguards in administrative law and the problem of
civil rights and relation to administrative boards. Leading cases will be
examined.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 420-INDEPENDENT STUDY IX
INTERNATIONAL RELATIOXS. edit variable)
Arailable each quarter.
See Political Science 410 for prerequisites and admission requirements.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 430— INDEPENDENT STUDY IX
POLITICAL THEORY. (credit variable)
Available each quarter.
See Political Science 410 for prerequisites and admission requirements.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 440-INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT. (credit variable)
Available each quarter.
See Political Science 410 for prerequisites and admission requirements.
NOTE: The following graduate courses in Political Science are open to
qualified undergraduates with advisor approval and permission of the
instructor.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 511-AMERICAN PRESIDENCY. (5-0-5)
Summer, 1980.
Offers an in-depth survey of the office of the presidency, with the
principal emphasis on the relations of the executive branch with the
Congress and the court system. Some attention will be given to the
evolution of the presidency to its present dominant position in the Ameri-
can political process. (Completion of a survey course in American History
is desirable.)
POLITICAL SCIENCE 535-ORIGINS OF
TOTALITARIANISM. (5-0-5)
Summer, 1979; Fall, 1980.
An analysis of the socio-psychological basis of modern totalitarian move-
ments. Major emphasis will be placed on pre- World War II Nazi Germany.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 540-COMPARATIVE
POLITICAL ANALYSIS. (5-0-5)
Summer, 1980.
This course is mainly theoretical. It deals with the various approaches,
concepts, and methodologies that are being used in the analysis of com-
parative politics, viz: the traditional approach (formal-legal), group theory
of politics, systems analysis, structural-functional analysis, communica-
tions theory, decision-making theory, game theory, etc. At the same time,
each approach is examined as it is used in comparing the politics of various
countries.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 546-FAR EASTERN GOVERNMENT
AND POLITICS. (5-0-5)
Fall, 1979.
Description and comparative analysis of the political systems of Commu-
nist China and Japan. Special attention is given to historical development,
political institutions and processes, political culture, political socialization,
and contemporary problems.
DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGES AND
LITERATURE
Professor Hugh Pendexter, III, Head; Professor Emeritus Lubs; Pro-
fessors Anchors, Easterling, Jones, Killorin, Strozier; Associate Profes-
sors Brooks, Brown, Noble; Assistant Professors Harper, Harris,
Jenkins, Ramsey, Suchower, Welsh and White.
Entering students should begin the required English composition se-
quence no later than the second quarter of their attendance. By doing so,
students will have had the opportunity to complete the required sequence
before taking the Regents Examination.
Students enrolled in the degree programs which require a foreign lan-
guage must show proficiency in the appropriate language at the required
level by successfully completing standardized examinations administered
by members of the foreign language faculty. This requirement applies to
students enrolled at Armstrong State College and taking their foreign
language courses on this campus and to students who, while enrolled at
Armstrong State College, take their foreign language courses on another
campus. Students transferring to Armstrong State College, after having
completed the required foreign language sequence at another college, with
grades of "C" or above, are not required to complete the proficiency
examinations at Armstrong.
Entering freshmen who wish to exempt the foreign language require-
ment may do so by successfully completing the proficiency examination
through the level required in a specific degree program. For further
information on the exemption process, the student should contact the
Head of the Department of Languages and Literature.
Major in English
Students majoring in English should satisfy the college core require-
ments for the Bachelor of Arts degree during the Freshman and Sopho-
more years. Students must earn a grade of "C" or better in each :->< K) or 1* N I
level course included in the major. Graduate courses (500 level) are open to
qualified undergraduates with Advisor's permission and permission of the
instructor.
Program for the Degree
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in English
(^ // n rtt T ;
A. General Requirements* 1<»1
1. English 111, 112, 211, 222 20
2. Mathematics 101, 290 1"
3. Laboratory Science Sequence 10
4. History 114, 115 and History 251 or 252 15
5. Political Science 113 and one course selected from: 1<>
Psychology 101, Anthropology 201,
Sociology 201, Economics 201
6. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103, 201 20
7. Two courses selected from: 10
Art 200. 271, 272, 273; Music 200;
Philosophy 201; Drama/Speech 227, 228
8. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three
activities courses
B. Courses in Major Field M)
1. English 406
•Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit award*
section of this Bulletin.
Quarter Hours
2. One course in English Literature before 1800
to be selected from: 5
English 300, 302, 304, 320
3. One course in English Literature after 1800
to be selected from: 5
English 305, 306, 307
4. One course in American Literature to be selected from: 5
English 308, 309, 310
5. Ten hour survey of World Literature:
English 327, 328 10
6. Two additional courses in English Language
or in Literature 10
C. Related Field Requirements 25
Courses numbered 300 or above in the following areas:
Art, Drama/Speech, History, Literature, Music, Philosophy
D. Approved Electives 25
E. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL 191
Program for Secondary School Teachers of English
Quarter Hours
A. General Requirements* 101
1. English 111, 112, 211, 222 20
2. Mathematics 101, 290 10
3. Laboratory Science Sequence 10
4. History 114, 115; History 251 or 252 15
5. Political Science 113 and Psychology 101 10
6. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103, 201 20
7. Drama/Speech 228 or 314 and one of the following: 10
Art 200, 271, 272, 273;
Music 200; Philosophy 200, 201
8. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three
activities courses 6
B. Courses in Major 40
1. English 406
2. One course in British Literature before 1800
to be selected from: 5
English 300, 302, 304, 320
3. One course in British Literature after 1800
to be selected from: 5
English 305, 306, 307
4. One course in American Literature to be selected from: 5
English 308, 309, 310
5. Ten hour survey of World Literature 10
English 327 and 328
6. English 325 or 410 5
7. One additional English course — 300 or 400 level 5
C. Related Field Requirements 20
Four courses (300 level or above) to be selected from the
following disciplines: Art, Drama/Speech, History,
Music, Philosophy
D. Professional Sequence 45
1. Psychology 301; Special Education 205 10
2. Education 203, 330, 425, 439, 446, 447, 448 35
E. Regents and Exit Examinations ^~
"Certain courses, may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission"
section of this Bulletin.
Minor Concentrations
The following minor concentrations arc available from the Department
of Languages and Literature. For completion of each of the minor.-, the
student must earn a grade of "C" or bettor in each course offered for the
minor.
The minor in American Civilization requires the completion of Ameri-
can Civilization 382 and 403 (10 hours), with a choice of three of the
following (15 hours): AC/English 308, 309, 310; AC/History351, 362, 376,
378.
The minor in Drama/Speech requires Dr/S 22.^ (5 hours) and electivea
(20 hours) chosen from Dr/S courses at the 300/400 level.
The minor in Foreign Language requires 25 hours in any one foreign
language.
The minor in Journalism requires 20 hours to be chosen from:
English/Journalism 840; DrS/Joumalism 347, 350; Journalism 343, 364,
400.
The minor in Linguistics requires 20 hours to be chosen from:
English/Linguistics 325, 340, 410; Linguistics 385, MX).
The minor in Philosophy requires 20 hours to be chosen from Philosophy
courses at the 300/400 level.
The minor in English requires 20 hours to be chosen from English
courses at the 300/400 level.
Course Offerings
American Civilization
AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 225-INTRODUCTION TO
AMERICAN CIVILIZATION.
Offered on demand.
Themes and issues of American Civilization since colonial times, with
emphasis on modern setting, using Interdisciplinary approaches.
AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 308— Same as English 308
AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 309-Same as English 309.
AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 310— Same as English 310.
AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 382-DIRECTED READING
IN AMERICAN CULTURE. (5-0-5)
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Ten hours in approved A
Civilization courses.
A study of both fine and popular arts of the United State.- under the
supervision of an American Civilization staff member.
AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 1'):; -INDEPENDENT STUDY
Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of all other requin
American Civilization minor.
Designed to permit the student to pursue individual research in some
aspects of American Civilization under the supervision <>f an American
Civilization staff member.
Comparative Literature
English 211 is prerequisite to all 300-400 level Comparative Literature
courses.
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 317-ANCIENT EPIC. (5-0-5)
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 318-ANCIENT
DRAMA (5-0-5)
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 400-SPECIAL
TOPICS. (5-0-5)
To be announced as offered.
Drama/Speech
Successful completion of English 111 is prerequisite to all
Drama/ Speech courses except 227.
DrS 217-PUBLIC SPEAKING. (2-0-2)
Offered on demand.
Theory and practice in varied public speaking situations; emphasis on
organization, clarity, and delivery technique.
DrS 227-THEATRE LABORATORY. (0-3-1)
Offered every quarter.
Practical experience in theatre. The student will work on the Masquers'
production of the quarter. Only one hour of credit may be earned per
quarter. The maximum total credit allowed in Theatre Laboratory is five
quarter hours.
In the summer students may take up to five hours credit in DrS 227 by
working part-time in summer theatre workshop (DrS 450).
DrS 228-FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: English 111. Offered every quarter.
Practice and theory of oral communication. Each student makes several
major speeches. The physiology of the speech mechanisms is covered, and
articultion is studied within the framework of the International Phonetic
Alphabet.
DrS/FILM 340-DEVELOPMENT OF THE CINEMA. (5-0-5)
A study of the history and development of the cinema with special
emphasis on the American dominance of the medium.
DrS 341 -ORAL INTERPRETATION. (5-0-5)
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: English 111.
A practical course in the oral interpretation of poetry and prose. The
techniques of literary analysis are stressed along with the vocal techniques
needed to communicate an author's mood and meaning.
DrS342-ADVAX('KI) ACTING. (5-0-5)
Offered on demand. Prerequisites: English ill plus at least two credit
hours in DrS 227.
Intensive study of characterization and stylo of acting from several
points: historical, critical, practical, theoretical, and experimental. Em-
phasis on development performance skills.
DrS 345-HISTORY OF THE THEATRE.
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: English 111.
A survey of theatrical art from its beginning to the present day. The
course emphasizes the development of the physical theatre.
DrS 346-PLAY PRODUCTION.
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: English ill.
A course in the theory and practice of acting and directing, with special
attention to image-making on stage. Individuals under supervision pro-
pare and execute the production of scenes and short plays.
DrS/JOURNALISM 347-BASIC TV PRODUCTION. (2-9-5)
A course in the theory and practice of television production styles.
forms, and concepts, with special emphasis on the critical appreciation of
electronic communication technique.
DrS/FILM/JOURNALISM 350-FILM AS AX ART. (5
Study of film theories or of genres with emphasis on critical appreciation
of film as an art form. (Course may be repeated when topic changi
DrS 400-SPECIAL TOPICS. (1-5XH1-5).
Prerequ isite: English 111.
The special subject matter in this course will be determined and an-
nounced by the professor at the time when the course is offered.
DrS 450-451-452— DRAMA WORKSHOP. (0-15-5 each course)
Offered in summer only.
This course is summer stock theatre for credit. Students will be din
and instructed by a member of the faculty who is a professional in the
theatre. All aspects of production will be studied.
DrS 490— INDEPENDENT STUDY. '1
Offered on demand. Prerequisites: S< nior status plus English in plus
at least one .loo level DrS course. Open to transit nt stua\ nts only with fix
permission of Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and tin collegt from which
the student comes.
English
ENGLISH 107-RHETORIC AND COMPOSITION.
Training in the gathering, ordering, and presenting of information with
emphasis on persuasiveness and accuracy. The students will be expe
to write informative and persuasive prose. This course may not satisfy the
requirements in Area I of the Core.
ENGLISH 110-ENGLISH AS A FOREIGN LANGUAGE. (5-0-5)
Offered on demand.
This course is designed to prepare students whose native language is
other than English to do normal college work in composition. Students who
pass the course will be eligible for English 111 or, upon recommendation by
the instructor, for English 112. Admission is by placement test or by
permission of the instructor. The course may not be used in Area I of the
Core unless the student meets the proficiency level established by the
department.
ENGLISH 111-COMPOSITION AND FICTION. (5-0-5)
Offered each quarter.
Assignment to this course is based upon the results of the Diagnostic
Test for placement in beginning English courses or upon successful com-
pletion of English 99, 107, or 110. The instruction focuses on rhetoric,
organization of ideas, and techniques of reading.
ENGLISH 112-COMPOSITION AND POETRY. (5-0-5)
Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of English
111 or English 191.
ENGLISH 191-HONORS COMPOSITION. (5-0-5)
Fall.
Instruction in this course will not follow the traditional lecture method
only; the student will read widely and write a research paper (or papers) in
the fashion which the instructor thinks will best discipline him for indepen-
dent study. This course replaces English 111 for students selected by the
department on the basis of admission test scores.
ENGLISH 192-HONORS COMPOSITION AND
INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: English 191 or a grade of "A" in English 111. Winter.
In this course the student will read more extensively than for English
112 and will write critical papers.
ENGLISH 211-COMPOSITION AND DRAMA. (4-2-5)
Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: English 112 or English 192.
This course is prerequisite to all 300-400 level courses in English and
Comparative Literature.
ENGLISH 222-LITERATURE AND THE
HUMAN CONDITION. (5-0-5)
Offered every quarter. Prerequisite: English 211.
A course ordered around one or all of these questions: (1) man's nature,
needs and goals; (2) his place in nature; (3) his relationship to human
society. The works read may investigate in depth one point of view on
these questions or may explore several contrasting viewpoints. The stu-
dent will be asked to order and express, at least tentatively, his own views.
No term or research paper required.
ENGLISH 250-INTERMEDIATE COMPOSITION. (5-0-5)
Institutional Credit. Offered on demand.
A course designed to correct deficiencies in writing revealed by the
Regents Examination. Prerequisite: Completion of the English core re-
quirements of the student's program. Docs not count in the core.
ENGLISH 211 is prerequisite for all 300-400 level courses.
ENGLISH 300-EARLY ENGLISH LITERATURE:
BEGINNINGS THROUGH 1603. (5-0-5)
Offered on demand.
ENGLISH 302-17TH CENTURY BRITISH
POETRY AND PROSE: 1603-1700. (5-0-5)
Offered on den/ and.
ENGLISH 304-18TH CENTURY BRITISHd either 251 or 252 15
5. Political Science 113 5
6. One of the courses: 5
Psychology 101 (required for the concentration
in Mathematics Education), Sociology 201,
Economics 201, or Anthropology 201
7. Mathematics 101, 103, 104, 201, 202, 203 30
8. Computer Science 110 5
9. Physical Education 103 or 108, 117, and three
activities courses 6
B. Courses in the Major Field 55
Each student majoring in the mathematical sciences must select
one of the following four options and complete its requirements:
OPTION ONE - MATHEMATICS:
1. Mathematics 260, 311, 316, and either 312 or 317 16
2. Mathematics 401, 402 -
3. Approved mathematics electives (300-400 level) 16
4. One foreign language or computer science sequence 15
OPTION TWO - APPLIED MATHEMATICS:
1. Mathematics 2(10. 316, 341, and either 342 or 353 17-18
2. Computer Science 140' or 241 6
3. Physics 217. 21s, 219; or Mathematics 321,
322, 346, and Computer Science 325 18
4. Approved mathematics electives (300-400 level) 15-1 J
•Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission"
section of this Bulletin.
Quarter Hours
OPTION THREE - MATHEMATICS EDUCATION:
1. Mathematics 220, 260, 311, 316, 336 22
2. Approved mathematics electives (300-400 level) 8
3. Psychology 301 5
4. Education 203, 330, 441, and Special Education 205 20
OPTION FOUR - COMPUTER SCIENCE:
1. Computer Science 241, 301, 302, 306 20
2. Two courses from Computer Science 345, 401, 431 10
3. Mathematics 260, and either Mathematics 220 or 321 10
4. Approved electives in computer science, at most one of which
may be selected from among C.S. 136, C.S. 146, C.S. 225 15
C. Related Field Requirements 15
In addition to the above requirements, each student majoring in
the mathematical sciences must complete fifteen quarter hours of
approved courses in one field of study related to his major.
Students completing the major requirements under option one
may not use the same field to meet this requirement as was used
to meet requirement (4) of the major. Students completing the
major requirements under option three must meet this
requirement through student teaching (Education 446, 447, 448).
D. Approved electives 25
E. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL 191
Minor Concentration
The department offers a minor in Computer Science. The minor requires
25 hours with an average grade of "C" or better. The student will take
Computer Science 110, 231 or 241, 301, 306, and five quarter hours of
additional approved coursework in Computer Science.
Course Offerings
Mathematics
MATHEMATICS 101-COLLEGE ALGEBRA. (5-0-5)
Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: A student must have
attained at least one of the following prior to enrolling: (a) a score of at
least 4,20 on the mathematics portion of the SAT; or (b) a score of at least 20
on the Mathematics Diagnostic Test; or (c) a grade of"P" in Mathematics
099. Dates on which the Mathematics Diagnostic Test is administered are
given in the academic calendar in the front of the catalogue. Present text:
Swokowski, Fundamentals of College Algebra.
Real number arithmetic; polynomial and rational expressions; linear and
quadratic equations; functions and graphs; inequalities; absolute value;
sequences and progressions; the binomial theorem; techniques of counting
and elementary probability. (May be exempted by examination with aca-
demic credit awarded.)
MATHEMATICS 103-PRE-CALCULUS MATHEMATICS. (5-0-5)
Fall, Winter, Sprint/, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or /» ■/■-
mission of the department head. Present text: Flanders and Price, Intro-
ductory College Mathematics with Linear Algebra and Finite Mathe-
matics.
Functions; polynomial, trigonometric, exponential, and logarithmic-
functions; mathematical induction; complex numbers; matrices, determi-
nants, and systems of equations. (May be exempted by examination with
academic credit awarded.)
MATHEMATICS 104-CALCULUS I. (5-0-5)
Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 103 or pi r-
mission of the department head. Present text: Leithold, The Calculus with
Analytic Geometry.
Functions; limits; continuity; the derivative and its applications. (May
be exempted by examination with academic credit awarded.)
MATHEMATICS 195-APPLIED FINITE MATHEMATICS
WITH CALCULUS. (5-0-5)
Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101.
Present text: Lial and Miller, Mathematics: with Applications in the
Management, Natural, and Social Sciences.
A survey of elementary analytic, linear, and finite mathematics as they
relate to commerce, business, and life situations.
MATHEMATICS 201-CALCULUS II. (5-0-5)
Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 10£.
Present text: Leithold, The Calculus with Analytic Geometry.
The Riemann integral and its applications; differential and integral
calculus of exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions; tech-
niques of integration. (May be exempted by examination with academic
credit awarded.)
MATHEMATICS 202-CALCULUS III. (5 I
Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 201.
Present text: Leithold, The Calculus with Analytic Geometry.
Polar coordinates; conic sections; hyperbolic functions; indeterminate
forms; improper integrals; Taylor's formula; infinite seri<
MATHEMATICS 203— CALCULUS IV. (5-0-5)
Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Matin unities 202.
Present text: Leithold, The Calculus with Analytic Geometry.
Two and three dimensional vectors; parametric equations; solid analytic-
geometry; differential calculus of several variables; multiple integration;
line integrals.
MATHEMATICS 220— ELEMENTARY STATISTICS. (5 I
Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Matin < natics 101.
Present text: Freund, Statistics: A First Course.
Measures of central tendency and dispersion; probability distributions;
inferences concerning means, standard deviations, and proportions; anal-
ysis of variance; correlation; regression. (May be exempted by examina-
tion with academic credit awarded.)
MATHEMATICS 260-LOGIC, PROOF, AND SET THEORY. (5-0-5)
Fall, Spring. Prerequisite: Mathematics 201 . Present text: Lin and Lin,
Set Theory: An Intuitive Approach.
Elementary logic; naive set theory; relations and functions; Boolean
algebras; ordering relations.
MATHEMATICS 290-TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS. (5-0-5)
Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101.
Present text: Wimbish, Mathematics: A Humanistic Approach.
A terminal course of selected topics designed to portray the history,
philosophy, and aesthetics of mathematics, and to develop an appreciation
of the role of mathematics in western thought and contemporary culture.
MATHEMATICS 311-312-ABSTRACT ALGEBRA I, II.
311 - (U-O-U) - Fall (even years); 312 - (3-0-3) - Winter (odd years).
Prerequisite: Mathematics 260. Present text: Hillman and Alexander son,
A First Undergraduate Course in Abstract Algebra.
Classical topics in the elementary theory of groups, rings, and fields.
MATHEMATICS 316-317-LINEAR ALGEBRA I, II.
316 - (U-O-U) - Winter; 317 - (3-0-3) - Spring. Prerequisites: Mathe-
matics 203 (may be taken concurrently) and Mathematics 260. Present
texts: Kolman, Elementary Linear Algebra; and Rorres and Anton, Ap-
plications of Linear Algebra.
Linear systems; vector spaces and linear transformations; matrices;
determinants; normed linear spaces and inner product spaces.
MATHEMATICS 321-322-PROBABILITY AND MATHEMATICAL
STATISTICS I, II.
321 - (5-0-5) - Fall (even years); 322 - U-O-V - Winter (odd years).
Prerequisite: Mathematics 203 (may be taken concurrently). Present text:
Freund, Mathematical Statistics.
Probability spaces; random variables; algebra of expectation; random
sampling; the law of large numbers; correlation and regression.
MATHEMATICS 336-337-MODERN GEOMETRY I, II.
336 - (U-O-U) - Fall (odd years); 337 - (3-0-3) - Winter (even years).
Prerequisite: Mathematics 260. Present text: Ewald, Geometry: An Intro-
duction.
A survey of selected topics from Euclidean, spherical, projective, and
finite geometry.
MATHEMATICS 341-342-DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 1, 11.(4-0-4
each)
SU1 - Winter; 3U2 - Spring. Prerequisite: Mathematics 203. Present
text:Boyce andDePrima, Elementary Differential Equations and Bound-
ary Value Problems.
Ordinary differential equations; series solutions; systems of first order
differential equations; the Laplace transform; introduction to Fourier
series; partial differential equations; Sturm-Liouville theory; applied
problems.
MATHEMATICS 346— MATHEMATICAL MODELING
AND OPTIMIZATION. (4-0-4 1
Spring (even years). Prerequisite: Mathematics 208. Present text:
Cooper, Bhat and LeHlanc, Introduction to Operations Research Models.
Design, solution, and interpretation of mathematical models for prob-
lems in the social, life, and management sciences. Topics chosen from
linear programming, dynamic programming, scheduling theory, Markov-
chains, game theory, queueing theory, and inventory theory.
MATHEMATICS 353-NUMERICAL ANALYSIS. (5-0-5)
Summer (even years). Prerequisites: Mathematics 208 and Computer
Science 110. Present text: Conte and deBoor, Elementary Numerical
Analysis.
Numerical error; polynomial interpolation; systems of linear equations;
numerical integration and numerical solution of differential equations;
matrix inversion; evaluation of determinants; calculation of eigenvalues
and eigenvectors; boundary value problems.
MATHEMATICS 360-MATHEMATICAL LOGIC. (3-0-3)
Spring (odd gears). Prerequisite: Mathematics 260. Present text:
Hunter, Metalogic: An Introduction to the Metatheory of Standard First
Order Logic.
The elementary statement and predicate calculus; formal systems; ap-
plications of logic in mathematics.
MATHEMATICS 391-BASIC IDEAS OF ARITHMETIC. 0-5)
Winter, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101. Present text: Cope-
land, Mathematics and the Elementary Teacher.
Fundamental concepts of arithmetic as they relate to the elementary
school; current elementary school methods and materials used in arithme-
tic instruction. (Credit will not apply toward a degree in the mathematical
sciences.)
MATHEMATICS 392-BASIC IDEAS OF GEOMETRY. (5-0-5)
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Mathematics S91 . Presi nt text: Haag,
Hardgrove, and Hill, Elementary Geometry.
Fundamental concepts of geometry as they relate to the elementary
school; current elementary school methods and materials used in geometry
instruction. (Credit will not apply toward a degree in the mathematical
sciences.)
MATHEMATICS 400-PUTNAM SEMINAR. (0-2-1 1
Fall. Prerequisites: Mathematics 208, 260.
A variety of mathematical problems, considered with the aim of develop-
ing problem solving techniques.
MATHEMATICS 401-402— ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II ach)
hOl - Fall (odd gears): [02 - Winter (even years). Prerequ
Mathematics 208, 260. Present text: Sagan, Advanced Calculus.
The real number system; sequences; limits of functions; the Bolzano-
Weierstrass theorem; compactness; uniform continuity; the derivative;
the Riemann integral; Euclidean n-space, sequences of functions, the
Weierstrass approximation theorem; series; elementary functions.
MATHEMATICS 406-FUNCTIONS OF A
COMPLEX VARIABLE. (5-0-5)
Summer (odd years). Prerequisites: Mathematics 203, 260. Present
text: Churchill, Complex Variables with Applications.
Complex numbers; elementary functions and transformations; the
Cauchy theory; conformal mapping; Riemann's mapping theorem.
MATHEMATICS 416-THEORY OF NUMBERS. (3-0-3)
Fall (odd years). Prerequisites: Mathematics 203, 260. Present text:
Adams and Goldstein, Introduction to Number Theory.
Divisibility and congruence; quadratic reciprocity; diophantine equa-
tions; number-theoretic functions and their applications; selected ad-
vanced topics from algebraic and analytic number theory.
MATHEMATICS 436-TOPOLOGY. (3-0-3)
Spring (even years). Prerequisite: Mathematics U01 . Present text: Du-
gundji, Topology.
Topological spaces and homeomorphisms; separability; compactness;
connectedness; completeness; metrizability; introduction to homotopy the-
ory.
MATHEMATICS 470-HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS. (3-0-3)
Fall (even years). Prerequisites: Mathematics 203 and six quarter
hours of 300-4.00 level courses in mathematics. Present text: Eves, An
Introduction to the History of Mathematics.
A survey of the development of mathematics from its empirical begin-
nings to its present state.
MATHEMATICS 490-SPECIAL TOPICS. ((l-5)-0-(l-5)).
Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
and permission of department head.
Individual readings and research under the direction of a member of the
mathematics faculty.
MATHEMATICS 496-497-498-INTERNSHIP IN
MATHEMATICS. ((0-l)-(12-15)-5 each)
Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: Permission of the depart-
ment head.
Experience, in a variety of mathematical applications suited to the
educational and professional aspirations of the student, under the direction
of the faculty and appropriate off-campus supervisory personnel. (Open to
transient students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Arm-
strong and that of the appropriate official of the college from which the
student comes.)
Computer Science
COMPUTER SCIENCE 110-INTRODUCTION TO
COMPUTING. (4
Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101.
Present text: Bent and Sethares, BASIC: An Introduction to Computer
Programming.
BASIC programming and program structure; elementary logic and
Boolean algebra; algorithms; How charts; debugging; computer solutions
of numeric and non-numeric problems; characteristics and applications of
computers in modern society.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 136-RPG PROGRAMMING. (3-4-5)
Fall. Prerequisite: Computer Science 110. Present text: Shell// ami
Cashman, Introduction to Computer Programming — RPG.
Introduction to the language and programming applications for small
computer systems using RPG.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 146-FORTRAN PROGRAMMING. (3-4-5)
Summer. Prerequisite: Computer Science 110. Present text: Gottfried,
Programming with FORTRAN IV.
FORTRAN syntax, arrays, input/output, subroutines, programming
techniques.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 225-STATISTICAL PROGRAMMING FOR
THE SOCIAL SCIENCES. (3-4-5)
Fall. Prerequisites: Mathematics 220 and Computer Science 110.
Present text: Nie, et.al.. Statistical Package for the Social Sciences.
Uses of computers in statistical analysis, including the study of statisti-
cal methods, the programming of statistical analyses, and data analysis
using packaged systems.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 231 -PROGRAMMING PRINCIPLES
WITH COBOL. (3-4-5)
Winter, Summer. Prerequisite: Computer Science 110. Prist, it texts:
Murach, Standard COBOL; and Chaiand Chai, Programming Standard
COBOL.
The COBOL programming language: basic syntax, input/output, de-
bugging, table-handling, sorting, searching, sequential file manipulation;
structured programming for COBOL; JCL for COBOL programs.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 241 -PROGRAMMING PRINCIPLES
WITH PL/1. (3-4-5)
Fall, Spring. Prerequisites: Mathematics 103 ami CompuU r ScU >><■>
110. Present text: Hughes, PL/1 Structured Programming.
The PL/1 programming language: basic syntax, input/output, debug-
ging, array structures, non-numeric processing, sequential file manipula-
tion; structured programming for PL/1; JCL for PL/1 programs.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 301-COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
AND PROGRAMMING. > (4-3-5)
Winter, Summer. Prerequisite: Computer Science 231 or Computer
Science 21+1. Present text: Kuo, Assembler Language for FORTRAN,
COBOL, and PL/1 Programmers.
Introduction to systems programming via in-depth coverage of as-
sembler programming; operating systems; addressing techniques, inter-
nal storage structure; machine-level representation of instructions and
data; subroutines; I/O; linkers and loaders; macro-facilities; mass data
storage facilities.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 302-DATA STRUCTURES. (4-3-5)
Fall. Prerequisite: Computer Science 24-1 , 301. Present text: Tremblay
and Sorenson, An Introduction to Data Structures with Applications.
Internal representation of arrays, queues, trees, stacks, and lists; hard-
ware characteristics of large computer systems; concepts related to the
interaction between data structures and storage structures for the
generating, developing, and processing of data.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 306-DATA AND
PROGRAMMING MANAGEMENT. (3-4-5)
Fall, Spring. Prerequisite: Computer Science 231 or Computer Science
2^1. Present texts: Shelly and Cashman, OS Job Control Language; and
Brown, System/360 Job Control Language.
Indexed sequential, direct, relative files; programs involving file manip-
ulations in COBOL or PL/1; utility programs; partitioned data sets; proce-
dure libraries; JCL required for the aforementioned topics.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 325-SYSTEM SIMULATION. (3-4-5)
Spring (odd years). Prerequisites: Computer Science 110, Mathematics
203, and either Mathematics 220 or Mathematics 321 . Text: To be selected.
(formerly C.S. 320)
The use of random number generators and the statistical evaluation of
their output; simulation theory and techniques; elementary simulations; a
simulation language or advanced simulations.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 331-SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
AND DESIGN. (4-3-5)
Spring. Prerequisites: Co?nputer Science 301, 306. Present texts: Li,
Design and Management of Information Systems; and Semprevivo, Sys-
tems Analysis: Definition, Process, and Design, (formerly C.S. 432)
Principles and techniques of systems analysis, including personnel and
machine requirements, file considerations, problem formulation, analysis
aids, iterative requirements of the design phase, and implementation
criteria and evaluation; readings and case studies related to analysis and
design, and a student project incorporating the techniques studied in an
appropriate real-world environment.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 342-COMPARATIVE LANGUAGES.(3-4-5)
Winter (even years). Prerequisite: Computer Science 241 . Present text:
Peterson, Introduction to Programming Languages, (formerly C.S. 242)
Comparative study of programming languages including facilities for
recursion, procedures, storage allocation techniques, string processing,
and passing of parameters.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 345— PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES:
THEORY AND DESIGN. I 1-3-5)
Spring(even years). Prerequisites: Computer Scu na 302,842. Pn
text: Pratt, Programming Languages: Design and Implementation, (for-
merly C.S. Shi)
Formal definition of programming languages: specification of syntax and
semantics; precedence rules for operators; translation between infix, pre-
fix, and postfix notations; subroutines and coroutines; block structures; list
structures; string structures.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 353-NUMERICAL ANALYSIS. (5-0-5)
Summer (even years). Prerequisites: Mathematics 203 and Computer
Science 110. Present text: Conte and deBoor, Elementary Numerical
Analysis.
Numerical error; polynomial interpolation; systems of linear equations;
numerical integration and numerical solution of differential equations;
matrix inversion; evaluation of determinants; calculation of eigenvalues
and eigenvectors; boundary value problems.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 401-SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING I. 1 1
Winter (odd years). Prerequisite: Computer Science 302. Present text:
Habermann, Introduction to Operating System Design.
Software requirements for support of computer systems, especially in a
multi-programmed environment; addressing techniques; file system or-
ganization and management, I/O; control systems; spooling; interrupts;
reentrant code; user services; executive systems.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 431-CONTROL AND
ORGANIZATION OF INFORMATION. (5-0-5)
Winter. Prerequisites: Computer Science 302, 306. Present text: Mar-
tin, Computer and Data Rase Organization.
Information analysis and logical design of information systems and data
bases; consideration of hardware, access methods, management and con-
trol functions, communicating with the data base, and integrated systems.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 490-SPECIAL TOPICS IN-
COMPUTER SCIENCE. ((0-5M0-15MM5)).
Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: ( 'oust ntofthi instructor
and permission of the depart mint head.
Individual or group readings and research under the direction of a
member of the faculty.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 496-497-498- INTERNSHIP
IN COMPUTER SCIENCE. ((0-lM12-15)-5 each).
Offered by special arrangement. Pn requisite: Pi rmissionofthi depart-
ment head.
Experience, in a variety of computing environments suited to the educa-
tional and professional aspirations of the student, under the direction of a
member of the faculty and appropriate off-campus supervisory personnel.
(Open to transient students only with permission Qf the Dean of Faculty at
Armstrong and that of the appropriate official of the college from which the
student comes.)
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY
Professor C. Stewart Worthington, Head; Associate Professors
Douglass, Lane; Assistant Professors Palefsky, Patchak, and O'Higgins.
Students are advised to complete as many of the general degree require-
ments as possible before entering their junior years. Psychology majors
should take Psychology 101-220 before the end of their sophomore years.
Suggested course distributions and annual schedules are available in the
department office. All students are urged to seek advisement with regard
to degree requirements and scheduling.
Program for the Degree
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Psychology
Quarter Hours
A. General Requirements* 65
1. English 111, 112, 211, and choice of: 20
English 222 or Philosophy 200, 201
2. Mathematics 101 and choice of: 10
Mathematics 195 or 290
3. History 114, 115 and choice of: : 15
History 251 or 252
4. Political Science 113 5
5. One of the following sequences: ' 10
Chemistry 128, 129; Physics 211, 212;
Physical Science 121, 122
6. Anthropology 201 or Sociology 201 5
B. Courses in Major Field 50
1. Psychology 220, 307, 308, 309, 312, 410, 411, 412 40
2. Two of the following: 10
Psychology 303, 305, 311
C. Related Field Requirements 30
1. Biology 101, 102 and Mathematics 220 15
2. Foreign language sequence or
computer science sequence 15
D. Electives 40-55
1. Upper division courses in anthropology, biology, chemistry,
criminal justice, mathematics, psychology, sociology, or
social work 15-30
2. Unspecified electives 25
E. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three
activities courses 6
F. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL 191-206
^Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credits awarded. See "Admission"
section of this Bulletin.
Program f or Secondary School Teachers
of Social Sciences
( Behavioral Sciences)
Qmirtt r Hon rs
A. General Requirements* 71
1. English 111, 112, 211, and choice of: 20
English 222 or Philosophy 200, 201
2. Mathematics 101 and choice of: 1<>
Mathematics Hi.") or 290
3. History 114, 115 and choice of: 15
History 251 or 252
4. Political Science 113 5
5. One of the following sequences: 1<»
Physics 211. 212; Physical Science 121. 122
6. Anthropology 201 or Sociology 2(>l 5
7. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three
activities courses 6
B. Courses in Psychology 55
Psychology 220, 301, 303, 307, 308, 309, 311.
312, 410. 411. 412
C. Courses in Related Fields 30
1. Biology 101, 102 and Mathematics 220 15
2. Anthropology 300 or 450 5
3. Sociology 201 and Sociology 350 or 450 1<>
I). Electives .' ' 5-10
To be chosen from Psvchologv 4<>5, 406;
Social Work 320
E. Professional Sequence 35
1. Education 203. 331) 440. 440. 447. 448 3<»
2. Special Education 205 5
F. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL 196-201
Minor Concentrations
The department offers the following minors:
The minor in Psychology requires 20 quarter hours of upper division
work with grades of "C" or better.
The minor in Mental Health Work requires 25 hours: Mental Health
Work 201, 202, 203. 204, and Psychology 405 or 406.
Course Offerings
Anthropology
ANTHROPOLOGY 201— MAN AND HIS CULTURE. (5-0-6)
Fall. Offered on den/and.
An introduction to the study of man as a cultural animal, the develop-
ment of human societies from preliterate beginnings, the rise of complex
social organizations with an outline study of the major cultures developed
by man.
^Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded ission'
section of this Bulletin.
ANTHROPOLOGY 300-PALEOANTHROPOLOGY. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Anthropology 201. Spring.
A survey of the data that illuminates the evolution of man. The major
prehuman and human species, their ecology and cultures, will be dis-
cussed.
ANTHROPOLOGY 305-ETHNOLOGY OF
NORTH AMERICA. (5-0-5)
Cultural areas of North America (excluding Mexico), emphasizing cul-
tural differences related to ecological factors; a look at origins, distribu-
tion, and interrelations of native American cultures.
ANTHROPOLOGY 310-ANTHROPOLOGY OF
WOMEN AND MEN. (5-0-5)
An examination of the social and cultural conditions that are the deter-
minants and expressions of sex roles, based on cross cultural data from
various cultures, ranging from foraging bands to complex society.
ANTHROPOLOGY 450-INDEPENDENT STUDY. (l-5)-0-(l-5)
By invitation of the professor. Offered on demand. Open to transient
students only with permission of the Dean of the Faculty at Armstrong
and the college from which the student comes.
Mental Health Work
MENTAL HEALTH WORK 101-INTRODUCTION
TO MENTAL HEALTH PROBLEMS. (5-0-5)
Fall.
Survey of mental health facilities and institutions. Survey of history of
mental health movement. Description of services provided, clients served,
and administrative structure with emphasis on mental health agencies in
Georgia.
MENTAL HEALTH WORK 201-FOUNDATIONS OF
BEHAVIORAL CHANGE. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: M.H.W. 101. Spring.
Survey of theories of personality and behavior changing techniques
arising from them. Emphasis on learning theory and environmental influ-
ences. Introduction to research methodology.
MENTAL HEALTH WORK 202-FOUNDATIONS OF
BEHAVIOR ASSESSMENT. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: M.H.W. 101. Winter.
Objective observation is emphasized, accurate recording of behavioral
observations; collection and use of interview data; introduction to case
study methods; use of reference in assessment.
MENTAL HEALTH WORK 203-204-PRACTICUM.
(5 credit hours each)
Prerequisite: Mental Health Work 101, 201 , 202.
The student will work a minimum of 12 hours per week in a community
agency for a period of two quarters under the supervision of a professional
employed by the agency. The student will also attend a one-hour seminar
each week to discuss his agency experiences. Open to transient students
only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the college
from which the student comes.
Psychology
PSYCHOLOGY 101-GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY. (5-0-5)
Offered each quarter.
An introduction to the vocabulary, concepts, and methods of the science
of behavior. Discussion and demonstrations assist in surveying all the
areas of psychology. Psychology 101 is prerequisite to all other courses in
the department.
PSYCHOLOGY 220-INTRODUCTION TO
PSYCHOLOGICAL RESEARCH. (4-2-5)
Pre req u is ite: Psych ology l 01 .
An introduction to scientific methodology and its application to behavior
analysis. Various techniques of data collection and the statistical analysis
of such data are emphasized.
PSYCHOLOGY 301-EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY. . (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Psychology 101. Offered each quarter.
The application of behavioral science to the problem of learning in the
classroom. Primarily for teacher preparation.
PSYCHOLOGY 303-SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Psychology 101.
The study of the behavior of others as determinants of the behavior of
the individual. The cultural milieu and group pressures will be examined in
terms of their effect on behavior.
PSYCHOLOGY 305-DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Psychology 101.
A study of the origin and development of psychological processes. The
effects of maturational, learning, and social variables on human behavior
are examined.
PSYCHOLOGY 307-PERCEPTION. I 2-5).
Prerequisites: Psychology 101 , 220.
An experimental-theoretical approach to the nature of perception. Spe-
cial attention is given to the psychological method.
PSYCHOLOGY 308-LEARNING AND MOTIVATION. I 1 2
Prerequisites: Psychology 101, 220.
An examination of the methodology and theory associated with the
various forms of learning and their motivational concomitants.
PSYCHOLOGY 309-PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY. I !-:_'-:>>
Prerequisites: Psychology 101, Biology 101-102.
Introduction to the biological bases of behavior. The structure and
function of the nervous system are studied and related to the behavior of
humans and other organisms.
PSYCHOLOGY 311-THEORIES OF PERSONALITY. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Psychology 101.
A study of selected personality theories with emphasis on normal behav-
ior. Attention will be given to both experimental and clinical data. The
determinants of personality structure and the development of personality
will be examined from divergent points of view.
PSYCHOLOGY 312-MEASUREMENT. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Psychology 220.
An examination of the theory of measurement. Reliability and validity
techniques are discussed, using current psychological tests as examples.
PSYCHOLOGY 319-ANIMAL BEHAVIOR. (4-2-5)
Prerequisites: Psychology 101, 220.
A study of the adaptations and behaviors with which living organisms
cope effectively with their environment. The laboratory will provide an
introduction to animal care, training, and experimentation.
PSYCHOLOGY 320-INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Psychology 101.
The applications of psychology to the problems of industry. Primarily for
business majors.
PSYCHOLOGY 405-BEHAVIOR DISORDERS. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Psychology 101.
A study of the scientific and cultural bases of various conceptions of
undesirable behavior. Application of principles derived from basic re-
search will be emphasized.
PSYCHOLOGY 406-BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Psychology 101.
A study of proven methods of generating behavioral change, their
empirical foundations, and their applications in clinical, educational and
social settings.
PSYCHOLOGY 410-HISTORY AND
SYSTEMS OF PSYCHOLOGY. (5-0-5)
Open only to psychology majors or by invitation of the professor.
A study of the basic ideas in psychology from early animism to modern
behavioristics. Special attention is given to the philosophical basis at
various times in the history of psychology.
PSYCHOLOGY 411-SENIOR SEMINAR (5-0-5)
Open only to senior psychology majors or by invitation of the professor.
A reading and discussion group which will concentrate on selected
contemporary issues in psychology. Specific content will vary from year to
year.
PSYCHOLOGY 412-SENIOR SEMINAR. (5-0-5)
Open only to senior psychology majors or by invitation of the professor.
Spring.
A reading and discussion group which will concentrate on selected
contemporary issues in psychology. Specific content will vary from year to
year.
PSYCHOLOGY 450— INDEPENDENT STUDY. (l-5)-0-(l-5)
Open only by imitation of the professor, offered on demand. Open to
transient students only with permission of the Drat/ of Faculty at Arm-
strong and the college from which the st/nlent comes.
X. School of Education
Charles R. Nash, Dean
Professors Harmond, Sims, W. Stokes, Burgess, Gadsden, Newberry,
Sartor, Sumner, and Ward; Associate Professors Agyekum, Blalock,
Bland, Cochran, Lawson, Robinson, Stephens, M. Stokes, and Tapp;
Assistant Professors Ball, Bedwell, Bianchi, Black, Clayton, Ford, Knorr,
White, and Thomas; Instructor Lariscy; Teaching Associate Burns.
General Information
The School of Education consists of three departments — the Depart-
ment of Elementary Education (Dr. Thelma M. Harmond, Head); the
Department of Physical Education and Athletics (Dr. Roy Sims, Head);
and the Department of Secondary Education (Dr. William Stokes, Head).
As a result of the approval by the Department of Health, Education, and
Welfare of the Georgia Plan for the Further Desegregation of the Univer-
sity System in early 1979, all Teacher Education programs were trans-
ferred from Savannah State College to Armstrong State College, effective
September, 1979. As of that date, Savannah State College no longer offers
degree programs in Teacher Education.
Degree Programs Offered
Armstrong State College is currently authorized by the Board of Re-
gents of the University System of Georgia to offer the following baccalau-
reate degree programs in Teacher Education:
Bachelor of Science in Education with majors in Art Education; Early
Elementary Education; Middle School Education; Health, Physical
Education, and Recreation
Bachelor of Music Education
Bachelor of Arts in English, History, Political Science, Psychology
(Behavioral Science) with programs for teacher certification at the
secondary level
Bachelor of Science in Biology, Chemistry, Mathematical Sciences with
programs for teacher certification at the secondary level
Bachelor of Science in Education with a major in Secondary Education in
the teaching fields of General Science Education, French Education,
Industrial Arts Education, Physics Education, Social Studies Educa-
tion, Spanish Education, Trade and Industrial Education. All pro-
grams in this category have been transferred to Armstrong State
College from Savannah State College. For information concerning
their current status, the student should check with the Head of the
Department of Secondary and Special Education or with the Dean of
the School of Education.
The college also offers an Associate Library Media Specialist program
which may consitute an area of concentration for elementary teachers
146
and an endorsement on the certificate for secondary teachers. The
program is also intended to create an interest in lihrarianship. The
courses are Library Science 310, 320, 410, and 4^0 (20 quarter hours
credit).
All Teacher Education programs are approved by the Georgia State
Department of Education. Upon verification by the College that the stu-
dent has completed successfully an approved program, the student applies
to the State Department of Education for the appropriate certificate.
Transfer Students — Savannah State College
Teacher Education students who transfer to Armstrong State College
from Savannah State College in the program exchange being implemented
as part of the State Desegregation Plan and who will be able to complete
their programs by August, 1980, may elect to receive their degrees from
Armstrong or Savannah State College. If the student elects to receive the
degree from Savannah State College, he/she must pursue the curriculum
track for the appropriate program as identified in a supplement to this
Bulletin. Course descriptions appear in the 1978-79 edition of the Savan-
nah State College Bulletin and General Catalog. If he/she elects to receive
the degree from Armstrong State College, he/she must meet the Arm-
strong requirements for that degree. The transfer student from Savannah
State College who will complete the requirements for the degree after
August, 1980, must complete the appropriate Armstrong requirements.
Any courses taken by the student at Savannah State College which are
reasonably equivalent to courses required at Armstrong will substitute for
these required courses. It is important that each student in a Teacher
Education program meet with his/her assigned advisor early in the fall
quarter and during each subsequent quarter to develop an approved
program of studies and to make certain that he/she is meeting the require-
ments leading toward the appropriate degree.
Program Transfer — Transition Period
The 1979-1980 academic year and summer, 1980 will serve as the period
of transition for the transfer of Teacher Education programs from Savan-
nah State College to Armstrong State College. Effective Fall Quarter,
1980, a single curriculum track for each Teacher Education program will be
in place.
General Requirements
Teacher Education Programs
These requirements apply to all students in Teacher Education pro-
grams at the Early Elementary, Middle School, or Secondary levels.
Recommendation for Certificate
To be recommended for a teaching certificate, a student must complete
at Armstrong State College a majority of his courses in the following areas:
the professional sequence, the teaching field, and the related field.
Program, Completion
A student must complete the college approved program for certification
within the four years following his/her admission to the Teacher Education
program. In the event that the student does not complete his program in
four years, he/she must meet the requirements of the program in effect at
that time.
NTE Requirement
All students completing Teacher Education programs are required to
take both the Common Examinations and the appropriate Teaching Area
Examination of the National Teacher Examinations. Students must sub-
mit the scores from these examinations to the School of Education before
the college can verify that an approved program has been completed.
Additional information about these tests can be secured from the Office of
Counseling and Placement.
Academic Advisement
A student who desires to become an elementary or secondary school
teacher should apply during the first quarter of residence to the School of
Education for academic advisement. He should follow without deviation
the approved program. Upon admission to Teacher Education, students
will be assigned advisors as follows:
1. Early Elementary and Middle School education majors are assigned
an advisor in the Department of Elementary Education who will
assist the student in planning the total program of studies.
2. Students pursuing secondary or all level programs will be assigned an
advisor in the Department of Secondary Education to assist them
concerning the professional sequence courses and certification re-
quirements. In addition, students will have an advisor in the teaching
field major to approve the courses in the teaching field. Assignment
of the teaching field advisor will be made by the head of the academic
department offering the major. Each student must have his second-
ary teaching program approved in advance by both advisors. Special
forms for this purpose are to be filed with each advisor and a copy
given to the student.
Admission to Teacher Education
All students pursuing a program leading toward certification by the
Georgia State Department of Education as teachers must apply for admis-
sion to the Teacher Education program at Armstrong State College. This
application will normally be filed during the third quarter of the sophomore
148
year or, for transfer students, in the first quarter of the junior year.
Application forms may be secured from the office of the I )ean of the School
of Education. The following criteria are used in admitting applicants to
teacher education.
1. Completion of at least (>() quarter hours of college credit with a 2.50
GPA and completion of Education 203 and English 111, 112, and 211
or their equivalents with a "C" or better.
2. Satisfactory completion of the Regents Examination.
3. Competence in oral and written expression.
4. Indication of desirable attitude, character, and teaching potential.
5. Statement of good health signed by a licensed physician.
September Practicum
The purpose of the September Practicum is to provide an opportunity
for future teachers (1) to learn what teachers do at the beginning of a new
school team, (2) to participate in experiences that will assist the prospec-
tive teacher with future decisions concerning teaching as a career, and
(3) to become acquainted with the organization and curriculum of a partic-
ular school.
The September Practicum occurs during the first two weeks of the
public school term (usually in late August and early September) and should
be scheduled during the student's junior or senior year. No credit is given
for the September Practicum, but it is ^requirement in all of the teaching
fields in the Armstrong State College Teacher Education Program.
Application for the September Practicum should be made during the
first week of the Spring Quarter for a September Practicum in the forth-
coming September. The student should contact the Dean of the School of
Education.
Student Teachi)tg
Student teaching, the culminating activity of the professional sequence,
is provided in selected off-campus school centers. The full quarter of
student teaching is arranged cooperatively by the college, the participa-
ting schools, and supervising teachers. Completed applications for admis-
sion to student teaching must be submitted to the Dean of the School of
Education during the first week of the quarter preceding student teaching.
While student teaching, the student is required to adhere to established
policies and procedures of the cooperating school system in addition to
those policies and procedures established by the college and the School of
Education.
A student is admitted to student teaching at the time assignment is
made. While student preferences and other personal circumstances art-
considered, the School of Education reserves the right to exercise its
discretion in placement. The student will receive a letter of assignment.
Orientation to student teaching will be held during tin- first several days of
L49
the quarter in which student teaching is scheduled. The following require-
ments must be met before a student can enroll in student teaching:
1. Be admitted to the Teacher Education Program.
2. Have at least senior status. All teaching field course will normally
have been completed.
3. Have completed the required professional sequence courses with a
grade of "C" or higher. Elementary majors must make a grade of "C"
or higher on all specialized content courses.
4. Have a 2.5 average on all courses attempted, and "C" or better in all
courses acceptable toward the teaching field, concentration, and
related elective.
5. Have satisfactorily completed the related professional laboratory
experiences including the "September Practicum."
6. Have satisfactorily completed the Media Competency Examination.
7. Be recommended by two academic professors and two members of
the appropriate Education department, one of whom must be the
student's advisor.
8. Be approved by the Dean of the School of Education.
9. Students in elementary education must have completed at the least
four of the specialized content courses, including the Teaching of
Reading with grades of "C" or better.
A student will not be permitted to take additional courses during stu-
dent teaching. Student teachers are not permitted to teach in a school in
which their children are enrolled.
Early Elementary, Middle School Education
Program for the Degree
Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in
Early Elementary Education
Quarter Hours
A. General Requirements* 81
1. English 111, 112, 211 15
2. Choice of Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200;
Philosophy 200, 201; or English 222 5
3. Drama/Speech 228 5
4. Sociology 201 or Anthropology 201 5
5. Psychology 101 5
6. History 114, 115 10
7. Political Science 113 and History 251 or 252 10
8. Laboratory Science 10
9. Mathematics 101 and choice of:
Mathematics 103, 195, 220, 290 10
10. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three
activities courses 6
B. Electives . 12
C. Specialized Courses 53
1. Art 320, Mathematic 391, Music 320, Physical Education 320 . . .18
2. Education 339, 340, 425, 426, 434 25
""Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission"
section of this Bulletin.
150
Quarter limns
3. Two of the following: ID
Education 308, 309, 310, 315; English 331
D. Professional Sequence Courses 45
1. Education 203, 205, 301, 307, 430, 446, 447, 44* 40
2. Psychology 301 5
E. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL 19]
Program for the Degree
Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in
Middle School Education
Quarter limns
A. General Requirements* 76
1. English 111, 112, 211 15
2. Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; :,
Music 200; Philosophy 200, 201; or English 222
3. Sociology 201 or Anthropology 201 .">
4. Psychology 101 5
5. History 114, 115 10
6. Political Science 113 and History 251 or 252 10
7. Laboratory Science 10
8. Mathematics 101 and choice of 103, 195, 220, 290 10
9. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three
activity courses 6
B. Elective^ 5-7
C. Content Courses 40
1. Select one 20 quarter hour concentration from: 20
Language Arts or Mathematics or Social Studies or Science
2. Select another 20 quarter hour concentration from: 20
Art or Language Arts or Mathematics or Music or
Physical Education or Science or Social Studies
D. Specialized Courses 23-25
1. Education 425; Mathematics 391 10
2. Select three from the following: 13-15
Art 320; Education 339, 340, 426, 434;
English 331; Music 320; Physical Education 320
E. Professional Sequence 15
1. Education 203, 205, 301, 302, 431, 446, 447, 448 40
2. Psychology 301 5
F. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL 191
Secondary Education
Please see program outlines in the appropriate departmental listings for
certification programs in Biology, Chemistry, English. History. Mathe-
matics, Music, Political Science, Psychology (Behavioral Science).
'Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission"
section of this Bulletin.
1K1
Course Offerings
Education
EDUCATION 203-ORIENTATION TO TEACHING. (5-0-5)
Each quarter.
The study of the status of education and of teaching as a profession. The
student engages in directed self-study and plans for the achievement of his
professional goals.
EDUCATION 205-INTRODUCTION TO
EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN. (5-0-5)
Fall, Winter, Spring.
An orientation to exceptional children with emphasis on educational
implications and rehabilitation requirements. Includes classroom discus-
sion of and visitations to facilities for training.
EDUCATION 301-CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND
THE EDUCATIVE PROCESS. (2-8-5)
Fall and Spring. Prerequisite: Education 203.
A study of the developmental learning characteristics of pupils in rela-
tion to ways in which the school environment may elicit further develop-
ment. Students attend seminars on campus and serve as junior profes-
sionals in selected elementary schools. Enrollment limited to 16 students
per section.
EDUCATION 302-CHILD GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
IN THE MIDDLE SCHOOL YEARS (4-8). (5-0-5)
Winter.
The study of the social, emotional, and developmental characteristics of
the child and how these factors affect his/her performance during the
middle school years.
EDUCATION 307-GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
OF THE YOUNG CHILD. (5-0-5)
Fall. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education or permission of
instructor.
The study of inter-relatedness of the aspects of growth and develop-
ment; physical-motor, social-emotional, and intellectual cognitive for the
young child. A unification of theory and research utilizing directed obser-
vations and a study of various measurements appropriate with young
children will be included.
EDUCATION 308-CHILD AND HIS FAMILY. (5-0-5)
Winter. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education or permission of
instructor.
The study of children including the parent-child, parent-teacher rela-
tionships and cultural factors which affect children and their families.
Techniques for development of parent involvement in the total develop-
mental process.
152
EDUCATION 309-MATERIALS AND METHODS OF
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. (5-0-5)
Spring. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education or permission of
instructor.
The study of auricular needs, materials and techniques appropriate for
use with young children.
EDUCATION 310-PRACTICUM IX NURSERY-
KINDERGARTEN EDUCATION. (2-8-5)
Offered on demand. Prerequisite or corequisite: Education 309.
Provides opportunities for directed experience with children under six.
Students attend seminars and work in selected preschool programs.
EDUCATION 315-NORMAL SPEECH AND
LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT. (5-0-5)
Offered on demand.
The study of normal language development. This course traces develop-
mental scales of speech and language growth across various age levels and
includes the relationship between speech and language. Observations.
EDUCATION 330-SECONDARY SCHOOL CURRICULUM
AND METHODS. GENERAL. (3-6-5)
Winter, Spring, and Summer. Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher
Education, Psychology 301.
The study of secondary school curriculum and methods. Detailed study
is given to techniques of systematic observation, preparation of behavioral
objectives, analysis of critical incidents, production of media materials,
practices of classroom control, and examination of instinct ion models.
Directed practicum.
EDUCATION 339-ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LANGUAGE ARTS
METHODS AND CURRICULUM. (4-3
Fall. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education .
This course is designed to offer the student the opportunity to explore
methods, content, and materials used in teaching the skills of communica-
tion to children.
EDUCATION 340-ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SOCIAL STUDIES
METHODS AND CURRICULUM. (4
Spring. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
This course is designed to prepare preservice teachers to teach children
fundamental social studies skills and process*
EDUCATION 425— THE TEACHING OF READING. (5
Winter, Summer. Prerequisites: Education 203 and Admission to
Teacher Education . or permission of instructor.
This course is designed to study the developmental reading program.
Emphasis will be placed on reading skills, approaches, techniques, mate-
rials and evaluation for classroom use.
153
EDUCATION 426-PRACTICUM IN INDIVIDUAL
READING INSTRUCTION. . (2-8-5)
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Education J>25.
This course is designed to provide prospective teachers with directed
practice in the teaching of reading. Special emphasis will be placed upon
diagnosis and teaching of needed reading skills. Students will be required
to tutor one remedial reader.
EDUCATION 430-CURRICULUM AND METHODS (K-4) (5-0-5)
Winter, Summer. Prerequisites: Education 301 and Psychology 301 , or
permission of the instructor.
The study of existing administrative organizations and instructional
programs, evaluation procedures, and experiences in curriculum design at
the primary level. The study and development of teaching methods, mate-
rials, and equipment. Directed field experiences.
EDUCATION 431-ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
OF THE MIDDLE SCHOOL (4-8). (5-0-5)
Winter, Summer. Prerequisites: Education 301 and Psychology 301, or
permission of the instructor.
The study of existing administrative organizations and instructional
programs, evaluation procedures, and experiences in curriculum design at
the middle school level. The study and development of teaching methods,
materials, and equipment. Directed field experiences.
EDUCATION 434-METHODS AND CURRICULUM OF
ELEMENTARY SCIENCE. (5-0-5)
Spring. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Provides prospective teachers with a better concept of the meaning of
science, processes for translating this concept into classroom practice and
a variety of ways for helping children learn science, with special emphasis
on the kind of inquiry that engages them in the process of discovery.
EDUCATION 439-SECONDARY SCHOOL CURRICULUM
AND METHODS, ENGLISH. (5-0-5)
Offered Fall of even years. Prerequisite: Psychology 301 and admission
to Teacher Education.
The study of secondary school English curriculum with emphasis upon
materials and methods of teaching English. Directed observation.
EDUCATION 440-SECONDARY SCHOOL CURRICULUM
AND METHODS, SOCIAL SCIENCE. (5-0-5)
Fall, Spring. Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Education, Psychol-
ogy 301.
The study of secondary school social science curriculum with emphasis
upon materials and methods of teaching social science. Directed observa-
tion.
EDUCATION 441-SECONDARY SCHOOL CURRICULUM
AND METHODS, MATHEMATICS. (5-0-5)
Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Mathematics 260.
154
The study of secondary school mathematics curriculum with emphasis
upon materials and methods of teaching mathematics. Directed observa-
tions.
EDUCATION 443-METHODS AND CURRICULUM IX
HEALTH, PHYSICAL AND RECREATION EDUCATION. (5-0-5
Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Education,
Psychology 301, Education 330.
The study of secondary school Health, Physical and Recreation Educa-
tion curriculum with emphasis upon materials and methods of teaching
Health, Physical and Recreation Education. Directed observation.
EDUCATION 444-SECONDARV SCHOOL CURRICULUM
AND METHODS, SCIENCE.
Offered Spring of even years. Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher
Education, Psychology 301, and Education 330.
The study of secondary school science curriculum with emphasis upon
materials and methods of teaching science. Directed observations.
EDUCATION 446-447-448. -STUDENT
TEACHING. (15 quarter hours)
Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: See "(hurra I Requirements:
Teacher Ed neat ion Programs."
Students are placed in selected schools for one quarter as full time
student staff members. No additional credit hours may he earned while
student teaching. Classroom experiences and other staff responsibilities
are jointly supervised by the college staff, supervising teachers, and
principals in the selected schools. Open to transient students only with
permission of the Dean of the Faculty at Armstrong and of the college from
which the student comes.
Library Science
LIBRARY SCIENCE 110-INTRODUCTION TO
LIBRARY RESEARCH AND MATERIALS. (1-0-1)
An orientation to the Lane Library, library terminology, general re-
search methods, and major library aids, such as the card catalog, classifica-
tion and subject heading guides, general periodical and newspaper in-
dexes, encyclopedias, dictionaries, almanacs, handbooks and yearbooks.
This is a survey course to acquaint the student with a library's potential to
answer his information needs as a student, civilian, researcher, or bush •
person.
LIBRARY SCIENCE Ul-SPECIAL PERIODICALS
AND BIBLIOGRAPHIES. (1
A self-instructional survey of special periodical and hook Indexes as well
as atlases; ga/etters; biographical tools; reviews and criticisms; and na-
tional, state, local, and selected international and foreign documents.
guides and tools.
155
LIBRARY SCIENCE 310-REFERENCE MATERIALS. (5-0-5)
Study and evaluation of basic reference sources for effective reference
service in elementary and secondary schools. Designed to give the student
a working knowledge of a library as an information and resource center.
LIBRARY SCIENCE 311-PRINCIPLES OF LIBRARY
RESEARCH AND MATERIALS. (1-0-1)
A study of general research methodology and tools. The methodology
aspect will focus on two main areas of concern, (1) the question-transfer
and negotiation process, and (2) the ability to recognize ready reference,
bibliographic and evaluative reference/research questions. The study of
tools will focus on the recognition and application of the proper sources for
solution. A research project approved by the professor is required as
partial requirement for completion of course.
LIBRARY SCIENCE 312-INFORMATION RESOURCES
IN THE HUMANITIES. (1-0-1)
Extensive study of basic and advanced reference materials and search
techniques in the Humanities.
LIBRARY SCIENCE 313-INFORMATION RESOURCES
IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES. (1-0-1)
Extensive study of basic and advanced reference materials and search
techniques in the Social Sciences.
LIBRARY SCIENCE 314-INFORMATION RESOURCES
IN THE SCIENCES. (1-0-1)
Extensive study of basic and advanced reference materials and search
techniques in the Sciences.
LIBRARY SCIENCE 320-CATALOGING AND CLASSIFICATION
OF SCHOOL LIBRARY MATERIALS. (5-0-5)
Introduction to the basic principles of cataloging and classification of
books and audiovisual materials through the use of Dewey and Library of
Congress classification. The card catalog, shelf list, physical procession,
and procedure for ordering and using printed cards will be studied.
LIBRARY SCIENCE 410-MATERIALS SELECTION. (5-0-5)
Offered on demand.
Selection and evaluation of books and non-book materials; emphasis on
those which meet curriculum needs and interest, and which represent
various levels of difficulty; ways of stimulating their use. Attention will be
given to selection aids and reading guidance.
LIBRARY SCIENCE 420-SCHOOL LIBRARY ADMINISTRATION
AND ORGANIZATION. (5-0-5)
Offered on demand.
Basic organization of books, non-book materials, and services for effec-
tive use in school libraries. Administering the budget, purchase of mate-
rials, personnel, circulation, inventory, weeding, and instruction in the use
of library materials will be considered. Examination of the improvement of
instruction by correlating library use with school curricula.
156
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
AND ATHLETICS
Professor Roy J. Sims, Head; Associate Professor Tapp; Assistant
Professors Bed well, Bianehi, Ford, Knurr; Instructor Lariscy; Teaching
Associates Burns and Roberts.
Duringthe freshman year, all students should take Physical Education
117 (Basic Health) and 103 or 108 (Swimming). During the sophomore
year, students may elect any three Physical Education activity coin
with the last two numbers being between 01 to 09. Student- unable to
participate in the regular program should plan an alternate program with
the Head of the Department of Physical Education. For other department
regulations see "Physical Education Program" in section VII of this Bul-
letin.
Physical Education majors are urged to complete their ( 'ore ( lurriculum
requirements before entering their junior years.
Program for the Degree
Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in
Health, Physical Education and Recreation
Quarter Hours
A. General Requirements* 75
1. English 111, 112, 211, and one course selected from: 20
Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200;
Philosophy 200, 201; English 222
2. History 114, 115 10
3. History 251 or 252 5
4. Political Science 113 5
5. One course selected from: 5
Sociology 201, Economics 201, Anthropology 201
6. Laboratory science sequence 1<>
7. Mathematics 101 and Mathematics 220 or 290 L0
8. Psychology 101 and Drama/Speech 228 10
B. Courses in Major Field 71
1. Physical Education 103 or 108; 106; 109; 205; 207
or W.S.I.: and seven courses selected from: 12
Physical Education 100, 101, 102, 104, 105,
107, 108, 200, 201, 202, 204, 206, 208, 209
2. One of the following required: 2
Physical Education 212, 213. 214
3. Physical Education 117. 210, 211. 228, 229, 312,
314, 315, 317. 318, 321. 322. 330. 413. 420, 121 57
C. Approved Electives v
I). Professional Sequence 1"
1. Education 203. 330, 443, 44<;. 447. 448 30
2. Psychology 30] and Special Education 205 1"
E. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL 194
"Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission"
section of this Bulletin.
IR7
Course Offerings
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 100-BEGINNING
WEIGHT TRAINING. (0-2-1)
Fall.
Emphasis on developing physical fitness through a variety of fundamen-
tal weight training exercises. Introduction of mechanical principles and
techniques necessary for the understanding of weight training programs.
Only one of P. E. 100 or P. E. 204 may count as an activity course toward the
six hours of required physical education.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101-CONDITIONING. (0-2-1)
Fall.
Consists of calisthenics, stunts, tumbling lifts and carries, road work,
dual combatives and games.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 102-TEAM SPORTS. (0-2-1)
Winter.
Consists of two of the following sports: basketball, volleyball and soft-
ball.
*PHYSICAL EDUCATION 103-ELEMENTARY SWIMMING.(0-2-l)
Fall, Winter, Spring. (P.E. 202 or the American Red Cross WSI course
may be substituted for P.E. 103 or 108).
Beginning swimming strokes, skills, and knowledge pertaining to safety
in, on, or about water. This course or its equivalent required of all stu-
dents.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 104-BOWLING. (0-2-1)
Fall, Winter, Spring.
Basic skills in bowling.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 105-BADMINTON. (0-2-1)
Fall, Winter, Spring.
Basic skills in badminton.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 106-TUMBLING AND
GYMNASTICS. (0-2-1)
Fall, Summer.
Fundamentals and practice in beginning tumbling and gymnastic appa-
ratus. Required of Physical Education majors.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 107-TRAMPOLINE. (0-2-1)
Winter.
The teaching of the proper care and use of the trampoline. Under strict
supervision, the student learns to perform the following skills: seat drop,
*Either P. E . 103 or P. E . 108 is required for all students. Students may register for the course
for which they feel qualified without taking a swimming test. The instructor of that course
will administer the swimming test, and any student enrolled in the improper course will be
required to change to the proper course. Any student who holds a valid senior life-saving
certificate and/or a valid water safety instructor's certificate and/or passes the Armstrong
swimming test may be exempted from the required swimming courses.
158
knee drop, front drop, back drop, pull over, cradle, turntable, swivel hips,
spotting, and somersaults.
♦PHYSICAL EDUCATION 108-INTERMEDIATE
SWIMMING. (0-2-1)
Fall, Winter, Spring. (V .E . 202 or t .he American RedCross WS1 course
may be substituted for P.E. 103 or 108.)
Four basic strokes, skills endurance and knowledge pertaining to safety
in, on, or about water. Required, if advised by Physical Education Depart-
ment.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 109-TUMBLING
AND GYMNASTICS II. (0-2-1)
Winter. Prerequisite: P.E. 106 or permission of instructor.
Continuation of P.E. 106 with additional practice of tumbling and gym-
nastic apparatus. Required of majors.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 115-OFFICIATING
OF FOOTBALL. (2-2-2)
Fall.
Consists of a study of rules, rules interpretation, and actual experience
in officiating in class games, intramural games, approved community
recreation games, and public school games. Elective credit. Students must
have permission of the department head or course instructor to enroll.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 116-OFFICIATING
OF BASKETBALL. (2-2-2)
Winter.
Consists of a study of rules, rules interpretation, and actual experience
in officiating in class games, intramural games, approved community
recreation games, and public school games. Elective credit, students must
have permission of the department head or course instructor to enroll.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 117-BASIC HEALTH. (2-0-2)
Fall, Winter, Spring.
A basic course in health education with emphasis on personal health.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 200-HANDBALL AND
PADDLEBALL. (0-2-1)
Winter.
Basic instruction in handball and paddleball activities.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 201 -ELEMENTARY TENNIS. (0-2-1 1
Fall, Winter, Spring.
Instruction in class organization and methods of teaching skill in tennis.
•EitherP.E. 103 or P.E. 108 is required for all students. Students may register for the course
for which they feel qualified without taking a swimming test. The instructor of that course
will administer the swimming test, and any student enrolled in the improper course will he
required to change to the proper course. Any student who holds a valid senior life-saving
certificate and/or a valid water safety instructor's certificate and/or passes the Armstrong
swimming test may be exempted from the required swimming cow
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 202-SENIOR LIFE SAVING
COURSE IN SWIMMING. ' (0-2-1)
Spring.
The American Red Cross Senior Life Saving Course. (May be substitu-
ted for Physical Education 103 or 108.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 204-ADVANCED
WEIGHT TRAINING. (0-2-1)
Spring. Prerequisite: P.E. 100 or permission of instructor.
Emphasis on continued development of physical fitness through a va-
riety of advanced weight training exercises. Improvement of maximal
muscular strength and endurance in the main muscle groups of the body
through progressive resistance exercises. Only one of P.E. 100 or P.E. 204
may count as an activity course toward the six hours of required physical
education.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 205-FOLK, SQUARE,
SOCIAL DANCING. (0-2-1)
Winter.
Instruction and practice in all forms of folk, square, and social dancing
with emphasis on teaching techniques. Required of Physical Education
majors.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 206-BEGINNING
MODERN DANCE. (0-2-1)
Winter.
Basic interpretative dancing.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 207-SWIMMING METHODS
AND TECHNIQUES. ■ (0-2-1)
Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: P.E. 108 or equivalent.
Methods and techniques of teaching beginning swimming skills. Re-
quired of majors not completing the Water Safety Instructor's Course
(offered by the American Red Cross.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 208-GOLF. (0-2-1)
Fall, Winter, Spring.
Basic techniques and instruction for the beginning golfer.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 209-INTERMEDIATE
MODERN DANCE. (0-2-1)
Spring. Prerequisite: P.E. 206 or permission of the instructor.
A continuation of Physical Education 206 with emphasis on dynamics,
composition, and choreography.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 210-PREVENTION AND
TREATMENT OF ATHLETIC INJURIES. (2-1-2)
Spring.
Theory and practice of caring for and preventing injuries relating to a
large variety of sports. Students will be required to assist in laboratory
experiences with treating and preventive training through the athletic,
intramural or physical education programs. Required of majors.
160
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 211— SAFETY AND FIRST AID. (3-0-2)
Fall, Whiter, Spring.
The American Red Cross Standard and Advanced course in First Aid.
Required of majors.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 212-COACHING FOOTBALL. (3-0-2)
Fall.
Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play, emphasiz-
ing methods and drills used by leading coaches. One of the coaching com
is required of majors.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 213-COACHING BASKETBALL. (3-0-2)
Winter.
Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play, emphasiz-
ing methods and drills used by leading coaches. ( )ne of the coaching <•< »u r
is required of majors.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 228-STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION
OF THE HUMAN BODY I. (3-4-5)
Fall.
A study of the skeletal and muscle systems of the human body. Credit
may not be applied toward the core natural science requirement. Required
of majors.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 229-STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION
OF THE HUMAN BODY II. (3-4-5)
Winter. Prerequisite: P.E. 228.
A continuation of P.E. 228 with emphasis on certain human organ
systems such as circulatory, respiratory, nervous and digestive. Credit
may not be applied toward the core natural science requirement. Required
of majors.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 312-MEASUREMEXT AND
EVALUATION IN HEALTH, PHYSICAL AND
RECREATION EDUCATION. (5-0-5)
Fall.
Lectures, laboratory and field experience in the development, evalua-
tion and application of tests in health and physical education. Required <>f
majors.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 314-SKILL TECHNIQUE
Fall. Prerequisite: the student must hare completed courses in at !<<ist
three of the sports listed or must hare permission of the instructor to
enroll.
Practice in teaching methods and techniques in individual and dual
sports such as: gymnastics, trampoline, badminton, tennis, golf. Required
of majors.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 315— SKILL TECHNIQUES (0-2
Fall, Winter y Spring. Prerequisite: P.E. ->1\.
Laboratory experiences consisting of assisting and teaching individual
and dual sports such as: gymnastics, trampoline, badminton, tennis, golf.
Open to majors only. Required of majors.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 317-METHODS AND CURRICULUM
OF HEALTH EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY AND
SECONDARY SCHOOLS. (3-0-3)
Spring.
Selection of health content in school curriculum, preparation and presen-
tation of health topics. Teaching method is emphasized and student partici-
pation stressed. Required of majors.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 318-INTRAMURAL AND
RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES. (3-0-3)
Fall, Winter, Spring.
Organization and administration of intramural sports with emphasis on
secondary and elementary school programs. The study of organization of
recreation programs with emphasis on recreation programs in the commu-
nity through city and county sponsored agencies, YMCA, Boys Club, etc.
Required of majors.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 320-HEALTH AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION FOR THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL TEACHER. (3-0-3)
Winter, Summer.
Theory and current practice in the teaching of health and physical
education at the elementary school level. Designed to meet the require-
ment for elementary certification.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 321-MOVEMENT EDUCATION. (3-0-3)
Spring.
Designed to equip the student to teach elementary physical education
via the use of "movement education," i.e. the guided discovery method of
teaching the concepts of Space Awareness, Body Awareness, Quality of
Body Movement and Relationships. Required of majors.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 322-TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING
AND OFFICIATING TEAM SPORTS. (3-0-2)
Spring. Prerequisite: P.E. 102 or permission of the instructor.
Analysis of skills involved with teaching and officiating team sports.
Students will receive practice in teaching skills and officiating in class in'
basketball, volleyball, soccer and Softball. Required of majors.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 330-KINESIOLOGY AND
PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE. (3-4-5)
Spring. Prerequisite: P.E. 228.
Mechanical analysis and the functions of the body in muscular work.
Athletic movements, fatigue, training and fitness are considered. Re-
quired of majors.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 413-SPECIAL TOPICS
IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (5-0-5)
Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: Education UhS.
Research methods in health and physical education. Allows students an
opportunity for in-depth pursuit into areas of their interests. Open to
majors only. Required of majors.
162
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 420-HISTORY, PRINCIPLES AND
PHILOSOPHY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION. (5-0-5)
Winter.
Historical and scientific background of the prat-tiros in health and physi-
cal education. Required of majors.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 421-ORGANIZATION AND
ADMINISTRATION OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
AND ATHLETICS. (5-0-5)
Spri)ig. Prerequisite: Ed neat ion ^S.
Practice and policies in establishing, administering, and evaluating
physical education and athletic programs. Such experiences as curriculum
planning and selection, care and maintenance of equipment are included in
this course. Open to majors only. Required of majors.
XL School of Human
Services
James F. Repella, Dean
The School of Human Services believes that the development of the
student as an individual is a primary objective of a college education. The
central role and function of the School of Human Services is to provide an
appropriate academic, intellectual, and professional milieu to develop the
skills required for a high level of professional competence. This includes
the development of intellectual and physical competencies; personal values
and beliefs; leadership abilities; a sense of integrity, self-worth, and self-
reliance; and a sense of responsibility toward the community and society.
To achieve these objectives, the goals of the School are:
To prepare graduates who possess, at the appropriate level, the compe-
tencies required in their professional endeavors, and whose practice is
compatible with the ethics of democratic humanistic philosophy;
To prepare an educational environment which will motivate the student
to develop a life-long commitment to learning and service; stimulate
creativity, flexibility, and independence of thought and judgement
within acceptable professional and humanistic constraints; and foster
appreciation for scholarship and critical reasoning;
To develop the leadership abilities of students so they may function
effectively as leaders both in their professions and. in their communi-
ties;
To anticipate and to identify problems and needs and to encourage
change and open-mindedness in finding solutions through appropriate
research;
To develop the School as a planning and resource center for professional
growth and community service;
To complement other Schools of the College by providing programs of a
uniquely professional character which enhance the educational oppor-
tunities of Armstrong State College.
The School of Human Services includes the Departments of Associate
Degree Nursing, Baccalaureate Degree Nursing, CriminalJustice, Dental
Hygiene, and the degree programs in Medical Record Technology, Re-
spiratory Therapy, and Social Work. The School cooperates with the
Department of Biology in the offering of a degree program in Medical
Technology. The following degree programs are offered within the School:
Associate in Science in Criminal Justice (with a concentration in Correc-
tions or in Law Enforcement)
Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene
Associate in Science in Medical Record Technology
Associate in Science in Nursing
Associate in Science in Respiratory Therapy
Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice
164
Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education
Bachelor of Science in Nursing
Bachelor of Arts in Social Work
The School also cooperates with the Department of Biology in the offering
of a Bachelor of Science degree program in Medical Technology.
The student may combine with a major field of study one of the following
minor concentrations offered within the School of Human Services: Crimi-
nal Justice and Social Work.
DEPARTMENT OF ASSOCIATE DEGREE
NURSING
Assistant Professor Marilyn M. Buck, Acting Head; Assistant Profes-
sors Keller, Massey, Miller, Silcox, D. Smith, P. Smith; Instructors Calla-
way, Frasier; Part-Time Instructors Dutko, Kluttz, Mathews, Stodghill;
Degree Program Assistant Pingel.
Admission Requirements
For admission requirements for the Associate in Science degree pro-
gram in Nursing, refer to the section on "Admissions" in this Bulletin .
Associate in Science in Nursing
The Associate in Science degree program in Nursing provides the stu-
dent with the opportunity to obtain a general education and to study
nursing at the college level. The program is approved by The Georgia
Board of Nursing and is fully accredited by The National League for
Nursing (NLN). Graduates are eligible to take the State Board Examina-
tion for lincensure to practice as Registered Nurses.
Student Nurses participate in nursing laboratory experiences at local
hospitals and other community agencies and are responsible for providing
their own transportation.
For progression through the Nursing Program, the following must be
maintained:
1. Natural science courses (Chemistry 201, Zoology 208, 209, Biology
210)
a. A passing grade in each course ("D" or better) that is a prerequi-
site for the subsequent Nursing course.
b. A "C" or better in at least two of these courses.
c. A student may repeat only one of these cours
2. Nursing courses
a. A "C" or better in each Nursing course that is a prerequisite for
the subsequent Nursing course.
b. A student may repeat a given Nursing course only one time.
c. A student may repeat only one Nursing course.
3. The maintenance of an overall grade-point average of 2.0 is desirable
throughout the Nursing Program. When a student first falls below
the adjusted GPA* required for the respective accumulation of quar-
ter hours**, the student will be placed on academic warning. If the
student's GPA is not raised to the required adjusted GPA* the next
quarter, the student will be dismissed from the program.
Accumulated
Required Adjusted
Quarter Hours**
GPA*
0-15
1.5
16-30
1.75
31-45
2.0
46 and over
2.0
TO MEET CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS WITH THE
COOPERATING CLINICAL AGENCIES, THE DEPARTMENT RE-
QUIRES STUDENTS TO SUBMIT A COMPLETED HEALTH HIS-
TORY FORM AND EVIDENCE OF NURSING LIABILITY INSUR-
ANCE PRIOR TO PARTICIPATION IN CLINICAL PRACTICUMS.
Program for the Degree
Associate in Science in Nursing*
Quarter Hours
A. General Requirements 53
1. English 111, 112 10
2. Zoology 208, 209 10
3. Biology 210 and Chemistry 201 10
4. Psychology 101 5
5. Political Science 113 5
6. History 251 or 252 5
7. Elective 5
8. Physical Education 117 and one activity course
or three activities courses 3
B. Courses in Major Field 51
Nursing 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 201, 202, 206
C. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL 104
Course Offerings
**NURSING 100 AND 100-L-FUNDAMENTALS
OF NURSING. (2-6-5)
Prerequisite: Admission to the Nursing program. Eligibility for Eng.
Ill and Math 101. Pre- or Corequisite Nursing 104. and Zoology 208. Fall.
This course is designed to provide the student with learning opportuni-
ties for the understanding of basic needs of man. Emphasis is placed on
understanding of self and the client. Assessment of needs, implementation
of fundamental skills, and evaluation of action are inherent throughout the
course.
""Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission"
section of this Bulletin.
**May be exempted by examination with credit awarded. Students must be admitted to the
program before examinations are allowed.
166
**NURSING 101 AND 101-L-FUNDAMENTALS
OF NURSING. (2-6-5)
Prerequisites: Nursing 104, Nursing 100, Zoology 208. I } r<- or cor-
equisite: Chemistry 201 or Zoology 209. Winter, Spring.
A continuation of Nursing 100. Needs of clients resulting from common
stressors are emphasized. Skills of technical and interpersonal interven-
tion are applied to assist the client to increase his adaptive potential.
NURSING 102-MATERNAL-INFANT HEALTH. (2-6-5)
Prerequisites: Nursing 100, Nursing 104, Zoology 208. Pre- or cor-
equisite: Nursing 101, Chemistry 201 or Zoology 209. Winter, Spring.
This course uses an individualized approach to assist the student to
utilize the nursing process in helping the expectant family to maintain or
improve their adaptation to the stress of a new member. Laboratory
experiences are designed to give the student opportunity to develop and
practice nursing skills related to maternal and infant health.
NURSING 103-PSYCHIATRIC-MENTAL
HEALTH NURSING. (2-6-5)
Prerequisites: Nursing 104, Nursing 100, Zoology 208. Pre- or co-
requisite: Psychology 101, Chemistry 201, or Zoology 209. Winter,
Spring.
This course focuses on the development of self-awareness and on the
therapeutic use of self in assisting man to maintain or regain mental health.
The client with problems of adaptation is considered not only as an individ-
ual but also as a member of a family within a community.
**NURSING 104-INTRODUCTION TO NURSING. (3-0-3)
Prerequisite: Permission of the Department. Eligibility for English ill
and Math 101. Fall.
This course introduces the student to nursing as a profession, including
history, legal aspects, professional organizations and current trends in
education and practice. The course also includes foundational concepts
concerning man and health within the stress-adaptation continuum. An
integral part of the course is the student's development of an approach to
learning in a guided independent manner.
NURSING 201 AND 201-L-NURSING OF ADULTS
AND CHILDREN I. («
Prerequisites: Nursing 100, 101, 102, 102, 104 and Zoology 208, Zoology
209 and Chemistry 201.
Nursing 201 builds upon the concepts of interaction, oxygenation, in-
flammation and immunity and perception and coordination. Background
knowledge relating to these concepts is utilized and incorporated in the
nursing care of the ill adult and child. Learning experience.- are directed
toward the care of clients with uncomplicated, commonly occurring stres-
sors which exemplify these concepts. The learner uses the nursing pro©
in providing nursing care to ill clients.
NURSING 202 AND 202-L-NURSING OF ADULTS
AND CHILDREN II. - (4-8-8)
Prerequisite: Nursing 201. Pre- or corequisite: Biology 210. Winter.
Nursing 202 is the second of three quarters study of the client experienc-
ing a moderate degree of stress. The concepts of cell growth and metabo-
lism are added to the foundation built in Nursing 201 and the student learns
to utilize the nursing process for ill adults and children undergoing stress in
increasingly complex situations.
NURSING 206 AND 206-L-ADVANCED NURSING. (8-16-12)
Prerequisite: Nursing 202. Spring.
Nursing 206 is the third of three quarters study of the physically ill
client. Emphasis is placed on utilization of the nursing process for adults
and children having a multiplicity of needs. Under supervision, the student
develops beginning skills in the direction and guidance of other health
workers in selected aspects of client care. Assigned and self-directed
learning experiences serve as the major vehicle by which the student can
bridge the gap between the role of student and that of practitioner.
DEPARTMENT OF BACCALAUREATE
NURSING
Associate Professor Martha A. Coleman, Acting Head; Associate Pro-
fessor Hall; Assistant Professor Bell, Levett, Sullivan, Williamson; De-
gree Program Assistant Pingel.
Admission Requirements
For admission requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree program
in Nursing, refer to the section on "Admissions" in this Bulletin.
All students are required to provide their own transportation to clinical
laboratory experiences which are conducted in a variety of local commu-
nity agencies.
TO MEET CONTRACTURAL OBLIGATIONS WITH THE
COOPERATING CLINICAL AGENCIES, THE DEPARTMENT RE-
QUIRES STUDENTS TO SUBMIT A COMPLETE HEALTH HIS-
TORY FORM AND EVIDENCE OF NURSING LIABILITY INSUR-
ANCE PRIOR TO PARTICIPATION IN CLINICAL PRACTICUMS.
Progression Requirements
For progression through the generic Bachelor of Science Nursing pro-
gram, the following must be maintained:
1. A "C" or better must be earned in each pre-professional course. No
more than one repeat grade will be acceptable.
2. A "C" or better in each nursing course. No more than one nursing
course may be repeated and a "C" or better must be earned at that
time to remain in the program.
168
3. A nursing course in which the student makes a "D" or "F" must be
repeated at its next offering. The course may be taken concurrently
with a non-sequential course.
4. An overall grade-point-average (GPA) of 2.0 Is required to remain in
the nursing program.
Attendance Regulation
A student must matriculate each quarter, excluding Summer Quarter,
to remain in the program, [f, because of illness or other extenuating
circumstances, the student needs to be away from school for a quarter, the
student must seek formal approval from the Department Head for such an
absence. If such approval is not sought and granted, the student will be
dropped from active status and must reapply for admission to the Nursing
Major before continuing in the program.
Courses at Another Institution
The Department Head's approval is required if credit for courses taken
at another institution is to be accepted for the Nursing degree. The taking
of courses at another institution concurrently with the taking of courses at
Armstrong must be approved by the Vice President of the College if credit
for the courses taken at another institution is to be accepted for the
Nursing degree.
Program for the Degree
Bachelor of Science in Nursing
QuarU r Hours
A. General Requirements (Pre-Nursing)* 19
1. English 111, 112 Hi
2. History 114, 115; Political Science 118 L5
3. Psychology 101 5
4. Physical Education 103 or 108; 117; and
one activity course 1
5. Mathematics 101 5
6. Chemistry 121,122 1"
B. Pre-Professional 17
1. Zoology 208, 209 1"
2. Biology 210 5
3. BSN 202 2
4. Chemistry 121,122 (sec above)
(Some of the above courses may ho exempted by examination
with credit awarded. Students must he admitted to tin-
Nursing Major before examinations are administered. Permis-
sion to take the examinations must be granted, as appropri-
ate, by either the Head of the Department of Biology or the
Head of the Department of Chemistry and Physio.)
C. Nursing Major 12"
General Education
1. English 211 and Humanities Elective 10
2. Mathematics 195, 220, or 290 5
•Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission*'
section of this Bulletin.
Quarter Hours
3. Upper Level Elective 5
4. Physical Education Electives 2
5. History 251 or 252 5
6. Sociology 221 5
Professional Nursing 93
1. BSN 200 or BSN 300 (R.N. only) 5
2. BSN 201, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305 31
(These courses may be exempted by successful performance on
challenge examination with credit awarded after admission to the
Nursing Major.)
3. BSN 306, 400, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405,
406, 407; Nursing/Social Work 330 47
4. Nursing Electives 10
D. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL 191
Course Offerings
NURSING: BSN 200-INTRODUCTION TO
PROFESSIONAL NURSING. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Permission of the Department of Nursing. Winter.
This course is designed for beginning students of nursing. Major empha-
sis is placed on an introduction to systems theory as it relates to the
nursing process as a problem solving approach. The focus of the course is
on the development of self-awareness, value clarification, and beginning
skills in communication and interviewing. Historical perspectives in nurs-
ing as they relate to current issues and trends are discussed.
NURSING: BSN 201-BEGINNING COMPETENCIES IN
PROFESSIONAL NURSING. (3-9-6)
Prerequisite: Completion of BSN 200. Pre- or Corequisite: Biology 210.
Spring.
This course is an introduction to nursing theory and beginning compe-
tencies in professional nursing. Major emphasis is placed on utilizing
scientific principles and nursing theory in the performance of basic nursing
skills. Students practice in a laboratory and/or clinical setting.
NURSING: BSN 202-INTRODUCTION
TO PHARMACOLOGY. (2-0-2)
Prerequisite: Permission of the Department of Nursing. Winter.
This course is designed to introduce students to broad classifications of
drugs and common routes of administration. Drug actions and interactions
with other drugs are also discussed.
NURSING: BSN 300-CURRENT ISSUES IN
PROFESSIONAL NURSING. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Permission of the Department of Nursing.
This course is designed for the Registered Nurse student. The course
focuses on self-awareness, value clarification and enhancement of the
student's communication and interviewing skills. Emphasis is placed upon
the concepts of: systems theory as it relates to the nursing progress;
adaptation as a response to stress; primary care as a method of providing
nursing care; the health/illness continuum.
170
NURSING: BSN 301-MEI)ICAL-SrR(;iCAL NURSING I. (2-9-5)
Prerequisite: BSN 200 and BSN 201.
This course introduces the student to beginning competencies in medical
and surgical nursing care of the adult patient. Nursing planning and
intervention focus on the stress-adaptive pro< if man as his state of
health and/or illness fluctuate. Clinical learning experiences are provided
in secondary health care settings.
NURSING: BSN 302-MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING II. (2-9-5)
Prerequisite: BSN .101.
This course is built upon knowledge and skills acquired in Medical-
Surgical Nursing I. Emphasis is placed on the role of the nurse as a
member of the multi-disciplinary health care team. The student applies the
nursing process in providing care foradult patients with multiple medical-
surgical problems. Clinical learning experiences are provided in a variety
of settings.
NURSING: BSN 303-NURSING THE
CHILDBEARING FAMILY. (3-4
Prerequisite: BSN 200 and BSN 201. Pre- or Corequisite:
Nursing /Social Work 320.
This course is designed to provide learning experiences lor students in
the care of women and their families during the maternity cycle. The
primary focus of the course is the promotion of adaptation to the stress of
pregnancy and delivery of an infant. Emphasis is placed on utilizing the
nursing process to enhance the growth and development of the family.
Clinical learning experiences are provided in a variety of settings.
NURSING: BSN 304-NURSING OF CHILDREN. (3-6-5)
Prerequisite: BSN 2(H) and BSN 201. Pre- or Corequisite:
Nursing/Social Work 230.
This course is designed to utilize the nursing process in providing health
care to children and their families. Emphasis is placed upon applying
knowledge of children's developmental levels and needs as a basis for
giving nursing care. A major focus is on stressors and adaptative behaviors
unique to children. Clinical experiences are provided in a variety <»f set-
tings.
NURSING: BSN 305-PSYCHIATRIC-MENTAL
HEALTH NURSING.
Prerequisite: BSN 200 and 201.
This course is designed to assist the student to assess mental status,
stress levels, adaptive patterns and coping behaviors of clients with psy-
chiatric problems. The nursing process is utilized to promote the client's
ability to maintain and/or regain a higher level of mental and emotional
functioning. Emphasis is placed on interpersonal relations. <i>\(-
awareness. and therapeutic communication skills. Learning experier
are provided in a variety of settings.
NURSING: BSN 306-NURSING RESEARCH. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: BSN 200 and 201 or BSN 300. BSN 300 may also be taken
as a Corequisite.
The focus of this course is to expand the student's knowledge of the
scientific method of inquiry. Emphasis is placed on exploring the research
process and, how it relates to nursing theory and practice.
NURSING 305-REHABILITATIVE PROCESSES AND
HUMAN SEXUALITY. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Permission of the Department of Nursing. Winter and
Summer.
This course is designed to examine current attitudes toward human
sexuality, possible stress factors and individual adaptation and/or malad-
aptation. Emphasis is placed on those rehabilitative processes in health
care settings which facilitate positive adaptation of clients to sexual prob-
lems.
NURSING/SOCIAL WORK 330-HUMAN GROWTH AND
SOCIAL ENVIRONMENTS. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Sociology 201 or permission of the Department of Nurs-
ing. Fall and Spring.
This course is designed to examine the reciprocal relationship between
man's physical, psychological, emotional, and social development. Empha-
sis is placed on facilitating man's adaptation to internal and external stress
throughout the life cycle.
NURSING/SOCIAL WORK 410-HUMAN SERVICES
TO THE ELDERLY. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Social Work 303 or permission of the Department of Nurs-
ing. Winter and Summer.
This course is designed for students going into public or private agencies
serving the elderly. Emphasis is placed on the social, economic, and health
needs of the elderly with attention to delivery systems that work. New
knowledge, research, and actual projects are studied when practicable.
NURSING: BSN 400-INTRODUCTION TO
NURSING MANAGEMENT. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: All Junior Level BSN Courses.
This course is an introduction to the concepts and principles of manage-
ment as they apply to nursing practice. The major forces in society which
impact upon the management of health care are discussed. Students ex-
amine the development of leadership roles within the framework of an
interdisciplinary practice.
NURSING: BSN 401-NURSING MANAGEMENT. (3-8-5)
Prerequisite: BSN 4.00.
This course is designed to provide students with the opportunity to
implement previously learned management concepts. Emphasis is placed
upon developing beginning skills in using systems theory for problem
solving. Students investigate and implement principles of sound nursing
172
leadership in increasingly complex situations. Clinical experiences are
provided in a variety of settings.
NURSING: BSN 402 -COMMUNITY HEALTH I. (3 -
Prerequisite: All .Junior Level BSN Course8.
This course is designed to assist the student in identifying the concepts
of community health nursing, the principles of epidemiology, and the role
of the nurse in the delivery of family health care. Emphasis is placed on
primary care as a method of providing nursing care. Students utilize the
nursing process to maintain and promote wellness and/or prevent illness of
individuals, families and groups. Through systematic assessment of the
functional abilities of clients, the student assists clients in the promotion of
healthy coping behaviors. Learning experiences are provided in a variety
of community settings. Students must provide own transportation.
NURSING: BSN 403-COMMUNITY HEALTH II. (3
Prerequisite: BSN \02.
This course is a continuation and expansion of the concepts and princi-
ples introduced in Community Health I. Emphasis of clinical experience- is
on continuity of care of selected families while the scope of practice en-
larges to include health notnh of groups and communities. Learning expe-
riences are provided in a variety of community settings. Students must
provide own transportation.
NURSING: BSN 404-HEALTH ASSESSMENT. (3 :
Prerequisite: Completion of Junior Level BSN Nursing Course
This course is designed to increase the depth and breadth of the
student's competencies in assessing client's health status and levels of
adaptation. Emphasis is on the promotion and maintenance of health and
the prevention of illness. A major aim is the recognition of deviations from
normal. Students increase their skills in making appropriate referrals to
other health care providers. Learning experiences are provided in a va-
riety of settings.
NURSING: BSN 405-ADVANCED NURSING THEORY I. (3 S
Prerequisite: All .Junior Level Courses.
This course assists the student to synthesize knowledge acquired from
biological, social and behavioral sciences. The focus of the course is imple-
mentation of the nursing process in the care of adults and children in acute
care settings. Clinical learning experiences enable students to refine pre-
viously learned skills and develop new skills required in the delivery of
nursing care to patients with complex needs and/or problems.
NURSING: BSN 406— ADVANCED NURSING THEORY II.
Prerequisite: All .Junior Li vel Courses.
This course assists the student to synthesize know ledge acquired from
biological, social, and behavioral sciences. The focus is on providing com-
prehensive health care to high risk childbearing families and families
experiencing a high degree of emotional stress. Clinical learning experi-
ences assist the student to apply the nursing process in the promotion of
17:;
optimal levels of wellness and healthy adaptive patterns in selected mater-
nal-newborn and mental health settings.
NURSING: BSN 407-SENIOR SEMINAR. (2-0-2)
Prerequisite: All Junior Level Courses.
This course examines forces and factors which influence change in the
health care delivery system. Current issues,, trends and implications for
the future of nursing are explored. Role transition from student to gradu-
ate is discussed.
Program for the Degree
Bachelor of Science in Nursing (Registered Nurses)
This degree program will not be offered after the 1979-80 academic year.
Students currently enrolled in the program must complete its require-
ments by the end of Spring Quarter, 1981. Program requirements, built
upon the Associate in Science in Nursing degree, are listed in the 1978-79
edition of the Armstrong State College Bulletin.
DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE
Professor William L. Megathlin, Head; Associate Professor Magnus;
Assistant Professors Menzel and Persons.
Armstrong State College provides professional education to prepare
students for careers in many areas in the administration of criminal justice.
A strong liberal arts emphasis has been developed within the criminal
justice program, enabling the student to prepare for new and demanding
requirements in his profession. Specific courses in criminal justice are open
to all students as electives. Students who plan to follow careers in the
behavioral sciences, law, journalism, or education may find courses in the
criminal justice area both interesting and useful. Non-majors should con-
sult with their faculty advisors before electing these courses.
Two programs of study are available to the student who wishes to study
in the criminal justice area — a two year program leading to the degree of
Associate in Science in Criminal Justice with a concentration in corrections
or in law enforcement and a four-year program leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Science in CriminalJustice. Each student should work closely
with assigned departmental advisor in planning a program for either of the
two degrees.
Departmental Objectives
As part of the total academic community, the Department of Criminal
Justice shares the general philosophy and objectives which appear else-
where in this catalog. In addition, some specific teaching, research, service
and faculty development objectives impact upon the provision of effective
professionals for the criminal justice system.
Teaching. The primary function of this department is to impart relevant
knowledge for the student's consideration and understanding. In addition,
174
the faculty must assist the student in the utilization of his/her resources to
acquire and apply knowledge beyond the confines of a particular course.
The objectives of our teaching are: to prepare students for further educa-
tion and for careers in the criminal justice system, and to maximize the
potential of students to be positive influences in criminal justice and
society.
Research. Although of relatively minor importance at an institution such
as Armstrong, research has the potential to make a significant impact on
improvement of local agencies in the criminal justice system. Our objective
is to foster faculty and student research which may add to the field of
knowledge and which may assist criminal just ice agencies in t heir efforts to
become more effective.
Service. For a professional, career-oriented program such as ours, con-
tacts with the community and the many criminal justice agencies are
essential. The objectives of these contacts are: to improve the teaching-
component of the program; to foster coordination and cooperation among
the agencies and with the public; and to foster improvements in the
criminal justice system.
Faculty development. To the extent that our faculty is competent, other
objectives and goals are possible. Our objective in faculty development is
to seek and utilize all possible opportunities to develop each faculty mem-
ber to the fullest extent of his/her capabilities. An effective department is
a direct outgrowth of effective faculty members.
Program for the Degree
Associate in Science in Criminal Justice
with a Concentration in Law Enforcement
Quartt r Hours
A. General Requirements* 53
1. English 111, L12 10
2. Art 200, 271. 272, 27:;. Music- 200. or Philosophy 200, 201 5
3. Mathematics 101 5
4. Laboratory Science Sequence 10
,5. History 251 or 252 and Political Science 113 L0
6. Psychology 101 and Sociology 201 LO
7. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 211 3
B. Area of Concentration W
Criminal Justice 100, 103, 104,
201, 210. 301 and two CJ electives
('. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL
Program for the Degree
Associate in Science in Criminal Justice
with a Concentration in Corrections
Qua rtt r flours
A. General Requirements* ,;;
1. English 111. 112 10
2. Art 200. 271, 272. 27:5. Music 200, or Philosophy 200, 201 •"»
3. Mathematics 101 •">
•Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admisa
section of this Bulletin.
17o
Quarter Hours
4. Laboratory Science Sequence > 10
5. History 251 or 252 and Political Science 113 10
6. Psychology 101 and Sociology 201 10
7. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 211 3
B. Area of Concentration 40
Criminal Justice 100, 102, 103, 201,
210, 301, and two CJ electives
C. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL 93
At least 45 hours of each of these two programs must be completed at Armstrong.
Program for the Degree
Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice
Students who intend to major in Criminal Justice should complete Criminal
Justice 100 before the end of the freshman year and should complete all general
education requirements as soon as possible.
Quarter Hours
A. General Requirements* 66
1. English 111, 112, 211 15
2. Art 200, 271, 272, 273, Music 200,
Philosophy 201, or English 222 5
3. Mathematics 101 and 103, 195, 220 or 290 10
4. Laboratory Science Sequence 10
5. Political Science 113 and History 114 and 115 15
6. Psychology 101 and Sociology 201, Economics 201,
or Anthropology 201 5
7. Physical Education 6
Physical Education 103 or 108 and 211 and three
Physical Education activities courses
B. Courses Appropriate to Area of Concentration* .30
1. Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 . . . '. 5
2. History 251 or 252 5
3. Criminal Justice 100, 103, 201, 210 20
C. Area of Concentration 30
Criminal Justice 301, 303, 305, 390, 403, 490
D. Electives from Related Areas 65
Sixty-five hours chosen from a list of selected electives.
No more than fifteen hours may be taken from any one
department except Criminal Justice. Seven of these
courses should be 300-400 level courses.
E. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL 191
Minor Concentrations
The department offers a minor inCriminal Justice, requiring 25 hours
with grades of "C" or better in each course. The minor includes: C.J. 100;
C.J. 210 or C.J. 301; C.J. 303; C.J. 305; and C.J. 403.
*Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission'
section of this Bulletin.
176
Course Offerings
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 100-INTRODUCTION
TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE. (5-0-5)
Offered each quarter.
This survey course examines the emergence of formal institutions es-
tablished within the American experience to deal with criminal behavior.
The philosophical and cultural origins of the criminal justice system and
current trends in criminal justice are emphasized.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 102-INTRODUCTION TO
CORRECTIONS. (5-0-5)
Fall.
This course provides an overview of the American correctional system.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 103-DEVELOPING
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS SKILLS. (5-0-5)
Fall, Winter, Spring.
The emphasis of this course will be placed upon the development of
interpersonal communication skills, i.e., skills that can be effectively uti-
lized on the job to improve interaction among employees and between
employees and the public.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 104-BASIC LAW
ENFORCEMENT. (5-0-5)
Fall.
This course will include a study of the police system in the United States,
an overview of the basic purposes and objectives of the average police
department, and an introduction to police ethics and professionalization.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 201-CRIMINAL PROCEDURE. (5-0-5)
Winter.
A survey of the distinctive features of, and the basis for, American
Criminal Law buttressed by an analysis of leading court decisions relative
to procedural rights emanating from the Bill of Rights.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 202-LAW OF EVIDENCE. (5-0-5)
Offered on demand.
An intensive analysis of the rules of evidence in criminal cases. Particu-
lar subjects will include burden of proof, hearsay, evidence, and the
principles of exclusion and selection.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 203-CRIMINAL LAW. (5-«
Winter.
History and development of criminal law with definitions and general
penalties. Special emphasis will be placed upon the Georgia Penal Code.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 204-CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION.
Offered on dew and.
Introduction to investigative methodology. Special techniques em-
ployed in criminal investigation, such as crime scene searches, the use of
informants, and the techniques of surveillance will be emphasized, as well
as the presentation of police cases in court.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 210-CRIMINOLOGY. (5-0-5)
Fall.
The nature and extent of crime in the United States; assessment and
evaluation of various factors and influences that lead to criminal behavior;
various measures proposed for the control of criminal behavior.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 250-DIRECTED READINGS
IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE. (5-0-5)
Offered on demand.
A course designed to permit each student to pursue an approved topic
through independent study and research under the guidance and direction
of the instructor.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 301-JUVENILE DELINQUENCY. (5-0-5)
Fall. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 100 or consent of instructor.
A survey of theories of juvenile delinquency, the sociological, biological,
and psychological factors involved in juvenile delinquency and the modern
trends in prevention and treatment.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 302-CRIMINALISTICS. (5-0-5)
Summer. Prerequisite: A natural science laboratory sequence or con-
sent of instructor.
An introduction to the problems and techniques of scientific criminal
investigation. Emphasis will be placed on familiarizing the student with
the role of science and technology in modern law enforcement.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 303-PENOLOGY. (5-0-5)
Winter. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 100, 102 or consent of instruc-
tor.
This course deals with the analysis and evaluation of both historical and
contemporary correctional systems. This course will also deal with the
development, organization, operation and results of the different systems
of corrections found in America.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 304-PROBATION AND PAROLE. (5-0-5)
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 303, or consent of
instructor.
This course will deal with the development, organization, operation and
results of systems of probation and parole as substitutes for incarceration.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 305-LAW ENFORCEMENT
SYSTEMS. (5-0-5)
Spring. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 100, 101+ or consent of instruc-
tor.
An introduction to the philosophical, cultural and historical background
of the police idea. This course is conceptually oriented and will deal with
concepts such as the role of the police in contemporary society, the quasi-
military organization of the police, and community relations.
178
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 307-COMMUNITY
BASED TREATMENT. (5-0-5)
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice SOS or consent of
instructor.
This course will investigate the different community base treatment
programs. An emphasis will be placed on investigating the function of
halfway houses and the use of volunteers in corrections.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 390-RESEARCH METHODS
IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE. (5-0-5)
Winter. Prerequisites: English 111 and tl2, Criminal .Justice 210 or
301, Criminal Justice 303 and 305.
This course deals with the methods and techniques of research in the
behavioral sciences. Emphasis will be placed on learning how to evaluate
research.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 401-CRIMINAL JUSTICE
PLANNING. (5-0-5)
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 390 or consent of
instructor.
Origins and evolution of modern day planning. Planning as a process of
criminal justice decision-making.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 402-CIVIL LIBERTIES. (5-0-5)
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 201 or Political
Science 317.
Problems will be drawn from the substantive and procedural aspects of
constitutional law and explored in the context of the current friction
between the values of order and individual liberty.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 403-JUDICIAL PROCESS. (5-0-5)
Spring. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 201 t Political Science S17 $ or
consent of iusructor.
Courts as political subsystems in comparative perspective. Judicial deci-
sion-making and the development of public policy through the judicial
process.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 406-LAW AND SOCIETY. (5 I
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 40S orthecown
instructor.
The study of the theory and philosophy of law and the relationship
between law and society. Current controversies such as civil disobedience
and law and personal morality will receive special attention.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 408— HUMAN RELATIONS. (5-0
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
This course will deal in th area of human relations as a means of control-
ling and changing people. Emphasis will be placed on effective listening
and effective communication.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 440-SEMINAR IN
CRIMINAL JUSTICE. (5-0-5)
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Open to seniors only or by consent of
the instructor.
An intensive study of selected topics relative to the concept of criminal
justice. Subject matter will vary annually.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 450-FIELD EXPERIENCE I. (5-0-5)
Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Open to junior and senior criminal
justice majors only and by invitation of the instructor.
The purpose of this course is to broaden the educational experience of
students through appropriate observation and work assignments with
criminal justice agencies. The course will be organized around specific
problem orientations with operational research connotations. Students
will be expected to spend a minimum of five hours per week with the
participating agency. Open to transient students only with permission of
the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong State College and of the college from
which the student comes.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 451-FIELD EXPERIENCE II. (5-0-5)
Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Open to junior and senior criminal
justice majors only and by invitation of the instructor.
This is a sequential course to Criminal Justice 450 which will permit the
student to further broaden his perspectives. Open to transient students
only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong State College
and of the college from which the student comes.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 452-453-454-INTERNSHIP.
(5 hours credit for each course)
Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Open only to upper level criminal
justice majors.
This course is designed to provide the student with an opportunity to
apply academic training in the practical criminal justice setting. Settings
will include law enforcement agencies (local, state or federal), community
treatment facilities, and the courts. This course will be jointly supervised
by college staff and law enforcement, correctional and court officials. Open
to transient students only with permission of the Dean of the Faculty at
Armstrong State College and of the college from which the student comes.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 490-DIRECTED RESEARCH
IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE. (5-0-5)
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 390.
A course designed to provide qualified students the opportunity to
perform suitable and meaningful research into some area of criminal jus-
tice under the direction of the instructor. Open to transient students only
with permission of the Dean of the Faculty at Armstrong State College and
of the college from which the student comes.
18A
DEPARTMENT OF DENTAL HYGIENE
Assistant Professor James M. Bell, Head; Assistant Professors Adams,
Simon, and Tanenbaum; Teaching Associates Fleming, Giorgio, and Rus-
sell.
Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene
For the two-year (seven quarters) program leading to the Associate in
Science degree in Dental Hygiene, the student must complete a curriculum
of 55 quarter hours in academic courses and 58 quarter hours in profes-
sional dental hygiene courses. The purpose of this program is to provide
trained personnel in a rapidly growing and important health profession.
Dental hygienists provide dental health services in private dental offV
civil service positions, industry, and in various public health fields. They
practice under the supervision of a dentist and must pass a state board
examination for licensure. The curriculum is fully approved by the Com-
mission on Accreditation of Dental and Dental Auxiliary Educational
Programs of The American Dental Association.
A passing grade in all related natural science courses is a prerequisite to
the 200 level Dental Hygiene courses; therefore, Chemistry 201, Zoology
208-209, and Biology 210 must be satisfactorily completed before the
student will be admitted into second-year status in the Dental Hygiene
Program.
The student must earn a "C" or better in each Dental Hygiene course
before he or she will be allowed to register for subsequent dental hygiene
courses; therefore, a grade of "C" or better in the previous course(s) is a
prerequisite for each dental hygiene course for which the student registers
after the first quarter of the freshman year. An overall GPA of 2.0 is
required for graduation from the program.
Program for the Degree
Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene
Qua tier Hours
A. General Requirements* 35
1. English 111, 112 1<»
2. Psychology 101 5
3. Sociology 201 5
4. Physical Education 211 2
5. Physical Education activity course 1
6. Drama/Speech 217 2
7. History 251 or 252 5
8. Political Science 113 5
B. Courses in Major Field 58
Dental Hvgiene 111. 112. 113, 114. 115, 116, 117.
118, 119, 120, 210. 211. 212, 213, 214. 215. 216,
217, 219, 220. 221
•Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission"
section of this Bulletin.
Quarter Hours
C. Courses in Related Fields 20
1. Chemistry 201 5
2. Zoology 208, 209 10
3. Biology 210 5
D. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL 113
Course Offerings
DENTAL HYGIENE 111-CLINICAL
DENTAL HYGIENE I. (2-3-3)
Fall.
This course is designed to introduce the student to the dental hygiene
profession. The subject matter includes fundamental knowledge of clinical
procedures and techniques of removing stains and deposits from the teeth.
Clinical procedures are introduced first on manikins and then applied in the
mouth.
DENTAL HYGIENE 112-113-CLINICAL DENTAL
HYGIENE II AND III. (1-6-3) (1-6-3)
Winter and Spring respectively. Prerequisite: Dental Hygiene 111.
Students continue with oral prophylactic techniques on patients in the
clinic under supervision. The subject matter includes advanced procedures
which the hygienist will use in the performance of duties. The student must
apply acquired knowledge in all clinical situations.
DENTAL HYGIENE 114-DENTAL ANATOMY. (2-0-2)
Fall.
This course is designed to familiarize the dental hygiene student with
the nomenclature, morphology, and eruption sequence of the primary and
secondary dentition.
DENTAL HYGIENE 115-ORAL HISTOLOGY
AND EMBRYOLOGY. (2-0-2)
Winter.
This course includes primarily the study of oral histology and embryol-
ogy and is designed to familiarize the dental hygiene student with the
histology of the oral cavity and with the growth and development of the
embryo with emphasis on the oral structures.
DENTAL HYGIENE 116-HEAD AND NECK ANATOMY. (2-0-2)
Spring.
This course is designed to familiarize the dental hygiene student with
gross anatomical relationships in the head and neck. Special attention is
given to the antomy of the oral cavity and its clinical application.
DENTAL HYGIENE 117-APPLIED NUTRITION. (2-0-2)
Spring.
This course presents the biochemical aspects of nutrition as applied to
the practice of dentistry. Students are instructed in diet, history taking,
and dietetic counseling.
DENTAL HYGIENE 118-PERIODONTICS. (2-0-2)
Summer.
This course Is designed to give the student a basic understanding of
periodontics. Emphasis will be placed on the significance of patient educa-
tion and dental prophylaxis in the prevention of periodontal disease.
DENTAL HYGIENE 119-DENTAL MATERIALS. (2-3-3)
Summer.
This course is designed to provide a general understanding of the chemi-
cal, physical and mechanical properties of dental materials. The indications
and limitations of materials will be stressed as well as proper manipulation
of those materials used by dental hygienists.
DENTAL HYGIENE 120-DENTAL ROENTGENOLOGY. (2-3-3)
Summer.
This course will include a series of lectures, demonstrations, and
directed experience in the fundamentals of dental roentgenology. Intra-
oral techniques for the taking and processing of radiographs are taught and
laboratory time will be devoted to demonstration and directed experience.
Clinical time in subsequent quarters will afford the application of the
principles of clinical situations.
DENTAL HYGIENE 210-GENERAL AND
ORAL PATHOLOGY. (3-0-3)
Fall.
This course is designed to familiarize dental hygiene students with the
principles of general pathology in relation to the common diseases of oral
regions. Emphasis will be placed on clinical manifestations and the impor-
tance of early recognition of abnormal conditions.
DENTAL HYGIENE 211-212-213-CLINICAL
DENTAL HYGIENE IV, V, VI. (1-12-5) (1-12-5) (1-12-5)
Fall, Winter and Spring respectively. Prerequisites: Dental Hygiene
111, 112, 113.
These courses are a continuation of the preceding clinical courses. Em-
phasis centers on improved proficiency in all areas of a working clinic.
Lecture time is devoted mainly to the discussion of experiences encoun-
tered in clinical situations. Pertinent material related to the dental hygiene
profession is included in these courses.
DENTAL HYGIENE 214-ANESTHESIOLOGY
AND PHARMACOLOGY. (2-0-2)
Winter.
This course is a study of drugs and anesthetics with special consideration
given to those used in dentistry. It is designed to acquaint the student with
the principles of drug action in the human patient.
DENTAL HYGIENE 215-PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY. (2
Fall.
The principles of prevention of oral diseases are presented. Emphasis is
placed on training the student in the utilization of oral physiotherapy aids
and on education and motivation of patients in proper oral hygiene. Clinical
time in subsequent quarters will afford the application of these principles
to clinical situations.
DENTAL HYGIENE 216-DENTAL PUBLIC HEALTH. (2-0-2)
Winter.
This course introduces the student to the various aspects of public health
with reference to the dental needs of the community. Special attention is
given to terminology, epidemiology, and interpretation of data related to
community dental health programs.
DENTAL HYGIENE 217-DENTAL HEALTH EDUCATION. (2-0-2)
Winter.
This course is designed to familiarize the dental hygiene student with
the practical application of modern methods of dental health education.
Course content includes developing teaching materials for dental health
education, demonstrations, and presentation of materials.
DENTAL HYGIENE 219-TOTAL PATIENT CARE. (2-0-2)
Winter.
This course is a series of lectures to acquaint the student with the subject
matter and practice of the various dental specialties in relation to the
patient's total health. Emphasis is placed on periodontics, its treatment
and the role of the dental hygienist in maintenance of oral health. This
course is also designed to acquaint the student with the contributions to
the provision of dental services by dental auxiliary personnel.
DENTAL HYGIENE 220-DIRECTED
FIELD EXPERIENCE. (0-9-3)
Spring.
Students will receive directed field experience in public health dentistry
and for the handicapped. They will also experience planned learning expe-
riences in private dental offices.
DENTAL HYGIENE 221 -FUNDAMENTALS
OF DENTAL HYGIENE. (2-0-2)
Spring.
This course is designed as a seminar to acquaint students with the ethical
responsibilities of the dental hygienist, the jurisprudence governing the
practice of dental hygiene, and the structure and function of the American
Dental Association, the Georgia Dental Association, and the American
Dental Hygienists Association.
Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education
This degree is comprised of preparatory courses which will enable the
students to become instructors of Dental Hygiene. The students will work
with the dental hygiene faculty and be directly under their supervision.
However, their professional level will be above the student dental hy-
gienists (Associate in Science degree students).
Requirements include attendance at selected freshman and sophomore
lecture classes and clinics. The number and times of attendance will be left
to the discretion of the Head of the Department. Lecture subjects; reading
assignments; grading procedures; and laboratory design; as well as in-
struction technique; attitude and interaction between students, faculty,
and patients will be graded by all faculty members, with the final grades
being determined by the Department Head.
In addition to courses listed for the Associate in Science in Dental
Hygiene Degree, the following courses must be completed.
Program for the Degree
Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education
QuarU r Hours
A. General Requirements* .",::
1. English 211 :>
2. Philosophy 200 or 201 5
3. Mathematics 101. 220 in
4. History 114. 115 in
5. Physical Education electives
B. Courses in the Major Field U* >
1. Dental Hygiene 401, 402. 403, 404
C. Courses in Related Fields 20
1. Education 203, 330 10
2. Psychology 301, 305 10
D. Electives 2< »
E. Regents** and Exit Examinations
TOTAL
Course Offerings
DENTAL HYGIENE 401-PRACTICUM IN-
DENTAL HYGIENE EDUCATION I. (0-10-5)
Fall. Prerequisite: Se)iior Status ami work expi riena .
An introductory field experience in the college dental hygiene clinic,
with emphasis on observation, individual and small group teaching, and
teacher aide work. The first professional course for majors in Dental
Hygiene Education.
DENTAL HYGIENE 402-PRACTICUM IX
DENTAL HYGIENE EDUCATION II. (0-10-5)
Winter. Prerequisite I)H kOl.
A continuation of Dental Hygiene 401. Problems common to beginning
dental hygiene teachers, practices and procedures designed to accomplish
program objectives, the establishment and organization of content,
methods of clinical evaluation and supervision in the dental hygiene clinic.
•Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit award)
section of this Bulletin.
**The Regents Examination is not required if it was successfully completed as a :
Associate Degree program.
NOTE: Students in the Bachelor of Science degree program in Dental Hygiene Education
who did not complete History 251 •'^_ > .")L , anil Political Science 1 13 or their equivalents
intheir Associate Degree programs must d<> so as part of their baccalaureate degree
programs.
DENTAL HYGIENE 403-PRACTICUM IN
DENTAL HYGIENE EDUCATION III. (0-10-5)
Spring. Prerequisite: DH 1+02.
An advanced field experience, designed to assist the student in the
development of learning activities, teaching procedures, and the presenta-
tion of materials pertinent to dental hygiene education. The student will
develop and teach selected units in the basic dental hygiene sequence.
DENTAL HYGIENE 404-DIRECTED
INDIVIDUAL STUDY. (0-10-5)
Summer. Prerequisite: DH 4.03.
Directed individual study in an area of major interest with special
relevance to Dental Hygiene and future career objectives. Laboratory
experience will be included to meet the needs of the students.
MEDICAL RECORD TECHNOLOGY
The Board of Regents of the University System has approved a curricu-
lum at Armstrong State College leading to the Associate in Science degree
in Medical Record Technology. Information concerning the status of this
program is available from the Dean of the School for Human Services.
Program for the Degree
Associate in Science in Medical Record Technology
Quarter Hours
A. General Requirements* 28
1. English 111, 112 10
2. Chemistry 201 5
3. History 251 or 252 5
4. Political Science 113 5
5. Physical Education activity courses 3
B. Courses Appropriate to the Field 20
1. Zoology 208, 209 10
2. Mathematics 101**, Computer Science 110 10
C. Courses in Medical Record Technology 54
1. MRT 101, 102, 103 15
2. MRT 201, 202, 204, 205, 207 25
3. MRT 203, 206 4
4. MRT 210, 215, 220 10
D. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL 102
Course Offerings
MEDICAL RECORD TECHNOLOGY 101-MEDICAL
RECORD SCIENCE. (3-4-5)
An introduction to the history of Medicine and Medical Records with
practicum emphasizing medical record purpose, content, functions, and
"Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission"
section of this Bulletin.
**This course may be exempted by examination.
contributions to the health field. An in-depth study of the principles to the
development of the medical record including forms, numbering, filing,
controlling, indexing, and analysis of medical data.
MRT 102-MEDICAL RECORD SCIENCE II. (5-0-5)
A survey of the hospital and medical staff organization; and introduction
to regulatory agencies, primarily JCAH (Joint Commission of Accredita-
tion of Hospitals); coding and indexing by ICD-9-CM; the study of the
history and structure of ARMA.
MRT 103-PATHOPHYSIOLOGY FOR MEDICAL
RECORDS TECHNOLOGISTS. (5-0-5)
Pathophysiology serves as an essential connecting link between the
basic sciences of anatomy and physiology of the human body and the
medical and surgical repair of a diseased host. Dysfunctions of normal
physiology and the processes that bring about these disruptions will be
considered. The manner in which these disruptions manifest themselves as
signs, symptoms, physical findings, and laboratory results will be dis-
cussed.
MRT 201-MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY I. (5-0-5)
A study of the language of medicine including word construction, defini-
tion, and use of terms related to all areas of medical science, hospital
services, and health related fields.
MRT 202-MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY II. (5-0-5)
A continuation of Medical Terminology I.
MRT 203-MEDICAL TRANSCRIPTION. (1-4-3)
Prerequisite: Beginning typing I and Medical Terminology.
Medical transcribing, editing medical reports, and managing transcrip-
tion pools are emphasized. The Clinical laboratory time will be spent
typing from cassette tapes through which medical reports (discharge
summaries, operative reports, radiology reports) have been dictated by
physicians.
MRT 204-MEDICAL RECORD SCIENCE III. < 1-2-5)
Principles of record analysis: completion of medical records by all medi-
cal and other associated professional personnel, coding final diagnoses and
operative procedures, completion of source documents for indexing and
computerization. A study of medical audit methodology; knowledge of
birth and death certificates; and implementing Problem ( Oriented Medical
Record in health institutions.
MRT 205-MEDICAL RECORD SCIENCE [V.
Instruction in the medical library, various disease classifications and
nomenclatures, cancer programs, and hospital indexes and registers. A
survey of special record systems: Nursing Home and Ambulatory Care
Centers; inter-departmental relationships with other functional areas of
the hospital particularly the admitting office. A final review of the role of
the Medical Record Technician in the health career field.
MRT 206-HEALTH OCCUPATIONS. (1-0-1)
An introductory study of the present system of health care on local,
state, national, and international levels. The changing pattern of health
manpower needs and the emerging trends are explored. Orientation to
health facilities with emphasis placed on the organization of a hospital and
its functional units.
MRT 207-MANAGEMENT FOR MEDICAL
RECORDS TECHNOLOGISTS. (5-0-5)
The student is introduced to such management tasks as planning, or-
ganizing, delegating, supervising, coordinating, and budgeting. Emphasis
is placed on the inter-personal aspects of these tasks. Cost-effectiveness is
the central theme.
MRT 210-DIRECTED EXPERIENCE I. (1-4-2)
Supervised learning experience at various health care centers. Specific
assignments are made in the medical record departments such as records
and loose documents filing, patient indexing, record controlling, and re-
cord assembly and analysis.
MRT 215-DIRECTED EXPERIENCE II. (1-8-4)
The practicum emphasizes practical experience and dealing with the
problems of department and personnel management. The student is given
opportunity to accept responsibilities for certain jobs in the medical record
department to gain and develop insight and understanding for all functions
in the department, and to recognize the need for preservation for confiden-
tiality of medical information.
MRT 220-DIRECTED EXPERIENCE III. (1-8-4)
Emphasis is placed on the managerial and technical concerns of the
student practitioners. This directed clinical experience applies to the syn-
theses of the program of studies, and prepares the student for transition to
the graduate role.
RESPIRATORY THERAPY
Armstrong State College offers the following seven-quarter curriculum
leading to the Associate in Science degree in Respiratory Therapy. Re-
quests for information should be addressed to the Program Director or to
the Dean for Human Services.
Program for the Degree
Associate in Science in Respiratory Therapy
Quarter Hours
A. General Requirements 28
1. English 111, 112 10
2. Mathematics 101 5
3. History 251 or 252; Political Science 113 10
4. Physical Education activity course 3
188
Quarter Hours
B. Courses Appropriate to the Field
1. Zoology 208, 209, 211 L3
2. Biology 210 5
3. Chemistry 201, '2.02 10
C. Courses in Respiratory Therapy 60
1. ResT 101. K)2, L03, 104, L05 32
2. ResT 201, 202. 203, 204 28
I). Regents and Kxit Examinations
TOTAL 116
Course Offerings
RESPIRATORY THERAPY 101 -INTRODUCTION
TO RESPIRATORY THERAPY. I 110-7)
This course introduces the student to the profession by presenting its
historical development, professional organizations, professional responsi-
bilities, ethics and medical law. The metric system and medical terminol-
ogy are integrated into the study of medical gas therapy which includes
equipment theory, operation, techniques and applications.
RESPIRATORY THERAPY 102-RESPIRATORY
PHARMACOLOGY. (2-0-2)
This course will present a general description of pharmacological agents
encountered in respiratory therapy including the effects on respiration of
drugs such as anesthetic agents and narcotics. Special emphasis will be
placed on dosage, methods of administration, actions and side effects of
drugs administered by therapists.
RESPIRATORY THERAPY 103-RESPIRATORY
THERAPY PROCEDURES I. (3-1 1 7>
Prerequisite: ResT 101.
Basic concepts related to the theory, operation, and clinical application
of aerosol and humidity generating devices will be studied. Principles,
techniques, procedures and equipment used in the administration of inter-
mittent positive pressure breathing will also be studied. Pulmonary drain-
age techniques and procedures will also be taught.
RESPIRATORY THERAPY 104-RESPIRATORY
THERAPY PROCEDURES II. L6-8)
Prerequisite: ResT to-i.
This course presents the basic principles and concepts of car-
diopulmonary resuscitation, airway management, pulmonary function and
continuous ventilation. Emphasis will be placed on performance of basic
techniques and procedures.
RESPIRATORY THERAPY 105— INTRODUCTION TO
EMERGENCY AND INTENSIVE RESPIRATORY CAKE. I 1 ! I
Prerequisite: ResT 104, or permission ofth* ictor.
This course provides indepth instruction in medical gas administration.
aerosol and humidity therapy, intermittent positive measure breathing,
cardiopulmonary resuscitation and airway management as it relates to
emergency and intensive respiratory care.
1-!'
RESPIRATORY THERAPY 201-PATHOLOGY AND
PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. (2-2-3)
Prerequisite: Biology 210.
Disease processes which affect the respiratory and cardiovascular sys-
tems are studied. Physical diagnosis, using the skills of inspection, palpa-
tion, percussion and auscultation will be taught as part of this course.
RESPIRATORY THERAPY 202-CONTINUOUS
VENTILATION. (4-13-8)
Prerequisite: ResT 105, Chemistry 202.
The theory and concepts of respiratory care with emphasis on continu-
ous ventilation are studied. Topics in this course include indications, physi-
ological considerations, ventilation patterns, management techniques,
weaning procedures, types of ventilatory and functional characteristics of
ventilators. Detailed instruction in the mechanics of equipment used in
respiratory therapy is also presented.
RESPIRATORY THERAPY 203-PULMONARY
FUNCTIONS. (2-14-6)
Prerequisite: ResT 202.
This course will consist of an indepth exposure to pulmonary function
evaluation procedures. The student will be taught principles and tech-
niques of blood gas analysis, lung volume and diffusion capacity determina-
tion. Much emphasis will be placed on performance of technical proce-
dures, including arterial puncture, calculation of pulmonary function data
and application of laboratory data to clinical situations.
RESPIRATORY THERAPY 204-CLINICAL
APPLICATION. (4-24-11)
Prerequisite: ResT 203.
This course will provide the student with the opportunity for an inten-
sive application of Respiratory Therapy to specific specialities such as
emergency, medicine, surgery and pediatrics. The student will be con-
fronted with types of responsibilities and decisions that will be required of
him as a respiratory therapist.
SOCIAL WORK AND SOCIOLOGY
Associate Professor Neil B. Satterfield, Director of the Social Work
Program; Assistant Professors Brown and Ralston; Instructor MacLean.
The degree program in Social Work is offered jointly by Savannah State
College and Armstrong State College with coordination of the program
shifting on a regular basis from one campus to another. Courses in the
program are offered on each campus, with the campus location noted in the
course descriptions printed below. Social Work faculty also offer support-
ing coursework in the area of Sociology.
190
Program for the Degree
Bachelor of Arts in Social Work
The Social Work major must chock with his/her advisor prior to enrollment in
Social Work 333 for the required guidance and evaluation procedure.
Quarter Hours
A. General Requirements* 96
1. English 111, 112. 211, and one <»f the following: 20
Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music- 200;
Philosophy 200, 201; English 222
2. Mathematics 101 and Mathematics 220 or 290 10
3. Political Science 113 and one of the following: 10
Psychology 101, Anthropology 201, Economics 201
4. History 114, 115 and History 252 15
5. Laboratory Science Sequence 10
6. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 or
Philosophy 201, Anthropology 201, and a
Social Science elective at the 100-200 level 15
7. Sociology 201 and Social Work 250 in
8. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three
activities courses 6
B. Courses in the Major Field 60
1. Social Work 309, 320**, 330, 333,
334, 335**, and 385** 35
2. Two of the following: Social Work 406, 410, 430 10
3. Field Experience — Social Work 451, 452, 475 15
C. Courses in Related Field 30
1. Mental Health 102 and any three of the following: 20
a. Criminal Justice 301
b. Psychology 405 or 400 or Education 385**
c. Political Science 306 or 307
d. Economics 201
e. Computer Science 110
f. History 379 or 367
2. Sociology 315, 340 in
D. Electives 5
E. Regents and Exit Examinations
TOTAL 191
Course Offerings
Social Work
SOCIAL WORK 250-INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK. (5-0-5)
Offered each quarter. Alternating ASC, SSC.
This course is a study of the social welfare systems and the social work
profession as a discipline within it. The course presents an overview of
social service delivery systems as a response to human need. The course
requires 4 or 5 on-site structured observations of different social service
settings.
The student will examine the knowledge base, the value system. Un-
professional skills employed, and the history of the social work profession.
•Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission"
section of this Bulletin.
••Offered at Savannah State College only.
191
The student will begin a systematic look at his/her own lifestyle and value
system as potential for becoming a social work professional.
SOCIAL WORK 309-GROUP PROCESS. (5-0-5)
Prerequisites: SW 250 and completion of General Requirements as
listed in the degree program outline. Offered each quarter. ASC.
A course designed primarily to develop basic skills in working with
groups and to increase one's level of self awareness. The body of knowl-
edge is measured by written tests and term papers. Communication skills,
values, and one's affective domain are measured by peer ratings, group
exercises, and professor's judgement. For behavioral science and profes-
sional degree majors only.
SOCIAL WORK 320-ETHNIC MINORITIES. (5-0-5)
Prerequisites: Sociology 201 or Social Work 250. Fall and Spring. SSC.
This course focuses on the present factual situation in America. The
course examines the problems faced by minorities in America, especially
where skin color and language pose social and economic barriers. It looks
at dominant public institutions and patterns of response by minorities such
as Black Americans, Chicanos, Puerto Ricans, Native Americans, and
other sizeable ethnic groups.
SOCIAL WORK/NURSING 330-HUMAN
GROWTH AND SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT. (5-0-5)
. Prerequisite: Sociology 201 and Psychology 101 or SOS 201. Fall and
Spring. ASC.
A course designed to examine the reciprocal relationships between man
and his environment and the effects of this relationship on man's physical,
emotional, and social development. Emphasis will be placed on facilitating
man's adaptation to internal and external stress throughout the life cycle.
SOCIAL WORK 333-INTERVENTIVE METHODS I. (4-2-5)
Prerequisites: Social Work 250 and 330. Offered twice each year. SSC.
A course designed to develop and to sharpen interpersonal communica-
tion skills. The student learns to use conversation, observation, and ana-
lytical helping skills in a variety of roles played by the generalist social
worker. The course presents the student with a wide variety of interview
situations in which he must demonstrate a high degree of competence.
SOCIAL WORK 334-INTERVENTIVE METHODS II. (4-2-5)
Prerequisite: Social Work 333. Offered twice each year. ASC.
This course teaches an approach to human problem solving utilizing a
systems approach with emphasis on patterns of coping, family relation-
ships, behavior study, diagnosis, and treatment or plan of action. Compe-
tency in crisis intervention and selection of proper treatment modality
must be demonstrated.
SOCIAL WORK 335-INTERVENTIVE METHODS III. (4-2-5)
Prerequisite: Social Work 334. Offered twice each year. SSC.
A sequel to Social Work 334 with the main thrust on neighborhood and
community need. Predicated on the concept that wherever there is wide-
spread human need or suffering there is a breakdown of some aspect of the
192
social system. Using multiple roles of the generalist, particularly data
gatherer, analyst, consultant, mobilizer, and advocate, students are
taught to analyze system dysfunction and its impact on people and they
must demonstrate competence in these roles.
SOCIAL WORK 385— SOCIAL POLICY AND
ADMINISTRATION. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Social Work .LJ5. Foil, Summer and on demand. SSC.
This course is designed to help students to understand the process*
social change including legislation to the delivery of social services. It
examines the appropriate bureaucratic structure, funding and policy mak-
ing, and need for public accountability. Students will learn system.- of
priority setting and methods of efficiency which can be both effective and
humane.
SOCIAL WORK 406-CHILD WELFARE. (4-2-5)
Prerequisites: Social Work 250, AAA, and Social Work/Nursing 330.
Fall and Spring.
This course reviews child development and social behavior with an
emphasis on the practical application of understanding and psychosocial,
mental, and physical development of children. The environmental and
family situation is studied and related to the child's development or lack
thereof. Actual work with children identified as needing tutorial help.
behavioral correction, emotional support, or environmental change is ex-
pected of each student participating. The emphasis is on the disadvantaged
child who is most subject to these problems.
SOCIAL WORK 410-AGING AND SERVICES
TO THE ELDERLY. (4-2-5)
Prerequisites: Social Work 330, AAA, or permission of the Social Work
Program Coordinator. Winter, Summer. ASC.
A course designed for students expecting to go into public or private
agencies serving the elderly. Emphasis will be placed on the social, eco-
nomic, and health needs of the elderly with attention to social service
delivery systems that work. Developing knowledge in gerontology is
integrated into the classroom and field projects wherever practicable.
SOCIAL WORK 430-ALCOHOL AND DRUG STUDIES. (5-0-5)
Prerequisites: Social Work 335 for Social Work majors: others by />< r-
missi&n of instructor. Fall, Spring. ASC.
A course focusing on the various forms of alcohol and drug abuse with
emphasis on the stages of harmful dependence and addiction. There will bo
an examination of the legal and social implications of addiction as well as
approaches to treatment and rehabilitation.
SOCIAL WORK 451-FIELD EXPERIENCE I. (5 credit hours)
Prerequisites: Opoi to Social Work majors only. All majors must havi
completed the core curriculum and all required 100-200-300 level courst
Winter.
Each student will work in a social service setting a minimum of 20 clock
hours per week. The course is designed for optimal learning experiences
193
with clients, agencies, and the community and to increase the student's
knowledge and ability under professional supervision. There will be a
weekly meeting with the field coordinator.
SOCIAL WORK 452-FIELD EXPERIENCE II. (5 credit hours)
Prerequisite: Social Work 451. Spring.
This is an advanced field experience wherein greater proficiency and
additional skills are expected from the student. The student must demon-
strate competency in a variety of roles played by the generalist social
worker. This course will be taken concurrently with Social Work 475.
SOCIAL WORK 475-SENIOR SEMINAR. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Social Work 451. Spring.
This is a course required of all Social Work majors and is taken concur-
rently with Social Work 452. It is designed to integrate classroom learning,
basic theory, professional journal reports and life experience with the
student's experience in the field.
SOCIAL WORK 490-INDEPENDENT STUDY (l-5)-0-(l-5)
Invitation of professor.
Experiential based study of a selected social work topic. Open to tran-
sient students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong
and the college from which the student comes.
SOCIAL WORK 491-INDEPENDENT STUDY (l-5)-0-(l-5)
Invitation of professor.
Research and experiental based study in social work topic of student
interest or specialty. Open to transient students only with permission of
the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the student
comes.
Sociology
SOCIOLOGY 201-INTRODUCTORY SOCIOLOGY. (5-0-5)
Offered each quarter.
An introduction to the concept and methods of the science of human
group behavior. Includes the study of socialization, the role of the individ-
ual in society, and the major institutions and processes.
SOCIOLOGY 315-THE FAMILY AND
ALTERNATIVE LIFE-STYLES. (5-0-5)
Prerequisite: Sociology 201.
A study of the role of the family in the development of the individual, the
family unit and societal institutions. Consideration will be given to various
structures and functions of the family as it exists or is emerging in
America.
SOCIOLOGY 333-EXPLORING POPULAR CULTURE. (4-2-5)
Summer. Prerequisite: Sociology 201.
An examination of popular culture using music, radio, television, texts,
magazines, movies, technology and language to explore a given era. Com-
194
parisons will be made of lifestyles, sex roles, racial attitudes and the
national and regional mood of times examined.
SOCIOLOGY 350— SOCIAL PROBLEMS. (5 I
Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Winter and Spring.
An examination of behavioral deviancy, normative strain, and differ-
ences between social [deals and social realities in the context of sociological
theory.
SOCIOLOGY 450-INDEPENDENT STUDY. 1 1 -">>-<>-< 1-5)
By invitation of the professor. Offered on demand. Often to transient
students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and
the college from which the student comes.
195
XII. Governing Board,
Administration,
Faculty, and Staff
Members of the Board of Regents
ERWIN A. FRIEDMAN, Chairman Savannah
LAMAR R. PLUNKETT, Vice Chairman Bowden
SCOTT CANDLER, JR Decatur
RUFUS B. COODY Vienna
MARIE WALTER DODD Atlanta
THOMAS H. FRIER .Douglas
JESSE HILL, JR Atlanta
0. TORBITT IVEY, JR Augusta
MILTON JONES Columbus
JAMES D. MADDOX Rome
ELRIDGE W. McMILLAN Atlanta
CHARLES T. OXFORD Albany
JOHN H. ROBINSON, III Americus
P. R. SMITH Winder
CAREY WILLIAMS Greensboro
Staff of the Board of Regents
VERNON D. CRAWFORD Acting Chancellor
GEORGE A. CHRISTENBERRY Acting Vice Chancellor
HENRY G. NEAL Executive Secretary
SHEALY E. McCOY Vice Chancellor
Fiscal Affairs and Treasurer
FRANK C. DUNHAM Vice Chancellor-Facilities
MARIO J. GOGLIA Vice Chancellor-Research
HOWARD JORDAN, JR Vice Chancellor-Health Affairs
HASKIN R. POUNDS Vice Chancellor-Planning
H. DEAN PROPST Acting Vice Chancellor-
Academic Development
JAMES L. CARMON .Assistant Vice Chancellor
Computing Systems
MARY ANN HICKMAN Assistant Vice Chancellor-Personnel
ROBERT M. JOINER Assistant Vice Chancellor
Communications
(Vacant) Assistayit Vice Chancellor
Academic Development
196
Officers of Administration
HENRY L. ASHMORE President
**H. DEAN PROPST Vice President and Dean of Faculty
JULE R. STANFIELD Vice President for Business and Financt
ROBERT A. BURNETT Dean, School of Arts and Sciences
CHARLES R. NASH Dean, School of Education
JOSEPH V. ADAMS Dean, Graduate and Extended Stud
JAMES F. REPELLA Dean, School of Human Sen
DONALD D. ANDERSON . . .Dean, College <md Community Services
JOSEPH A. BUCK Dean, Student Allans
GEORGE S. HUNNICUTT Registrar
**GERALD C. SANDY Librarian
ETHEL J. MILLER Acting Librarian
ARTHUR 0. PROSSER Comptroller
JAMES WINTERS Director of Student Financial Aid
and VeU runs Affairs
J. PHILLIP COOK Director of Program Development-
Continuing Education
TOM MILLER Director of Admissions and Recruitment
ERICH F. STOCKER Director of Development and
Assistant to the President
AL HARRIS Director of Student Activitu 8
PAULA TOMPKINS . .Personnel Officer
LYNN BENSON Counselor and Psychometrist
VICKI G. NORWICH Coordinator, Short Courses-Confi
LINDA WITTISH Coordinator, Public Information
Faculty
JOSEPH V. ADAMS, B.A., Tennessee Temple College; M.A., Baylor
University; Ph.D., University of Alabama; Dean for Graduate and Ex-
tended Studies, Professor of Psychology
TERESA ANN ADAMS, B.S., West Liberty State College; Assistant
Professor of Dental Hygiene
STEPHEN K. AGYEKUM, A.B., Johnson C. Smith University: M.A..
Ed.D., University of Georgia; Associate Professor of Education
JAMES E. AMBROSE, B.M.,Oberlin Conservatory; M.M., University
of South Florida; Assistant Professor of Music
M. LORRAINE ANCHORS, A. B., M. A. . Baylor University; Pro/< • isor
of English
DONALD D. ANDERSON, B.S., Georgia Southern College; M.A.,
Peabody College; Ed.D., Auburn University; Dean for College and Com-
munity Services, Associate Professor of Education
OLAVI ARENS, A.B., Harvard University: M.A., Certificate (Rus-
sian Studies), Ph.D., Columbia University; Associate Professor of History
'On leave.
197
HENRY L. ASHMORE, B.A.E., M.A.E., D.Ed., University of Flor-
ida; President
ARDELLA PATRICIA BALL, A.B., Fisk University; M.S.L.S., At-
lanta University; Assistant Professor of Library Science
GEORGE H. BEDWELL, B.S., Samford University; M.S., University
of Alabama; Assistant Professor of Physical Education
W. ORSON BEECHER, A.B., M.A., Emory University; M.A., Uni-
versity of Georgia; Professor of History
DOROTHY G. BELL, B.S.N. Ed., University of Georgia; M.N., Emory
University; Assistant Professor of Nursing
JAMES M. BELL, D.D.S., Marquette University School of Dentistry;
Head, Department of Dental Hygiene, Assistant Professor of Dental
Hygiene
LYNN BENSON, A.B., M.Ed., University of Georgia; Counselor and
Pyschometrist
RONALD J. BEUMER, B.S., University of Dayton; Ph.D., University
of Arkansas; Assistant Professor of Biology
GEORGE L. BIANCHI, B.S., Wittenburg University; M.A., Ball
State University; Assistant Professor of Physical Education
RUBY BLACK, B.S., Savannah State College; M.Ed., Ed.S., Univer-
sity of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Education
VIRGINIA R. BLALOCK, B.S., Savannah State College; M.A., Co-
lumbia University; Associate Professor of Education
NANCY V. BLAND, B.A., Coker College; M.Ed., Clemson Univer-
sity; Ph.D., University of Georgia; Associate Professor of Education
MADALINE P. BONEY, A.B., Winthrop College; M.Ed., Georgia
Southern College; Ed.S., University of Georgia; Assistant Professor of
History
STEPHEN P. BRANDON, B.M.E., University of Kansas, Lawrence;
M. A. , University of Iowa; D.M. A. , Catholic University; Associate Profes-
sor of Music
JOHNG. BREWER, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia; Profes-
sor of Chemistry
S. KENT BROOKS, B.A., M.A., University of Texas; M.Phil., Ph.D.,
George Washington University; Associate Professor of English
MOONYEAN S. BROWER, B.S., M.A., University of Massachusetts;
Assistant Professor of Biology
GEORGE E. BROWN, B.A., Armstrong State College; M.S.S.W.,
Atlanta University; Assistant Professor of Social Work and Sociology
HUGH R. BROWN, B.S., Xavier University; M.A.T., St. Michael's
College; Ph.D., University of South Carolina; Associate Professor of En-
glish (Special Studies)
JOSEPH A. BUCK, B.A., Auburn University; M.S., Florida State
University; Ed.D., University of Georgia; Dean for Student Affairs
MARILYN M. BUCK, B.S., Boston University; M.S.N. , Medical Col-
lege of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Nursing, Acting Head of the
Department of Associate Degree Nursing
198
CLIFFORD V. BURGESS, A.B., Mercer University; M.A.. George
Peabody College; Ed.D., Auburn University; Professor of Education
ROBERTA. BURNETT, B.A., Wofford College; M.A., Ph.D., Uni-
versity of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; Dean of the School of Arts and
Sciences and Professor of History
CREIGHTON E. BURNS, B.P.E., Purdue University; M.Ed., Saint
Francis College; Teaching Associate in Physical Education
MARGARETA. CALLAWAY, B.S.,M.S.N\, Medical College of Geor-
gia; Instructor in Nursing
ROSSL. CLARK, B. A., Ph.D., Tulane University; Professor of Politi-
cal Science
JOHN H.COCHRAN, JR., A.B., Paine College; M.A., Atlanta Univer-
sity; Ed.D., University of Georgia; Associate Professor of Education
MARTHA A. COLEMAN, B.S.N., Medical College of Georgia; M.X..
Emory University; Associate Professor of Nursing, Acting Head of th<
Department of Baccalaureate Nursing
BERNARDJ.COMASKEY,B.A., Fordham College; M. A., New York
University; Assistant Professor of History
J. PHILLIP COOK, B.S., University of Georgia; M.Ed., Ed.S., Wesl
Georgia College; Director of Program Development-Continuing Educa-
tion
ELLEN A. COTTRELL, B.A., Agnes Scott College; M.Ed., Georgia
Southern College; Assistant Professor of English (Special Studies)
WILLIAM E. COYLE, A.B., Emory University; M.A., Georgetown
University; Ph.D., Florida State University; Professor of Political Sci-
ence
EVELYN M. DANDY, B.S. , Millersville State College; M. Ed. , Temple
University; Assistant Professor of Reading (Special Studies)
LESLIE B. DAVENPORT, JR., B.S., College of Charleston; M.S.,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute; Ph.D., University of Georgia; Head. D<
partment of Biology, Professor of Biology
LAMAR W. DAVIS, B.S., M.S., University of South Carolina; Certi-
fied Public Accountant; Professor Emeritus of Business Administration
DIANE DIXON, B.S., Armstrong State College; Teaching AssociaU
in Biology
WILLIAM KEITH DOUGLASS, B.A., Franklin and Marshall College;
M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University; Associate Professor of Psychology
JOHN DONALD DUNCAN, B.S., College of Charleston; M.A.. Uni-
versity of South Carolina; Ph.D., Emory University; Professor ofHisi
♦KATHLEEN DUTKO, B. S.N. , Niagara University: M.A.. New York
University; Instructor in Nursing
WILLIAM L. EASTERLING,B.S., Western Carolina College; M.A..
Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Georgia; Diploma. Sorbonne,
France; Professor of French and Spanish
JAMESD. EVANS, B.S., Armstrong State College; M.S.L.S., Univer-
sity of Kentucky; Cataloger (Library)
•Part-time.
199
JOHN FINDEIS, B.S., M.S., University of Illinois; Assistant Profes-
sor of Mathematics and Computer Science
♦CAROLINE C. FLEMING, A. S., Richland Technical Education Cen-
ter; Clinical Teaching Associate in Dental Hygiene
BETTY J. FORD, B.S., Winthrop College; M.Ed., Georgia Southern
College; Assistant Professor of Physical Education
SHIRLEY FRASIER, B.S., Albany State College; M.S.N. , Medical
College of Georgia; Instructor in Nursing
IDA J. GADSDEN, B.S., Savannah State College; M.S.P.H., North
Carolina College; Ph.D., University of North Carolina; Professor of Edu-
cation
DENNIS P.. GEOFFROY, B. A. , Westfield State College; M. A. , Ph.D. ,
University of South Carolina; Assistant Professor of Mathematics and
Computer Science
*PATRICIA M. GIORGIO, A. S. , Loyola University; Clinical Teaching
Associate in Dental Hygiene
MARY B. GOETTE, A.B., Georgia State College for Women; Tempo-
rary Instructor in Chemistry
JIMMIE F. GROSS, B.A., Baylor University; B.D., Southern Baptist
Seminary; M.A., Auburn University; Ph.D., University of Georgia; Pro-
fessor of History
LAURENT J. GUILLOU, JR., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Louisiana State
University; Associate Professor of Biology
ETHEL P. HALL, B.S.N. , M.S.N. , Georgia Medical College; Associ-
ate Professor of Nursing
JOHN R. HANSEN, B.S., Troy State College; M.E(L, Ed.D., Univer-
sity of Georgia; Head, Department of Special Studies; Professor of Mathe-
matics
CLIFFORD E. HARDWICK, III, B.S., Savannah State College;
M.Lit., University of Pittsburgh; Director, Neighborhood Continuing
Education Program, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Education
THELMA M. HARMOND, B.S., Fort Valley State College; M.Ed.,
Atlanta University; Ph.D., Ohio State University; Professor of Education
and Head of the Department of Elementary Education
JO C. HARPER, B.A., M.A., Texas Technological University; Assis-
tant Professor of English
AL HARRIS, B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University; Director of
Student Activities
HENRY E. HARRIS, B.S., Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology;
Head, Department of Chemistry and Physics, Professor of Chemistry
KARL D. HARRIS, B.A., Carson Newman College; M.A., University
of Tennessee; Assistant Professor of English and Reading (Special Stu-
dies)
JOHN S. HINKEL, M.S., University of Florida; Ph.D., University of
South Carolina; Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science
ANNE L. HUDSON, B.A., Hollins College; M.S., Ph.D., Tulane Uni-
versity; Professor of Mathematics
*Part-time.
200
ALPHIA MILLS HUGHES, B.S.E., State College of Arkansas; M.S.,
Louisiana State University; Catalog Ldbrarian, Assistant Professor of
Library Science
GEORGE S. HUNNICUTT, B.S., M.S., East Tennessee State Univer-
sity; Registrar
MICHAEL L. JAYNES, B.A., Appalachian State University; M.S..
University of North Carolina-Greensboro; Instructor in Physics
MARVIN V.JENKINS, B.S., M.A., University of Georgia; Assistant
Professor of English
JAMES LAND JONES, B.A., University of Tulsa; M.A., Vanderbilt
University; Ph.D., Tulane University; Professor of Et/glish
OTIS S. JOHNSON, A.B., University of Georgia; M.S.W., Atlanta
University; Assistant Professor of Sociology, Savannah State College,
SSC Director of the Social Work Program
CAROLAW. KELLER, B.S.N., University of Virginia; M.S.N., Medi-
cal College of Georgia; Assistayit Professor of Nursing
DALE Z. KILHEFNER, B.S., Elizabethtown College; M.Ed., Wash-
ington State University; M.S., Purdue University; Ph.D., The Pennsylva-
nia State University; Associate Professor of Mathematics
JOSEPH I. KILLORIN, A.B., St. John's College; M.A., Ph.D., Colum-
bia University; Calloway Professor of Literature and Philosophy
♦DOROTHY L. KLUTZ, B.S.N. , University of Virginia; Instructor in
Nursing
VIRGINIA S. KNORR, B.S., University of Tennessee (Chattanooga);
M.S., University of Tennessee (Knoxville); Assistant Professor of Physi-
cal Education
JOSEPH M. LANE, JR., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia;
Associate Professor of Psychology
OSMOS LANIER,' JR., B.A., LaGrange College; M.A., Auburn Uni-
versity; Ph.D., University of Georgia; Professor of History
MICHAEL L. LARISCY, B.S., Armstrong State College; M.Ed.,
Georgia Southern College; Instructor in Physical Education
CORNELIA V. LAWSON, B.S., Florida State University; M.Ed.,
University of Southern Mississippi; Ed.D., University of Arkansas; Asso-
ciate Professor of Education
CHARLES J.' LESKA, B.A., LeMoyne College; M.A., University of
Vermont; Ph.D., Syracuse University; Assistant Professor of Mathe-
matics
NETTIE M. LEVETT, B.S.N. , Florida A & M University: M.S.N.,
Medical College of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Nursing
MARGARETS. LUBS.B.Mus., Converse Cnllege:H. A.. University of
Georgia; M.A., Columbia University; Professor Emeritus of English and
French
C. STUART MACLEAN, B.S., East Tennessee State University;
M.A., Presbyterian School of Christian Education; M.S.W., Virginia
Commonwealth University; Instructor in Social Work and Sociology.
Field Work Coordinator (Joint Appointment - Armstrong State
College/Savannah State Colli
•Part-time.
201
JOHN C. MCCARTHY, JR., B.B.A., University of Miami; M.B.A.,
Ph.D., University of Georgia; Professor of Political Science
THOMAS C. McCRACKEN, B.S., Florida State University;
M.A.L.S., University of Denver; Media Coordinator and Instructional
Development Librarian, Assistant Professor of Library Science
ROBERT E. MAGNUS, B.G.E., University of Omaha; M.Ed., Ed.D.,
Mississippi State University; Associate Professor of Criminal Justice
CAROLE M. MASSE Y, B.S., M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia;
Assistant Professor of Nursing
WILLIAM L. MEGATHLIN, B.A., Presbyterian College; M.Ed.,
Ed.D., University of Georgia; Head, Department of Criminal Justice,
Professor of Criminal Justice
GEORGE H. MENZEL, A.B., Franklin and Marshall College; J.D.,
Georgetown University; Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice
ETHEL J. MILLER, B.S., North Carolina A & T State University;
B.S.L.S., Hampton Institute; Coordinator of Reader Services, Assistant
Professor of Library Science
MARY M. MILLER, B.S.N., Medical College of Virginia; M.S.N.,
Georgia Medical College; Assistant Professor of Nursing
THOMAS P. MILLER, B.A., Armstrong State College; M.Ed., Geor-
gia Southern College; Director of Admissions and Recruitment
RICHARD E. MUNSON, B.A., Houghton College; M.A., Ph.D.,
Rutgers University; Associate Professor of Mathematics
PEGGY A. NADALICH, B.M.E., University of Southern Mississippi;
M.M.E., Florida State University; Assistant Professor of Music
CHARLES R. NASH, B.S., Jackson State University; M.Ed., Univer-
sity of Southern Mississippi; D.Ed., Mississippi State University; Profes-
sor of Education and Dean of the School of Education
JAMES S. NETHERTON, B.S., University of Mississippi; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Virginia; Associate Professor of Mathematics
SAMUEL L. NEWBERRY, JR., B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of
Georgia; Professor of Education
JOHN F. NEWMAN, B.A., University of Maryland; M.A., George-
town University; Ph.D., University of Florida; Professor of Political
Science
**DAVID A. NOBLE, A.B., A.M., Boston University; Ph.D., McGill
University, Associate Professor of German
VICKI G. NORWICH, B.S., Middle Tennesse State University; Coor-
dinator, Short Courses and Conferences
TIMOTHY A. O'HIGGINS, Diploma, B.A., University College,
Dublin, Ireland; Ph.D., University of Tennessee; Temporary Assistant
Professor of Psychology
JACK H. PADGETT, A.B., Wofford College; M.A., University of
North Carolina; Assistant Professor of Mathematics (Special Studies)
ELLIOTH. PALEFSKY, B.S., University of Georgia; Ed.M., Temple
University; Ed.S. , Georgia Southern College; Assistant Professor of Psy-
chology
**On leave.
202
JANE A. PATCHAK, B.A., Central Michigan University; M. A., West-
ern Michigan Univrsity; Assistant Professor of Anthropology and Sociol-
ogy
ROBERT M. PATTERSON, B. A., Kentucky Wesleyan College; M.A.,
University of Kentucky; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University; Associate Profes-
sor of History
HUGHPENDEXTER, III, A.B., Bowdoin College; M.A., Northwest-
ern University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania; Head, Department of
Languages and Literature, Professor of English
W. RAY PERSONS, B.S., Armstrong State College; J.D., Ohio State
University; Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice
J. HARRY PERSSE, B.F. A., University of Georgia; M.M., D.Mus.,
Florida State University; Head, Department of Fine Arts, Professor of
Music
BEVERLY C. PESTEL,B.A., Cedarville College; M.S., Wright State
University; Assistant Professor of Chemistry
ALLEN L. PINGEL, B.A., M.A.T., University of North Carolina;
Ph.D., University of South Carolina; Associate Professor of Biology
**H. DEAN PROPST, B.A., Wake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.,
Peabody College; Vice President a)id Dean of Faculty, Professor of En-
glish
ARTHUR 0. PROSSER, B.S., University of Maryland; Comptroller
DAN H. RADEBAUGH, B.A., M.M., University of South Florida;
Assistant Professor of Music
MARY MARGARET RALSTON, A.B., Florida State University;
M.S.W., Tulane University; Assista nt Professor of Social Work and Soci-
ology
VIRGINIA RAMSEY, A.B., Vanderbilt University; M.A.T., Emory
University; Assistant Professor of English
JAMES F. REPELLA, Diploma, Pennsylvania Hospital School of
Nursing for Men; B.S.Ed., Temple University; M.S.N. , University of
Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh; Dean of the School of
Human Services, Professor of Nursing
JOE H. RESTIVO, B.S., Central State University; M.S., Stephen F.
Austin State University; Instructor in Biology
STEVE YOUNG RHEE, B.A., M.A., University of Oregon; Ph.D.,
University of Missouri-Columbia; Assistant Professor of Political Science
PAULE. ROBBINS, B.S., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Georgia
Institute of Technology; Professor of Chemistry
AURELIA D. ROBINSON, A.B., Spelman College; M.A., Atlanta
University; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma; Professor of Education
♦CAROL S. RUSSELL, A.S., Armstrong State College; Cluneal
Teaching Associate in Dental Hygiene
GERALDS. SANDY, B. A., Youngstown State University; M.S.L.S.,
Florida State University; Director of Library v and Assistant
Professor of Library Science
*Part-time.
**0n leave.
HERMAN W. SARTOR, B.S, South Carolina. State College; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin; Professor of Education
NEIL B. SATTERFIELD, A.B., University of North Carolina;
M.S.S.W., University of Tennessee; Ed.D., University of Georgia; ASC
Director of Social Work Program and Associate Professor of Social Work
and Sociology
CHARLES T. SHIPLEY, B.A., University of North Dakota; M.S.,
Georgia Institute of Technology; M.A., Ph.D., University of Nebraska;
Associate Professor of Mathematics
ELAINE SILCOX, B.S., M.Ed., University of Florida; Assistant Pro-
fessor of Nursing
EMMA ANN THERESA SIMON, A.S., B.S. inD.H. Ed., Armstrong
State College; M.H.Ed., Medical College of Georgia; Assistant Professor
of Dental Hygiene
ROY J. SIMS, B.S., David Lipscomb College; M.S., University of
Tennessee; Ed.D., Louisiana State University; Head, Department of
Physical Education and Athletics; Professor of Physical Education
DeLARRISA. SMITH, B.S., University of Alabama; M.S., University
of Alabama (Birmingham); Assistant Professor of Nursing
PATRICIA M. SMITH, B.S.N., Catholic University; M.S.N., Medical
College of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Nursing
JULE R. STANFIELD, A. A., Armstrong State College; Vice Presi-
dent for Business and Finance
JACQUELINE W. STEPHENS, B.S., Savannah State College; M.S.,
Illinois State University; Ed.D., University of Oklahoma; Associate Pro-
fessor of Education
ERICH F. STOCKER, B.A., M.A., Ohio State University; Director of
Development and Assistant to the President
*LOIS M. STODGHILL, B.S., Marquette University; Instructor in
Nursing
MAURICE S. STOKES, B.S., M.S., Kansas State Teachers College;
Associate Professor of Education
WILLIAM W. STOKES, B.A.Ed., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Flor-
dia; Professor of Education and Head of the Department of Secondary and
Special Education
JANET D. STONE, A.B., Randolph-Macon Women's College; M.A.,
Purdue University; Ph.D., Emory University; Assistant Professor of
History
CEDRIC STRATTON, B.Sc, Nottingham University, England;
Ph.D., University of London; Professor of Chemistry
ROBERT I. STROZIER, A.B., University of Georgia; M. A., Ph.D.,
Florida State University; Professor of English
JOHN SUCHOWER, B.A., Fairfield University; M.A., University of
Detroit; Assistant Professor of English and Speech; Director of the "Mas-
quers"
JOAN M. SULLIVAN, B.S.N. , Armstrong State College; M.S.N. ,
Medical College of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Nursing
*Part-time.
204
CAROLE E. SUMMERVILLE, B.S., Clarion State College; M.S.,
Syracuse University; Assistant Professor of Mathematics (Special Stu-
dies)
RICHARD M. SUMMERVILLE, B.S., Clarion State College; A.M..
Washington University; Ph.D., Syracuse University; Head, Department
of Mathematics a>id Computer Science, Professor of Mathematics
JOSEPH W. SUMNER, B.A., Wake Forest University; M.S.. North
Carolina State University; Ph.D., University of North Carolina; B.D.,
Southeastern Baptist Seminary; Professor of Education
RUTHE. SWINSON, B.S.Ed., Georgia Southern College; M.A.L.S.,
Peabody College; Reference Librarian, Assistant Professor of Library
Science
BARBARA G. TANENBAUM, B.S., Medical College of Georgia; As-
sistant Professor of Dental Hygiene
LAWRENCE M. TAPP, B.S., M.S., Ed.D., University ofTenne*
Associate Professor of Physical Education
CLAUDIA A. THOMAS, B.A., Furman University; M.Ed., Ed.D..
University of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Education
FRANCIS M. THORNE, III, B.S. , Stetson University; Ph. I). , Univer-
sity of Georgia; Professor of Biology
PAUL E. WARD, B.S., Georgia Teachers College; M.Ed., Ed.D.,
University of Georgia; Professor of Education
ROGER K.WARLICK,B. A., Arizona State University; Ph.D., Boston
University; Head, Department of History and Political Science, Professor
of Hist ort)
JOHNA. WELSH, III, A.B., Davidson College; M.A., Vanderbilt
University; Assistant Professor of English
SUSAN S. WHITE, B.S., Winthrop College; M.Ed., University of
South Carolina; Assistant Professor of Speech Correction
CHARLES C. WHITE, B.S., East Carolina College; M.A., Southern
Illinois University; Assista)it Professor of English
MORRIS L. WHITEN, B.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia; Associate
Professor of Physics
JANE B. WILLIAMSON, Diploma, Georgia Baptist School of Nursing;
B.S.N.E., University of Georgia; M.Ed., Georgia Southern Coll.
M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Nursing
WILLIAMS. WINN, B.D., A.B., Emory University; M.A.. Univer-
sity of North Carolina; Professor Emeritus of Mathematics
JAMES WINTERS, B.B.A., Armstrong State College; Director of
Studoit Financial Aid and Veterans Affairs
CLARKE S. WORTHINGTON, B.A., University of Arizona; M.A..
Northern Illinois University; Ph.D., Emory University; Head, Depart-
ment of Psychology; Professor of Psychology
ADJUNCT ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: CrimiwaZ/tt*ttw - Walter B.
Biondi, Elwyn M. Burnett, Clinton C. Covell, Jack G. Dunlap. Charles L.
Eggleston, Gerard F. Finnegan, Charles T. Franssen, Franklin R.
Graves, C. H. Harris, Jr., Thomas W. Hicks, Richard C. Krueger. George
A. La Cas, Jr., Frank K. Littrell, Jr., Paul F. Mathis, Donald L. Newton.
205
David M. Rudman, Timothy H. Walker; Dental Hygiene — Earl C. He-
wett, Alston J. McCaslin, William R. Massey, Harvey E. Matheny, Wil-
liam Weichselbaum, Harold West; Nursing — Mary Elizabeth Faircloth.
Armstrong College Commission
The Commission controls certain endowment and scholarship funds.
DR. IRVING VICTOR, Chairman
MR. EDWARD BARTLETT
MR. Y. A. BEALL, JR.
MRS. KAY KOLE
MR." JOHN RANITZ, JR.
MR. JOSEPH BELL
Ex-Officio
DR. SYLVESTER RAINS
SHELBY MYRICK, JR., The Honorable
JOHN P. ROUSAKIS, The Honorable
MRS. SAXON BARGERON
MR. DAVID A. YOUNG
Administrative Staff
Office of the President: Sally A. Long
Office of the Vice President and Dean of Faculty: Elizabeth H. Carter
Office of the Vice President for Business and Finance: Bonnie Shaw,
Richard R. Baker, Tom Williamson, Peggy Wilkins, Harry Humphries,
Jean Olsen, Jane Holland, Launa Q. Johns, Thomas Nease, Cleo Olson,
Dorothy Olson, Suzanne Beall, Diana Ghassemzadeh, Janice Shaloski,
Augustus Stalnaker, Edward Urbanz, Zedna Donaldson
Office of the Dean for Graduate and Extended Studies: Mary Chambers
Office of the Dean for College and Community Services: A, Kathy Wood,
Brenda Wilt, Sherra Edens
Office of the Dean for Student Affairs: Alva Aliffi, Doris Cole, Belinda
Gnann, Angela Lincoln, Naomi Lantz, Laura Maffia, Jo Weeks
Department of Special Studies: Gale McKenzie
School of Arts and Sciences: Kathleen Orzada, Virginia Barry, Alethia
Gadsden, Joyanne Harden, Alice Sheplar, Dianne A. Wagner, Ethel
Brown, Lois Wheeler
School of Education: Frances McGlohon, Gerry Price, Deborah Anderson,
Donna Ingle, Linda Clark, Lou Frazier
School of Human Services: Patricia Fink, Faye Pingel, Anna Chidester,
Elizabeth Molpus, Lorraine Warlick, Carol Griffin, Sandra Wiggins
Library: Jan Bosque, Diane Bacon, Susie Chibras, Thomas Johnson, Jean
Meyer, Gail Brannen, Elizabeth Smith, Norman Spencer, Beatrice Tay-
lor, Peggy Lambeth
Office of the Registrar: Katherine Etersque, Miriam Fulton, Beatrice
Jones, Mary Cody, Marian Malac, Joyce Weldy, Patricia Reese
Office of Assistant to the President: Norma Bennett, Betty Hunnicutt
Office of Computer Services: Janice Christy
206
Appendix
Policy
Regents' Testing Program
An examination to assess the competency level in reading and writing of
those students enrolled in degree programs in University System institu-
tions will be administered. The following statement shall be the policy of
the Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia on this examina-
tion.
It is the responsibility of each institution of the University System of
Georgia to assure the other institutions, and the System as a whole, that
students obtaining a degree from that institution possess the basic compe-
tence of academic literacy, that is, certain minimum skills of reading and
writing.
The Regents' Testing Program has been developed to help in the attain-
ment of this goal. The objectives of the testing program are: (1) to provide
System-wide information on the status of student competence in the areas
of reading and writing; and (2) to provide a uniform means of identifying
those students who fail to attain minimum levels of competence expected of
graduates in the areas of reading and writing.
In order to implement effectively the goals of the Testing Program:
1. Students enrolled in degree programs will be required to take and
pass the Regents' Test. Passing the Test is a requirement for graduation.
Students may take the Test after they have completed the required basic
core English courses. They will be required to take the Test in the quarter
after they have completed their 45th degree quarter-hour if it has not been
taken and passed previously. Students who have not passed the Test by
the time they have earned 75 quarter-credit hours (exclusive of physical
education activity courses and R.O.T.C.) must give priority to taking
remedial or review English, reading, and writing courses until they pass
the Test. Each institution is directed to develop procedures that will
require its students to pass the Regents' Test prior to being classified as a
junior-year student. Students who have not passed the Regents' Test by
the time they have earned 105 quarter-credit hours (excluding physical
education activity courses and R.O.T.C) must be denied taking further
credit courses and be limited to taking only remedial or review English,
reading, and writing courses until they do pass the Regents' Test.
2. Having passed the Regents' Test shall not be a condition to transfer
into an institution. All transfers within the System will be subject to
Paragraph 1, above. Students from colleges outside the System who
transfer into a System institution in the lower-division category and who
have not passed the Test must do so in accordance with Paragraph 1.
above. Students who transfer into an institution from outside the System
in the classification of junior or senior and who have not passed the
Regents' Test must take the Test in the first quarter of their attendance. If
they fail the Test, they must be restricted to taking remedial or review
courses in English, reading, and writing until they have passed the Re-
gents' Test.
•>o-
3. Students whose mother tongue is other than English may be ex-
empted by the institution provided appropriate local procedures are em-
ployed to certify the competence of those students earning a degree.
4. The test is to be considered as a single unit and will be administered
as such; passing the Test is defined as scoring above the cutoff on all
components of the Test at the same administration.
5. Students who fail the Test must retake and pass the Test. Each
institution will provide an appropriate program of remediation and may
require deficient students to participate in the program prior to retaking
the Test.
6. For extraordinary situations, each institution will develop special
procedures for certifying the competency of students. A written descrip-
tion of these procedures will be submitted to the Chancellor's Office for
approval. Such procedures will include provision for remediation if needed
and formal examination prior to certifying competency. Such examination
will equal or exceed the standards of the Regents' Testing Program.
7. Each institution shall include in its catalog a copy of the Regents'
policy on the Regents' Testing Program.
8. These revised procedures shall be followed by all students, effective
July 1, 1979.
208
Index
Academic Advisement 50
Academic Regulations 50
Accelerated Program, High School 37
Administration, Officers 1 97
Admissions : 1 1
Advanced Placement :;.">
Alumni Office 21
American Civilization Courses 11!*
Anthropology Courses Ill
Application Form :; 1
Application Requirements
Art Courses 96
Associate in Arts 72
Astronomy Course
Athletics 22
Attendance Regulations ."> 1
Auditing 54 ;
Bachelor of Arts Requirements 67
Bachelor of Music Education Degree
Bachelor of Science in Education Degree,
Physical Education 1 f>7
Bachelor of Science Requirements <">7
Biology Courses 76
Biology Department 73
Biology Requirements 7:;
Botany Courses 77
Calendar, Academic 7
Chemistry, Courses v ^
Chemistry Degree Requirements v < I
Chemistry and Physics Department v| I
Clubs 2<)
Commission. Armstrong State College 206
Community Services/Continuing Education 11
Comparative Literature Courses 120
Computer Science, Courses in L37
Computer Science, Program Concentration L32
Computer Services, Office of 16
Conditional Admission
Conduct 17
Core Curriculum, Associate Degrees
Core Curriculum, Baccalaureate Degrees 62
Core Curriculum, University System 62
Counseling I s
Course Load 52
Course Offerings 000
Credit by Examination 36
Criminal Justice, A.S. and B.S. Degrees 175
Criminal Justice Courses 177
Criminal Justice Department 174
Dean's List 54
Degree Requirements, Regulations •"»'
Degrees Offered 13, 71. 1 16, 164
Dental Hygiene. A.S. Degree 16, L81
Dental Hygiene Courses 1 sn
2<>!*
Dental Hygiene Department 46, 181
Dental Hygiene Education, B.S. Degree r 185
Dental Hygiene Services 21
Development, Office of 15
Drama/Speech Courses 120
Dropping Courses 56
Dual-Degree Programs, Georgia Tech 12
Early Admission Program 37
Education Courses 152
Education Degree Requirements, Early Elementary
(Middle School) 146, 150
English Courses 121
English Degree Requirements 117
Entomology Course 78
Evening Classes 14
Exemption Examinations (See Advanced Placement)
Exit Examinations 66
Faculty 197
Fees 23
Financial Aid 26
Fine Arts Department 88
Foreign Students 40
French Courses 125
Geography Course 112
Geology Course 86
German Courses 126
Government Benefits 30
Graduate Program 13
Health 21
History of College 11
History Courses . ■ 103
History Degree Requirements 99
History and Political Science Department 97
Honor System 56
Honors 54
Housing 22
Intern Programs 14
Intramurals 22
Joint Enrollment Program 39
Journalism Courses 128
Languages and Literature Department 116
Latin Courses 127
Library 17
Library Science Courses 155
Linguistics Courses 129
Marine Officer Program 16
Marine Science Center, Skidaway Island 80
Mathematics Major Requirements 131
Mathematics Courses 132
Mathematics and Computer Science Department 130
Mathematics Education, Degree Concentration 132
Medical Record Technology, Courses and Degree 186
Medical Technology 75
210
Mental Health Work, Courses 142
Meteorology ( bourse 86
Minors, Academic 72, 165
Music Courses 91
Music Degree Requirements
Neighborhood Continuing Education ( Jenter 15
NROTC Program 10
Nursing, A.S. Department VI, 165
Nursing, B.S. Department 11. 168
Nursing Courses 166
Nursing Degree Requirements, A.S 165
Nursing Degree Requirements, B.S 170
Oceanography Course
Organizations, Student 20
Orientation lit
Out-of-State Tuition 23
Philosophy Courses 13
Physical Education Courses 158
Physical Education, Degree Requirements 101
Physical P^lucation Department 194
Physical Education Requirements, All Students 00
Physical Science Courses
Physics Courses -7
Placement, Office of lit
Placement Tests, Emglish and Mathematics 07
Political Science Courses 1 1 '1
Political Science Degree Requirements 101
Pre-Professional Programs 12
Probation and Dismissal -V>
Program Exchange, ASC/SSC 1 17
Psychology Courses 11:;
Psychology Degree Requirements 11" »
Publications, Student lil
Purpose of College 11
Reading ( bourses To
Readmission of Former Students
Refunds of Fees 25
Regents Examination 0.~>. li"7
Regents, University System 196
Regents. Staff 196
Registration I s
Regular Admission
Repeating Courses
Reports and Grades
Residency Requirements I s
Respiratory Therapy, Courses and Degree l sx
Russian ( bourses 1 -'7
Scholarships -~
School of Arts and Sciences 71
School of Education 146
School of Human Services 164
Senior Citizen, Policy 11
Short Courses, Fees _'•">
Social Work Courses 1**1
Social Work Degree 190
211
Sociology Courses 194
Spanish Courses * 128
Special Studies, Department of 69
Speech Courses (See Drama/Speech Courses)
Staff, Administrative 206
State Requirements, History and Government 67
Student Activity Fee 23
Student Conduct 19
Student Exchange Program, Savannah State College 16
Student Government 21
Student Services and Activities 18
Student Teaching 149
Teacher Education, Requirements 147
Testing Services 18
Two-year Degrees 13
Transfer Applicants, Requirements 37
Transient Students 38
Veterans 18, 30, 40
Vocational Rehabilitation , 30, 42
Withdrawal 56
Zoology Courses 78
212
1. Administration Building
2. Victor Hall
3. Gamble Hall
4. Science Hall
5. Solms Hall
6. Jenkins Hall
7. Student Services
8. Memorial College Center
9. Lane Library
10. Fine Arts Building
11. Health Professions Education Center
12. Maintenance Building
13. Gymnasium and Pool
14. Parking Area
15. Tennis Courts
16. Baseball and Intramural Field
j &~ * s SlElli^ft>£gS
A B E RC OR
STREET
ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE CAMPUS
-A
in
0)
~
*
3
5
3
it
0)
0)
3
CQ
O
3
C/)
0)
o
$
c3
p
a>
5'
c/?n
q- o
U>
o>
— —
>— 4
a>
0)
^
r+
en
o
<U
O)
TVNews
OpenLibrary